<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://hindupedia.com/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Jammalamadaka+Suryanarayana</id>
	<title>Hindupedia, the Hindu Encyclopedia - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://hindupedia.com/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Jammalamadaka+Suryanarayana"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/en/Special:Contributions/Jammalamadaka_Suryanarayana"/>
	<updated>2026-04-14T12:22:58Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.39.1</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Sn%C4%81taka%E1%B9%83&amp;diff=127110</id>
		<title>Snātakaṃ</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Sn%C4%81taka%E1%B9%83&amp;diff=127110"/>
		<updated>2019-12-07T17:08:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Snātakaṃ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Author|Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{AlternateSpellings|snānaṃ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;a cerimonial bath which indicates the completion of studenthood&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, snana, samāvartanaṃ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;return from teacher&#039;s house to one&#039;s home&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, samavartana, āplavanaṃ, aplavana}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;vēdamadhītya snāsyan ityuktaṃ samāvartanaṃ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;bodhāyana gṛhyasūtraṃ 11.6&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Snātakaṃ is the saṃskāraḥ performed after the completion of traditional studies. It literally means &#039;taking the ceremonial bath after finishing traditional vedic study and returning from the teacher&#039;s place.&#039; This is also considered as the gateway for marriage. some consider this a angaḥ/mandatory ritual before marriage. So a person who takes this ceremonial bath is called snātakaḥ. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt; adhīty snātvā gurubhiranijñātēna khaṭvārōḍḍavyā&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;mahābhāṣyaṃ vol 1. p:384&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We find some interesting comments related to snātakaṃ in mahābhāṣyaṃ, the great commentary on vyākaraṇaṃ/sanskrit grammer by maharshi patanjali. When the student is a bachelor he is not permitted to use a cot to sleep. He is expected to sleep on the ground. Here patanjali states that only after completing his study of veda he gets the acceptance of his teacher for the ceremonial bath, only after that he will be permitted to use the cot. Usage of a cot indirectly indicates marriage.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;na tu samāvartanaṃ vivāhāngaṃ| tēna yaḥ pitṛgṛhē ēva adhītavēdaḥ tasya asamāvṛttasya sambhavatyēva vivāhaḥ|&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But according to medhātithi, one of the oldest and most famous commentators on the Manusmṛti, it is not a compulsory ritual before marriage. If a boy wants to remain bachelor/brahmacārī all his life or if a boy completes his vedic education near his father (not residing in his guru&#039;s house for education) this ritual is not applicable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Types of snātakaṃ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;trayaḥ snātakā bhavanti vidyā snātataḥ vrata snātakaḥ vidyāvrata snātakaḥ iti&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;pāraskara gṛhyasūtraṃ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to most of the dharma sūtra&#039;s there are three types of snātakaḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;one who took the ceremonial bath&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. vidyā snātakaḥ, vrata snātakaḥ, vidyā-vrata snātakaḥ.&lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
(i)vidyā snātakaḥ:  One who has finished the study of veda, but has not gone through the veda vratas&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; another saṃskāraḥ, which is performed prior to snātakaṃ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(ii)vrata snātakaḥ: One who has not finished his study of veda, but completed the veda vratas. He is also eligible for marriage. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(iii)vidyā-vrata snātakaḥ: One who has completed both study of veda and veda vrata. vidyā-vrata snātakaḥ is the best, the other two are considered to be equal to each other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These three alternatives are due to the fact that a student may not have the ability or the time to go thoroughly the full Vedic curriculum and the veda vrata.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Hetvabhasa&amp;diff=126913</id>
		<title>Hetvabhasa</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Hetvabhasa&amp;diff=126913"/>
		<updated>2019-10-27T11:09:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana: /* Merits and Effects of Hētuḥ */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Author|Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{AlternateSpellings|hētvābhāsāḥ,hētvābhāsa, hetvabhaasa}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to nayyāyika(Those who learn and follow the nyāya darśanam), we have four pramāṇās or means of getting valid knowledge. They are pratyakshaṃ, anumānaṃ, upamaānaṃ and śabdaḥ. Among these means of knowledge, the second one i.e., anumānaṃ or inference has a significant place because nyāyadarśanaṃ has a cogent contribution in developing a structure for our argumentation technique. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally, an argument takes place where there is a difference in opinion. This does not generally happen in perceptual cognition, where the object is sensed the same by everybody. But in an argument one establishes a statement by giving some proof, while the other person may differ with his views. So to establish his point he would use the anumānaṃ or inference, which has a peerless place in the argument process. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In anumānaṃ, we are going to infer an unknown object or sādhyaṃ with a known proof or hētuḥ by sense organs or other means of knowledge. This proof must be flawless to attain its goal. A flawed proof or hētuḥ leads to misconception. In nyāyadarśanaṃ debate is elaborated extensively. The term nyāya itself depicts &#039;a syllogism which consists of five members&#039;. It is the foundation on which the discussion must be developed. To win an argument one should not only provide flawless proof but also find the flaws in the opponent&#039;s proof. To attain a comprehensive knowledge in this subject hētvābhāsaḥ or flaws in proof were also described.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Components of Anumānaprayōgaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
Anumānaprayōgaḥ is a set of sentences, which state an argumentation. The four components of anumānaprayōgaḥ or primary sentence in the process of inference have to be studied initially to understand the structure of hētvābhāsaḥ. They are:&lt;br /&gt;
* Hētuḥ: The proof by which we are inferring something.&lt;br /&gt;
*Sādhyaṃ: The object which is going to be inferred by a proof.&lt;br /&gt;
*Pakshaḥ: The locus on which an object is going to be inferred.&lt;br /&gt;
*Vyāptiḥ: The invariable relationship between the proof or hētuḥ and the object which is going to be inferred or sādhyaṃ.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Merits and Effects of Hētuḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to understand the consequences of flaws in hētuḥ. It is very important to have a precise knowledge of the merits(It is termed as yōgyatā.) and effects of hētuḥ. The merits can be listed into two parts as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
# Vyāptiḥ: A hētuḥ should have an invariable relationship with the sādhyaṃ.&lt;br /&gt;
# Pakshadharmatā: A hētuḥ should be present in a locus or pakshaḥ.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The effect of the hētuḥ can be known by apprehending a proof which is having an invariable relation with a sādhyaṃ. This leads one to infer the sādhyaṃ. So by knowing that the proof is having a flaw the effect stops naturally. This indirectly indicates that the person who used that proof would be a loser in the argument.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Types of  Hētvābhāsāḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
There are five types of hētvābhāsaḥ or fallacious grounds. They are:&lt;br /&gt;
# Savyabhicāraḥ &lt;br /&gt;
# Virudhaḥ &lt;br /&gt;
# Satpratipakshaḥ &lt;br /&gt;
# Asidhdhaḥ &lt;br /&gt;
# Bādhitaḥ&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are again further divided according to its nature. These generally oppose either anumitiḥ or vyāptijṇānaṃ.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Savyabhicāraḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
A hētuḥ which is having a fault or doshah is called vyabhicāraḥ. Vyabhicāraḥ has inconsistent or irregular relation with the sādhyaṃ&#039;. It is, in fact, an antonym to the term vyāptiḥ, which is one of the merits of hētuḥ. Knowledge of savyabhicāraḥ in a ground obstructs that particular inference. For example, if one person wants to prove smoke by showing fire as proof, then we could assume that the proof shown is having a fault. One cannot know smoke by the knowledge of fire because it is not true that wherever there is fire, there is smoke. In other words five doses do not establish an invariable relationship or vyāptiḥ with smoke. Fire can remain without smoke. So fire can be called savyabhicārī while proving smoke.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Types of Savyabhicāraḥ===&lt;br /&gt;
The savyabhicāraḥ is of three types as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
# Sādhāraṇaḥ: This type of fallacious ground is that which exists in a locus where there is no sādhyaṃ. It can be illustrated by the example of kitchen which has smoke because it has fire. Here the ground fire exists in a locus ‘melted iron’ where there is no smoke.&lt;br /&gt;
# Asādhāraṇaḥ: This type of fallacious ground is that which does not exist either in sapakshaḥ or the locus where sādhyaṃ is determined or vipakshaḥ or the locus where sādhyābhāvaḥ is determined. Sound is eternal because it has soundness. Here the ground soundness does not exist in eternal elements like time, direction, space etc. It also does not exist in non-eternal elements like pot, donkey etc. &lt;br /&gt;
# Anupasamhārī: This type of fallacious ground is that which does not have any example or dṛṣṭāntaḥ.(Dṛṣṭāntaḥ is of two types. First is anvayaḥ which possess sādhyaṃ where there is no doubt about its existence and second is vyatirēkaḥ which possesses the absence of sādhyaṃ where there is no doubt about its absence.) It can be explained as everything(It refers to Locus.) in this world(It refers to sādhyaṃ.) is noneternal(It refers to ground.) because everything in this world is an object of true cognition. Here is everything in the world becomes a subject or locus for the sādhyaṃ, hence we cannot show other example either negative or positive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Virudhdhaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
A sat-hētuḥ or good ground will generally form the source of knowing sādhyaṃ because of its invariable relation with sādhyaṃ. But when a  hētuḥ or ground has an invariable relation with the absence of sādhyaṃ, then its called virudhdhaH. It can be illustrated by the Locus sound(It is sādhyaṃ here.) is eternal(It refers to ground here.) because it is an effect. It is an effect of a cause, like a pot, that cannot be eternal or nityaṃ. So we can draw that there is an invariable relation between the absence of sādhyaṃ or sādhyābhāvaḥ(It refers to non-eternal here.) and the ground.(It refers to the effect.) Here the ground is not the source of knowing sādhyaṃ, but becomes the source for knowing its absence(sādhyābhāvaḥ), hence it becomes virudhdhaḥ. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Satpratipakṣaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
Pratipakshaḥ means counter-argument. A ground which is parallel to the counter-argument and the ground in the counter-argument can establish the absence of sādhyaṃ or sādhyābhāvaḥ. The only difference in virudhdhaH and saTpratipakshaḥ is that in the first type the present ground would be the source of knowing sādhyābhāvaḥ, but in the second type, the ground in the counter-argument would be the source of knowing sādhyābhāvaḥ.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be depicted that the present argument is that the sound is eternal because it can be heard while it can be countered by the argument that sound is not eternal because it is an effect. Hence the present ground has a counter ground which proves the absence of present sādhyaṃ.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Āsidhdhaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
Sidhdhiḥ means certainty or Ascertainment of something. So asidhdhiḥ is its opposite. In the hētvābhāsaḥ context, the uncertainty or unavailability of either Hētuḥ(The proof by which we are inferring something.)/Pakshaḥ(The locus on which an object is going to be inferred.)/Vyāptiḥ(The invariable relationship between the proof / hētuḥ and the object which is going to be inferred / sādhyaṃ.) is considered a flaw. It can be delineated in three types as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Āśrayāsidhdhiḥ : Āsidhdhiḥ related to Pakshaḥ is called āśrayāsidhdhiḥ. When the Pakshaḥ or the locus does not have the properties(The properties of the locus are called pakṣatāvachēdakaṃ) it is expected to have, this situation arises. It can be explained by the locus Sky Flower which smells good because it is a flower. Here the present locus is partly true. Separately the sky and flower both can exist, but a flower will not grow from the sky. So the flower is not having an expected relationship with the sky. &lt;br /&gt;
# Svarūpāsidhdhiḥ : Āsidhdhiḥ related to Hētuḥ is called svarūpāsidhdhiḥ. It arises when the Hētuḥ or the reason is not physically present in the Pakshaḥ or the locus. It can be illustrated by the sound which can be inferred as a quality because it can be seen. Here the sound can only be heard not seen, so the absence of the ground in the locus is clear.&lt;br /&gt;
# Vyāpyatvāsidhdhiḥ : Āsidhdhiḥ related to Vyāptiḥ is called vyāpyatvāsidhdhiḥ. When the invariable relation between Sādhyaṃ and Hētuḥ is absent this situation takes place. To infer the strained relationship an element called upādhiḥ is introduced here. When the reason is included with upādhiḥ is called Vyāpyatvāsidhdhaḥ. The kitchen has smoke because it has fire. Here the ground fire exists in a locus ‘melted iron’ where there is no smoke. Here the upādhiḥ is ārdrēndhana saṃyōgaḥ or a relation with a fuel which has water content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Bādhitaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
Where the Pakshaḥ or the locus is determined to have the absence of sādhyaṃ, it is called bādhitaḥ. When the fire is not hot it becomes an element. Here the absence of not being hot is determined by touching it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
{{reflist}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Hetvabhasa&amp;diff=126912</id>
		<title>Hetvabhasa</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Hetvabhasa&amp;diff=126912"/>
		<updated>2019-10-27T11:08:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Author|Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{AlternateSpellings|hētvābhāsāḥ,hētvābhāsa, hetvabhaasa}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to nayyāyika(Those who learn and follow the nyāya darśanam), we have four pramāṇās or means of getting valid knowledge. They are pratyakshaṃ, anumānaṃ, upamaānaṃ and śabdaḥ. Among these means of knowledge, the second one i.e., anumānaṃ or inference has a significant place because nyāyadarśanaṃ has a cogent contribution in developing a structure for our argumentation technique. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally, an argument takes place where there is a difference in opinion. This does not generally happen in perceptual cognition, where the object is sensed the same by everybody. But in an argument one establishes a statement by giving some proof, while the other person may differ with his views. So to establish his point he would use the anumānaṃ or inference, which has a peerless place in the argument process. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In anumānaṃ, we are going to infer an unknown object or sādhyaṃ with a known proof or hētuḥ by sense organs or other means of knowledge. This proof must be flawless to attain its goal. A flawed proof or hētuḥ leads to misconception. In nyāyadarśanaṃ debate is elaborated extensively. The term nyāya itself depicts &#039;a syllogism which consists of five members&#039;. It is the foundation on which the discussion must be developed. To win an argument one should not only provide flawless proof but also find the flaws in the opponent&#039;s proof. To attain a comprehensive knowledge in this subject hētvābhāsaḥ or flaws in proof were also described.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Components of Anumānaprayōgaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
Anumānaprayōgaḥ is a set of sentences, which state an argumentation. The four components of anumānaprayōgaḥ or primary sentence in the process of inference have to be studied initially to understand the structure of hētvābhāsaḥ. They are:&lt;br /&gt;
* Hētuḥ: The proof by which we are inferring something.&lt;br /&gt;
*Sādhyaṃ: The object which is going to be inferred by a proof.&lt;br /&gt;
*Pakshaḥ: The locus on which an object is going to be inferred.&lt;br /&gt;
*Vyāptiḥ: The invariable relationship between the proof or hētuḥ and the object which is going to be inferred or sādhyaṃ.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Merits and Effects of Hētuḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to understand the consequences of flaws in hētuḥ. It is very important to have a precise knowledge of the merits&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It is termed as yōgyatā.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and effects of hētuḥ. The merits can be listed into two parts as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
# Vyāptiḥ: A hētuḥ should have an invariable relationship with the sādhyaṃ.&lt;br /&gt;
# Pakshadharmatā: A hētuḥ should be present in a locus or pakshaḥ.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The effect of the hētuḥ can be known by apprehending a proof which is having an invariable relation with a sādhyaṃ. This leads one to infer the sādhyaṃ. So by knowing that the proof is having a flaw the effect stops naturally. This indirectly indicates that the person who used that proof would be a loser in the argument.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Types of  Hētvābhāsāḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
There are five types of hētvābhāsaḥ or fallacious grounds. They are:&lt;br /&gt;
# Savyabhicāraḥ &lt;br /&gt;
# Virudhaḥ &lt;br /&gt;
# Satpratipakshaḥ &lt;br /&gt;
# Asidhdhaḥ &lt;br /&gt;
# Bādhitaḥ&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are again further divided according to its nature. These generally oppose either anumitiḥ or vyāptijṇānaṃ.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Savyabhicāraḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
A hētuḥ which is having a fault or doshah is called vyabhicāraḥ. Vyabhicāraḥ has inconsistent or irregular relation with the sādhyaṃ&#039;. It is, in fact, an antonym to the term vyāptiḥ, which is one of the merits of hētuḥ. Knowledge of savyabhicāraḥ in a ground obstructs that particular inference. For example, if one person wants to prove smoke by showing fire as proof, then we could assume that the proof shown is having a fault. One cannot know smoke by the knowledge of fire because it is not true that wherever there is fire, there is smoke. In other words five doses do not establish an invariable relationship or vyāptiḥ with smoke. Fire can remain without smoke. So fire can be called savyabhicārī while proving smoke.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Types of Savyabhicāraḥ===&lt;br /&gt;
The savyabhicāraḥ is of three types as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
# Sādhāraṇaḥ: This type of fallacious ground is that which exists in a locus where there is no sādhyaṃ. It can be illustrated by the example of kitchen which has smoke because it has fire. Here the ground fire exists in a locus ‘melted iron’ where there is no smoke.&lt;br /&gt;
# Asādhāraṇaḥ: This type of fallacious ground is that which does not exist either in sapakshaḥ or the locus where sādhyaṃ is determined or vipakshaḥ or the locus where sādhyābhāvaḥ is determined. Sound is eternal because it has soundness. Here the ground soundness does not exist in eternal elements like time, direction, space etc. It also does not exist in non-eternal elements like pot, donkey etc. &lt;br /&gt;
# Anupasamhārī: This type of fallacious ground is that which does not have any example or dṛṣṭāntaḥ.(Dṛṣṭāntaḥ is of two types. First is anvayaḥ which possess sādhyaṃ where there is no doubt about its existence and second is vyatirēkaḥ which possesses the absence of sādhyaṃ where there is no doubt about its absence.) It can be explained as everything(It refers to Locus.) in this world(It refers to sādhyaṃ.) is noneternal(It refers to ground.) because everything in this world is an object of true cognition. Here is everything in the world becomes a subject or locus for the sādhyaṃ, hence we cannot show other example either negative or positive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Virudhdhaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
A sat-hētuḥ or good ground will generally form the source of knowing sādhyaṃ because of its invariable relation with sādhyaṃ. But when a  hētuḥ or ground has an invariable relation with the absence of sādhyaṃ, then its called virudhdhaH. It can be illustrated by the Locus sound(It is sādhyaṃ here.) is eternal(It refers to ground here.) because it is an effect. It is an effect of a cause, like a pot, that cannot be eternal or nityaṃ. So we can draw that there is an invariable relation between the absence of sādhyaṃ or sādhyābhāvaḥ(It refers to non-eternal here.) and the ground.(It refers to the effect.) Here the ground is not the source of knowing sādhyaṃ, but becomes the source for knowing its absence(sādhyābhāvaḥ), hence it becomes virudhdhaḥ. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Satpratipakṣaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
Pratipakshaḥ means counter-argument. A ground which is parallel to the counter-argument and the ground in the counter-argument can establish the absence of sādhyaṃ or sādhyābhāvaḥ. The only difference in virudhdhaH and saTpratipakshaḥ is that in the first type the present ground would be the source of knowing sādhyābhāvaḥ, but in the second type, the ground in the counter-argument would be the source of knowing sādhyābhāvaḥ.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be depicted that the present argument is that the sound is eternal because it can be heard while it can be countered by the argument that sound is not eternal because it is an effect. Hence the present ground has a counter ground which proves the absence of present sādhyaṃ.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Āsidhdhaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
Sidhdhiḥ means certainty or Ascertainment of something. So asidhdhiḥ is its opposite. In the hētvābhāsaḥ context, the uncertainty or unavailability of either Hētuḥ(The proof by which we are inferring something.)/Pakshaḥ(The locus on which an object is going to be inferred.)/Vyāptiḥ(The invariable relationship between the proof / hētuḥ and the object which is going to be inferred / sādhyaṃ.) is considered a flaw. It can be delineated in three types as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Āśrayāsidhdhiḥ : Āsidhdhiḥ related to Pakshaḥ is called āśrayāsidhdhiḥ. When the Pakshaḥ or the locus does not have the properties(The properties of the locus are called pakṣatāvachēdakaṃ) it is expected to have, this situation arises. It can be explained by the locus Sky Flower which smells good because it is a flower. Here the present locus is partly true. Separately the sky and flower both can exist, but a flower will not grow from the sky. So the flower is not having an expected relationship with the sky. &lt;br /&gt;
# Svarūpāsidhdhiḥ : Āsidhdhiḥ related to Hētuḥ is called svarūpāsidhdhiḥ. It arises when the Hētuḥ or the reason is not physically present in the Pakshaḥ or the locus. It can be illustrated by the sound which can be inferred as a quality because it can be seen. Here the sound can only be heard not seen, so the absence of the ground in the locus is clear.&lt;br /&gt;
# Vyāpyatvāsidhdhiḥ : Āsidhdhiḥ related to Vyāptiḥ is called vyāpyatvāsidhdhiḥ. When the invariable relation between Sādhyaṃ and Hētuḥ is absent this situation takes place. To infer the strained relationship an element called upādhiḥ is introduced here. When the reason is included with upādhiḥ is called Vyāpyatvāsidhdhaḥ. The kitchen has smoke because it has fire. Here the ground fire exists in a locus ‘melted iron’ where there is no smoke. Here the upādhiḥ is ārdrēndhana saṃyōgaḥ or a relation with a fuel which has water content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Bādhitaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
Where the Pakshaḥ or the locus is determined to have the absence of sādhyaṃ, it is called bādhitaḥ. When the fire is not hot it becomes an element. Here the absence of not being hot is determined by touching it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
{{reflist}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Sixteen_elements_of_Ny%C4%81ya&amp;diff=126911</id>
		<title>Sixteen elements of Nyāya</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Sixteen_elements_of_Ny%C4%81ya&amp;diff=126911"/>
		<updated>2019-10-27T11:08:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Author|Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{AlternateSpellings|padārthāh, padārtha, padartha, elements, elements in nyaya}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya darśanaṃ is one among the six traditional philosophies, which consider the vēdaḥ as the unchallenged source of knowledge. That is why it is considered to be one among āstika darśanaṃ. As all the philosophies have their own way to understand the world. Sorrow(It is also called as duḥkhaṃ in Sanskrit.) is stated as the main problem faced by mankind and liberation from it is the main goal of our life. To attain this goal, the true knowledge of all the elements is very primary. These elements are sixteen in number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;pramāṇa- pramēya- samśaya- prayōjana- dṛṣṭānta-sidhdhanta-avayava-tarka-nirṇaya-vāda-jalpa-vitaṇḍā-hētvābhāsa-chala-jāti-nigrahasthānām tatvajñānānniśrēyasādhigamaḥ.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.1&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the first sutra of nyāya sūtraṃ which states that the true knowledge of the sixteen elements or padārthāḥ leads to niśrēyasa or the mōkṣhaḥ(Destruction of the final sorrow is mōkṣhaḥ according to nyāya.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Sixteen elements of Nyāya==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These sixteen elements of nyāya are: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Pramānaṃ - It is the means of valid knowledge.&lt;br /&gt;
# Prameyaḥ - It means the object of right knowledge. &lt;br /&gt;
# Saṃśayaḥ - It means doubt. &lt;br /&gt;
# Prayojanaṃ - It means the motive.&lt;br /&gt;
# Dṛṣṭāntaḥ - It means the illustrations.&lt;br /&gt;
# Siddhāntaḥ - It means the demonstrated truth. &lt;br /&gt;
# Avayavaḥ - It means the factors of reasoning and syllogism. &lt;br /&gt;
# Tarkaḥ - It means reasoning and confutation.&lt;br /&gt;
# Nirṇayaḥ - It means discernment. &lt;br /&gt;
# Vādaḥ - It means discussion. &lt;br /&gt;
# Jalpaḥ - It means disputation.&lt;br /&gt;
# Vitaṇḍā - It means cavil or objection.&lt;br /&gt;
# Hetvābhāsaḥ - It means fallacious reasoning. &lt;br /&gt;
# Chalaḥ - It means casuistry or unfair reasoning.&lt;br /&gt;
# Jātiḥ - It means futile rejoinder. &lt;br /&gt;
# Nigraha-sthānaṃ - It means clinchers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pramānaṃ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Pratyakha- anumāna-  upamāna- śabdāḥ pramāṇāni&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.3&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pramā is nothing but valid knowledge. The source of that is pramānaṃ. Valid knowledge is that which reveals a thing as it actually is. It can be identified as valid knowledge when it is corresponding to the actual nature of the object as it is. We can also know that it is valid when we successfully obtain the object stated.(Like when we know that there is a cow by seeing, we can conclude that it is a valid knowledge only after when we really obtain it)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Nyāya tradition, there are four pramāṇās namely:&lt;br /&gt;
# Pratyakhaṃ&lt;br /&gt;
# Anumānaṃ&lt;br /&gt;
# Upamānaṃ&lt;br /&gt;
# Śabdāḥ&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[For further details click this link:[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Pramana_(Nyaya)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prameya==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Ātmā- śarīra-indriya-artha-budhdhi- manaḥ-pravṛtti-dōṣa-prētyabhāva-phala-duḥkhāpavargāstu pramēyaṃ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.9&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After defining pramāṇāni, Gautama further defines pramēya, which is an object of valid knowledge. &lt;br /&gt;
It is classified into twelve types:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Ātmā - It is denoted by self.&lt;br /&gt;
# Śarīraṃ - It is represented by body.&lt;br /&gt;
# Indriyaṃ - It is called as senses. &lt;br /&gt;
# Arthaḥ - It is known as experiences.&lt;br /&gt;
# Buddhiḥ - It is denoted as intelligence.&lt;br /&gt;
# Manaḥ - It is known as intellect.&lt;br /&gt;
# Pravṛttiḥ - It is defined as activity.&lt;br /&gt;
# Doṣaḥ - It is known as imbalances.&lt;br /&gt;
# Prētyabhāvaḥ - It is called as re-birth.&lt;br /&gt;
# Phalaṃ - It is known as consequences. &lt;br /&gt;
# Duḥkhaṃ - It is called as suffering.&lt;br /&gt;
# Apavargaḥ - It is defined as liberation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many things that might be considered as topics of valid knowledge, but these 12 are especially significant because the true knowledge about them will banish all the misconception and lead to freedom from sufferings; while false knowledge of these topics helps in rebirth and suffering(samsara). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For further details click this link: [[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Prameya]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saṃśayaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Samānānēkadharmōpapattēḥ vipratipattēḥ upalabdhi- anupalabdhi- avyavasthātaśca viśēṣāpēkṣaḥ vimarśaḥ saṃśayaḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.23&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The term samśaya means doubt, but that must not be confused with an error or false knowledge. &lt;br /&gt;
Doubt has at least two parts in it, which are opposite to each other. Either of it is an error or false knowledge. So, either of it is true or valid knowledge. When two opposite things are known at a time, leads to further enquiry about the truth. Thus, Doubt is just the incomplete knowledge which forms the platform for further investigations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Causes of Saṃśaya=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A conflicting judgment about the character of an object arises from the below mentioned four different arguments:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Samanadharmōpapattēḥ - Display of properties common to many objects leads to doubt.(Like&lt;br /&gt;
a man and a small tree may tend to have similar height and width. So, from seeing from a distance we doubt whether it is &#039;a tree or a man&#039;.)  &lt;br /&gt;
# Anēkadharmōpapattēḥ - Characteristics not common to any objects also leads to doubt. &lt;br /&gt;
# Vipratipatteḥ - Conflicting testimony also leads to doubt. &lt;br /&gt;
# Upalabdhyavyavasthātaḥ - Irregularity of perception and non-perception also leads to doubt.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prayojanaṃ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Yaṃ arthaṃ adhikṛtya pravartatē tat prayōjanaṃ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.24&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prayojanam is a desire which impels one to act. Purpose serves as the motive behind all the action done to attain something pleasurable or to avoid something undesirable. Until there is a purpose, there can be no successful action; therefore, a wise person never engages in any kind of purposeless actions. It is also the purpose or motive which determines if an act is morally right or wrong. No act should be deduced as good or bad, it is the intention with which it is done that determines its moral character. Therefore sincere spiritual aspirants should always examine and reflect upon our motives and clarify the intent of actions performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dṛṣṭāntaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Laukikaparīkṣakāṇāṃ yasminnarthē budhdhisāmyaṃ saḥ dṛṣṭāntaḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.25&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When an expert and layman are of the same opinion this happens. It is also known as the familiar example which is a common observation of both common folk and experts. Both the scientists and laymen accepts the general proposition that whenever there is rain there must be clouds. This type of example can be used in the process of reasoning from the known to the unknown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Siddhāntaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Tantrādhikaraṇābhyupagamasaṃsthitiḥ sidhdhāntaḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.26&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Siddhānta philosophy is a conclusion that is recognized as being logically proven by a certain school of philosophy. There are four kinds of Siddhāntas:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# A commonly accepted truth is a tenet which is not opposed by any school of philosophy and which is claimed by at least one school; e.g. All the schools of Hindu philosophy accept earth, water, light, air and ether as the five base elements and smell, taste, colour, touch and sound as the objects of the five senses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# A peculiar truth is a tenet which is accepted by the similar schools, but rejected by the opposite schools. e.g., the 3 Abrahamic schools accepts that God created the world from nothing. All schools of Indian philosophy rejects this conclusion saying that something cannot come into existence out of nothing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# An implied truth is a tenet which is not explicitly declared, but are finalized on the basis of examination of the particulars concerning it. e.g., The discussion whether certain people should be allowed to vote implies that those people are capable of understanding and making political decisions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# A consequential truth is a tenet which if accepted, leads to the acceptance of another tenet for e.g., the acceptance of the doctrine that there is a Self which is separate from the 5 senses, because it can recognize one and the same object by seeing and touching both. Hence it implies the following mentioned possibilities:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Senses are more than one.&lt;br /&gt;
* Each of the senses has its particular characteristic.&lt;br /&gt;
* Self derives its knowledge through the channels of the senses.&lt;br /&gt;
* Substance which are distinct from its qualities is the locus of them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Avayavaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Pratijñā hētūdāharaṇōpanayanigamanāni avayavāḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.32&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Talk:Nyaya_Introduction_to_Avayava Introduction to Avayavāḥ]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tarkaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Avijñātatvē arthē kāraṇōpapattitaḥ tatvajñānārthaṃ ūhaḥ tarkaḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.40&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tarkaḥ is a process for ascertaining the real nature of a thing of whose character is not known. It is a method of arriving to the right conclusion by showing the absurdity of all the contrary ideas. Tarka is a method of attaining knowledge of the truth about an unknown or uncertain thing by comparing and then gradually eliminating all the competing suppositions; E.g. Is the Self a product or a non-Product? If the Self is a non-product, it will experience the result of its action and on the eradication of the causes of re-birth, will be released; therefore, re-birth and release are indeed possible. If it is a product, these chances would not be possible, because the Self&#039;s connection with the body, mind and senses will not be the result and experience of its own action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The phenomenon of re-birth and release is very well known and established; therefore, the Self must be a non-product. This form of reasoning is also called as Confutation. This is not a method which ascertains, determines and verifies that the Self is a particular thing and nothing else. It simply eliminates all other contesting theories to the supposition it supports; after which truth is established through the application of other means of accurate knowledge. Hence, confutation is considered to be a supporting technique and is therefore mentioned separately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nirṇayaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Vimṛśya pakṣapratipakṣābhyāṃ arthāvadhāraṇaṃ nirṇyaḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.41&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The removal of doubts and the resolution of a dispute by examining two opposite views is called as nirṇayaḥ. Dialectic is in the form of a dialogue between two people who may hold differing views, yet wish to establish the truth by seeking agreement with one another. This is in contrast to debate in which two or more people hold differing views and wish to persuade or prove one another wrong and thus a jury or judge is needed to decide the matter. The sequence of investigation is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* First impression&lt;br /&gt;
* Doubt arises&lt;br /&gt;
* Examining the opposite view&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It is called as pūrva pakṣa.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Application of logic&lt;br /&gt;
* Determination of the controversy&lt;br /&gt;
* Ascertainment of Truth&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It is called as nirṇaya.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Doubt is the result of first impression and gives impetus to investigation in order to ascertain the truth.  “Ascertainment” is unnecessary in the case of direct perception or the verbal testimony of a trustworthy authority. But one must be convinced of the authority being trustworthy. In other words, everything should be questioned and not accepted simply because the person holds a degree or title. One must test that individual and once the authenticity is assured then only one can accept the statements without further investigation. Endlessly questioning for the sake of questioning is also not useful for coming to the accurate conclusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vādaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Pramāṇa tarkasādhanōpālaṃbhaḥ sidhdāntāvirudhdaḥ paṃcāvayavōpapannaḥ pakṣapratipakṣa parigrahaḥ vādaḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.1&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A dialogue in which one adopts one of two opposing positions is called as vādaḥ. The purpose of discussion is to come to the truth of the proposition under consideration. This may be achieved by talking about the topic with anyone who is a sincere seeker of truth. In vāda it is not necessary to establish one&#039;s own thesis, it is enough to submit one&#039;s views for examination in order to ascertain the truth. The discussion does not necessarily have to take into consideration the opposite opinion; it is enough to put any proposition to logical reasoning. The usual procedure is to maintain the thesis by means of right knowledge and to counter-thesis by the means of tarka.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jalpaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Yathōktōpapannaḥ chalajātinigrahasthānōpālaṃbhaḥ jalpaḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.2&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A vigorous verbal disputation directed to gain victory in it is called as jalpaḥ. The sole purpose of engaging in a polemic is simply to gain victory over the other party. There’s no desire to either gain further knowledge or to establish one’s own position. Therefore, one can employ any device of debate in order to win. These devices are usually of a negative character, such as attacking the opponent’s character,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It is called as argumentum ad hominem.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; quibbling, advancing futile arguments, behave with absurdity, evading the issue, focusing on examples or metaphors rather than on the actual argument itself etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vitaṇḍā==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Sa pratipakṣa sthāpanāhīnaḥ vitaṇḍā&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.3&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A kind of wrangling, which consists in mere attacks on the opposite side is called as vitaṇḍā. In cavil there is no desire to establish any proposition. The only interest is to heckle the speaker by carping and offering frivolous objections. Polemics and caviling, which are considered as forms of discussion, may be used by an aspirant of truth only as means of protecting one&#039;s young and fragile knowledge which has not yet matured to a full blossomed conviction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One may occasionally encounter objectionable people, who devoid of true knowledge, are puffed up with their academic achievements or are deluded by their own erroneous convictions. These people may try to impose their views and beliefs on others. Under such circumstances the student is urged to make use of these argumentative devices in order to safeguard the development of knowledge in the same way that nature uses thorns on some plants to safeguard the growth of its fruit. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If one’s philosophy or belief system is under attack then one may also employ these negative means for self-defense. One should never gratuitously criticize or attack anyone else’s belief system, ideology or way of life if that person is keeping to themselves. When a person tries to impose their views on others then defense is required. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Hetvābhāsaḥ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;savyabhicāra virudhda prakaraṇasama sādhyasama kālātītā hētvābhāsāḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.4&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally, an argument takes place where there is a difference in opinion. This does not generally happen in perceptual cognition, where the object is sensed the same by everybody. But in an argument one establishes a statement by giving some proof, while the other person may differ with his views. So to establish his point he would use the anumānaṃ or inference, which has a peerless place in the argument process. &lt;br /&gt;
To win an argument one should not only provide flawless proof but also find the flaws in the opponent&#039;s proof. To attain a comprehensive knowledge in this subject hētvābhāsaḥ or flaws in proof were also described.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For further details click here: [[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Hetvabhasa]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chalaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;vacanavighātō arthavikalpōpapatyā chalaṃ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.10&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The opposition offered to a proposition by the assumption of an alternative meaning is called as chalaḥ. Casuistry is classified into three types:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Vacas - It is called as playing upon words. This consists of willfully taking a term to mean something different from that intended by the speaker; e.g., taking the word &#039;quadruped&#039; to mean four-legged table instead of an animal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Sāmānyas - It means generalizations. This consists of asserting the impossibility of a particular part because of the impossibility of the whole; e.g., to deny that a particular cow is black because all cows are not black.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Upacārās - It is denoted by metaphors. This consists of invalidating a word used in a particular context by taking it literally when it was used metaphorically; e.g., the ‘House cheered’ means that the people in the house cheered and not the physical structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jātiḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Sādharmya vaidharmyābhāṃ pratyavasthānaṃ jātiḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.18&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Offering objections founded on mere similarity or dissimilarity is called as jātiḥ. The reply is said to be futile if it does not take into consideration the universal connection between the middle term and the major term. Mere similarity or dissimilarity is not sufficient. There are twenty-four kinds of futility which display equality of the arguments of two sides so that neither side can win the argument.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nigraha-sthānaṃ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Vipratipattirapratipattiśca nigrahasthānaṃ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.19&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When we do not understand or misunderstand the arguments stated by the opponent we eventually lose the debate. There is no purpose in entering into a debate if one is ignorant about the subject being investigated. Demonstrating ignorance or misunderstanding of the subject under discussion and attaining defeat in a debate is the last element in nyāya darśanaṃ, which is called nigrahasthānaṃ. Here the term &#039;nigrahasthānaṃ&#039; means attaining defeat in a debate. The means for that defeat are shown as Vipratipattiḥ(viparītā vā kutsitā vā pratipattiḥ) and  Apratipattiḥ. &#039;Vipratipattiḥ&#039; is a situation in which one misunderstands and &#039;Apratipattiḥ&#039; is a situation in which does not understand at all.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
{{reflist}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Sixteen_elements_of_Ny%C4%81ya&amp;diff=126910</id>
		<title>Sixteen elements of Nyāya</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Sixteen_elements_of_Ny%C4%81ya&amp;diff=126910"/>
		<updated>2019-10-27T10:59:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana: /* Nigraha-sthānaṃ */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Author|Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{AlternateSpellings|padārthāh, padārtha, padartha, elements, elements in nyaya}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya darśanaṃ is one among the six traditional philosophies, which consider the vēdaḥ as the unchallenged source of knowledge. That is why it is considered to be one among āstika darśanaṃ. As all the philosophies have their own way to understand the world. Sorrow(It is also called as duḥkhaṃ in Sanskrit.) is stated as the main problem faced by mankind and liberation from it is the main goal of our life. To attain this goal, the true knowledge of all the elements is very primary. These elements are sixteen in number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;pramāṇa- pramēya- samśaya- prayōjana- dṛṣṭānta-sidhdhanta-avayava-tarka-nirṇaya-vāda-jalpa-vitaṇḍā-hētvābhāsa-chala-jāti-nigrahasthānām tatvajñānānniśrēyasādhigamaḥ.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.1&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the first sutra of nyāya sūtraṃ which states that the true knowledge of the sixteen elements or padārthāḥ leads to niśrēyasa or the mōkṣhaḥ(Destruction of the final sorrow is mōkṣhaḥ according to nyāya.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Sixteen elements of Nyāya==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These sixteen elements of nyāya are: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Pramānaṃ - It is the means of valid knowledge.&lt;br /&gt;
# Prameyaḥ - It means the object of right knowledge. &lt;br /&gt;
# Saṃśayaḥ - It means doubt. &lt;br /&gt;
# Prayojanaṃ - It means the motive.&lt;br /&gt;
# Dṛṣṭāntaḥ - It means the illustrations.&lt;br /&gt;
# Siddhāntaḥ - It means the demonstrated truth. &lt;br /&gt;
# Avayavaḥ - It means the factors of reasoning and syllogism. &lt;br /&gt;
# Tarkaḥ - It means reasoning and confutation.&lt;br /&gt;
# Nirṇayaḥ - It means discernment. &lt;br /&gt;
# Vādaḥ - It means discussion. &lt;br /&gt;
# Jalpaḥ - It means disputation.&lt;br /&gt;
# Vitaṇḍā - It means cavil or objection.&lt;br /&gt;
# Hetvābhāsaḥ - It means fallacious reasoning. &lt;br /&gt;
# Chalaḥ - It means casuistry or unfair reasoning.&lt;br /&gt;
# Jātiḥ - It means futile rejoinder. &lt;br /&gt;
# Nigraha-sthānaṃ - It means clinchers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pramānaṃ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Pratyakha- anumāna-  upamāna- śabdāḥ pramāṇāni&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.3&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pramā is nothing but valid knowledge. The source of that is pramānaṃ. Valid knowledge is that which reveals a thing as it actually is. It can be identified as valid knowledge when it is corresponding to the actual nature of the object as it is. We can also know that it is valid when we successfully obtain the object stated.(Like when we know that there is a cow by seeing, we can conclude that it is a valid knowledge only after when we really obtain it)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Nyāya tradition, there are four pramāṇās namely:&lt;br /&gt;
# Pratyakhaṃ&lt;br /&gt;
# Anumānaṃ&lt;br /&gt;
# Upamānaṃ&lt;br /&gt;
# Śabdāḥ&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[For further details click this link:[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Pramana_(Nyaya)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prameya==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Ātmā- śarīra-indriya-artha-budhdhi- manaḥ-pravṛtti-dōṣa-prētyabhāva-phala-duḥkhāpavargāstu pramēyaṃ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.9&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After defining pramāṇāni, Gautama further defines pramēya, which is an object of valid knowledge. &lt;br /&gt;
It is classified into twelve types:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Ātmā - It is denoted by self.&lt;br /&gt;
# Śarīraṃ - It is represented by body.&lt;br /&gt;
# Indriyaṃ - It is called as senses. &lt;br /&gt;
# Arthaḥ - It is known as experiences.&lt;br /&gt;
# Buddhiḥ - It is denoted as intelligence.&lt;br /&gt;
# Manaḥ - It is known as intellect.&lt;br /&gt;
# Pravṛttiḥ - It is defined as activity.&lt;br /&gt;
# Doṣaḥ - It is known as imbalances.&lt;br /&gt;
# Prētyabhāvaḥ - It is called as re-birth.&lt;br /&gt;
# Phalaṃ - It is known as consequences. &lt;br /&gt;
# Duḥkhaṃ - It is called as suffering.&lt;br /&gt;
# Apavargaḥ - It is defined as liberation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many things that might be considered as topics of valid knowledge, but these 12 are especially significant because the true knowledge about them will banish all the misconception and lead to freedom from sufferings; while false knowledge of these topics helps in rebirth and suffering(samsara). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For further details click this link: [[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Prameya]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saṃśayaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Samānānēkadharmōpapattēḥ vipratipattēḥ upalabdhi- anupalabdhi- avyavasthātaśca viśēṣāpēkṣaḥ vimarśaḥ saṃśayaḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.23&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The term samśaya means doubt, but that must not be confused with an error or false knowledge. &lt;br /&gt;
Doubt has at least two parts in it, which are opposite to each other. Either of it is an error or false knowledge. So, either of it is true or valid knowledge. When two opposite things are known at a time, leads to further enquiry about the truth. Thus, Doubt is just the incomplete knowledge which forms the platform for further investigations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Causes of Saṃśaya=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A conflicting judgment about the character of an object arises from the below mentioned four different arguments:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Samanadharmōpapattēḥ - Display of properties common to many objects leads to doubt.(Like&lt;br /&gt;
a man and a small tree may tend to have similar height and width. So, from seeing from a distance we doubt whether it is &#039;a tree or a man&#039;.)  &lt;br /&gt;
# Anēkadharmōpapattēḥ - Characteristics not common to any objects also leads to doubt. &lt;br /&gt;
# Vipratipatteḥ - Conflicting testimony also leads to doubt. &lt;br /&gt;
# Upalabdhyavyavasthātaḥ - Irregularity of perception and non-perception also leads to doubt.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prayojanaṃ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Yaṃ arthaṃ adhikṛtya pravartatē tat prayōjanaṃ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.24&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prayojanam is a desire which impels one to act. Purpose serves as the motive behind all the action done to attain something pleasurable or to avoid something undesirable. Until there is a purpose, there can be no successful action; therefore, a wise person never engages in any kind of purposeless actions. It is also the purpose or motive which determines if an act is morally right or wrong. No act should be deduced as good or bad, it is the intention with which it is done that determines its moral character. Therefore sincere spiritual aspirants should always examine and reflect upon our motives and clarify the intent of actions performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dṛṣṭāntaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Laukikaparīkṣakāṇāṃ yasminnarthē budhdhisāmyaṃ saḥ dṛṣṭāntaḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.25&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When an expert and layman are of the same opinion this happens. It is also known as the familiar example which is a common observation of both common folk and experts. Both the scientists and laymen accepts the general proposition that whenever there is rain there must be clouds. This type of example can be used in the process of reasoning from the known to the unknown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Siddhāntaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Tantrādhikaraṇābhyupagamasaṃsthitiḥ sidhdhāntaḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.26&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Siddhānta philosophy is a conclusion that is recognized as being logically proven by a certain school of philosophy. There are four kinds of Siddhāntas:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# A commonly accepted truth is a tenet which is not opposed by any school of philosophy and which is claimed by at least one school; e.g. All the schools of Hindu philosophy accept earth, water, light, air and ether as the five base elements and smell, taste, colour, touch and sound as the objects of the five senses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# A peculiar truth is a tenet which is accepted by the similar schools, but rejected by the opposite schools. e.g., the 3 Abrahamic schools accepts that God created the world from nothing. All schools of Indian philosophy rejects this conclusion saying that something cannot come into existence out of nothing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# An implied truth is a tenet which is not explicitly declared, but are finalized on the basis of examination of the particulars concerning it. e.g., The discussion whether certain people should be allowed to vote implies that those people are capable of understanding and making political decisions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# A consequential truth is a tenet which if accepted, leads to the acceptance of another tenet for e.g., the acceptance of the doctrine that there is a Self which is separate from the 5 senses, because it can recognize one and the same object by seeing and touching both. Hence it implies the following mentioned possibilities:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Senses are more than one.&lt;br /&gt;
* Each of the senses has its particular characteristic.&lt;br /&gt;
* Self derives its knowledge through the channels of the senses.&lt;br /&gt;
* Substance which are distinct from its qualities is the locus of them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Avayavaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Pratijñā hētūdāharaṇōpanayanigamanāni avayavāḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.32&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Talk:Nyaya_Introduction_to_Avayava Introduction to Avayavāḥ]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tarkaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Avijñātatvē arthē kāraṇōpapattitaḥ tatvajñānārthaṃ ūhaḥ tarkaḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.40&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tarkaḥ is a process for ascertaining the real nature of a thing of whose character is not known. It is a method of arriving to the right conclusion by showing the absurdity of all the contrary ideas. Tarka is a method of attaining knowledge of the truth about an unknown or uncertain thing by comparing and then gradually eliminating all the competing suppositions; E.g. Is the Self a product or a non-Product? If the Self is a non-product, it will experience the result of its action and on the eradication of the causes of re-birth, will be released; therefore, re-birth and release are indeed possible. If it is a product, these chances would not be possible, because the Self&#039;s connection with the body, mind and senses will not be the result and experience of its own action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The phenomenon of re-birth and release is very well known and established; therefore, the Self must be a non-product. This form of reasoning is also called as Confutation. This is not a method which ascertains, determines and verifies that the Self is a particular thing and nothing else. It simply eliminates all other contesting theories to the supposition it supports; after which truth is established through the application of other means of accurate knowledge. Hence, confutation is considered to be a supporting technique and is therefore mentioned separately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nirṇayaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Vimṛśya pakṣapratipakṣābhyāṃ arthāvadhāraṇaṃ nirṇyaḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.41&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The removal of doubts and the resolution of a dispute by examining two opposite views is called as nirṇayaḥ. Dialectic is in the form of a dialogue between two people who may hold differing views, yet wish to establish the truth by seeking agreement with one another. This is in contrast to debate in which two or more people hold differing views and wish to persuade or prove one another wrong and thus a jury or judge is needed to decide the matter. The sequence of investigation is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* First impression&lt;br /&gt;
* Doubt arises&lt;br /&gt;
* Examining the opposite view&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It is called as pūrva pakṣa.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Application of logic&lt;br /&gt;
* Determination of the controversy&lt;br /&gt;
* Ascertainment of Truth&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It is called as nirṇaya.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Doubt is the result of first impression and gives impetus to investigation in order to ascertain the truth.  “Ascertainment” is unnecessary in the case of direct perception or the verbal testimony of a trustworthy authority. But one must be convinced of the authority being trustworthy. In other words, everything should be questioned and not accepted simply because the person holds a degree or title. One must test that individual and once the authenticity is assured then only one can accept the statements without further investigation. Endlessly questioning for the sake of questioning is also not useful for coming to the accurate conclusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vādaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Pramāṇa tarkasādhanōpālaṃbhaḥ sidhdāntāvirudhdaḥ paṃcāvayavōpapannaḥ pakṣapratipakṣa parigrahaḥ vādaḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.1&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A dialogue in which one adopts one of two opposing positions is called as vādaḥ. The purpose of discussion is to come to the truth of the proposition under consideration. This may be achieved by talking about the topic with anyone who is a sincere seeker of truth. In vāda it is not necessary to establish one&#039;s own thesis, it is enough to submit one&#039;s views for examination in order to ascertain the truth. The discussion does not necessarily have to take into consideration the opposite opinion; it is enough to put any proposition to logical reasoning. The usual procedure is to maintain the thesis by means of right knowledge and to counter-thesis by the means of tarka.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jalpaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Yathōktōpapannaḥ chalajātinigrahasthānōpālaṃbhaḥ jalpaḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.2&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A vigorous verbal disputation directed to gain victory in it is called as jalpaḥ. The sole purpose of engaging in a polemic is simply to gain victory over the other party. There’s no desire to either gain further knowledge or to establish one’s own position. Therefore, one can employ any device of debate in order to win. These devices are usually of a negative character, such as attacking the opponent’s character,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It is called as argumentum ad hominem.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; quibbling, advancing futile arguments, behave with absurdity, evading the issue, focusing on examples or metaphors rather than on the actual argument itself etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vitaṇḍā==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Sa pratipakṣa sthāpanāhīnaḥ vitaṇḍā&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.3&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A kind of wrangling, which consists in mere attacks on the opposite side is called as vitaṇḍā. In cavil there is no desire to establish any proposition. The only interest is to heckle the speaker by carping and offering frivolous objections. Polemics and caviling, which are considered as forms of discussion, may be used by an aspirant of truth only as means of protecting one&#039;s young and fragile knowledge which has not yet matured to a full blossomed conviction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One may occasionally encounter objectionable people, who devoid of true knowledge, are puffed up with their academic achievements or are deluded by their own erroneous convictions. These people may try to impose their views and beliefs on others. Under such circumstances the student is urged to make use of these argumentative devices in order to safeguard the development of knowledge in the same way that nature uses thorns on some plants to safeguard the growth of its fruit. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If one’s philosophy or belief system is under attack then one may also employ these negative means for self-defense. One should never gratuitously criticize or attack anyone else’s belief system, ideology or way of life if that person is keeping to themselves. When a person tries to impose their views on others then defense is required. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Hetvābhāsaḥ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;savyabhicāra virudhda prakaraṇasama sādhyasama kālātītā hētvābhāsāḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.4&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For further details click here: [[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Hetvabhasa]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chalaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;vacanavighātō arthavikalpōpapatyā chalaṃ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.10&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The opposition offered to a proposition by the assumption of an alternative meaning is called as chalaḥ. Casuistry is classified into three types:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Vacas - It is called as playing upon words. This consists of willfully taking a term to mean something different from that intended by the speaker; e.g., taking the word &#039;quadruped&#039; to mean four-legged table instead of an animal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Sāmānyas - It means generalizations. This consists of asserting the impossibility of a particular part because of the impossibility of the whole; e.g., to deny that a particular cow is black because all cows are not black.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Upacārās - It is denoted by metaphors. This consists of invalidating a word used in a particular context by taking it literally when it was used metaphorically; e.g., the ‘House cheered’ means that the people in the house cheered and not the physical structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jātiḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Sādharmya vaidharmyābhāṃ pratyavasthānaṃ jātiḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.18&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Offering objections founded on mere similarity or dissimilarity is called as jātiḥ. The reply is said to be futile if it does not take into consideration the universal connection between the middle term and the major term. Mere similarity or dissimilarity is not sufficient. There are twenty-four kinds of futility which display equality of the arguments of two sides so that neither side can win the argument.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nigraha-sthānaṃ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Vipratipattirapratipattiśca nigrahasthānaṃ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.19&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When we do not understand or misunderstand the arguments stated by the opponent we eventually lose the debate. There is no purpose in entering into a debate if one is ignorant about the subject being investigated. Demonstrating ignorance or misunderstanding of the subject under discussion and attaining defeat in a debate is the last element in nyāya darśanaṃ, which is called nigrahasthānaṃ. Here the term &#039;nigrahasthānaṃ&#039; means attaining defeat in a debate. The means for that defeat are shown as Vipratipattiḥ(viparītā vā kutsitā vā pratipattiḥ) and  Apratipattiḥ. &#039;Vipratipattiḥ&#039; is a situation in which one misunderstands and &#039;Apratipattiḥ&#039; is a situation in which does not understand at all.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
{{reflist}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Sixteen_elements_of_Ny%C4%81ya&amp;diff=126909</id>
		<title>Sixteen elements of Nyāya</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Sixteen_elements_of_Ny%C4%81ya&amp;diff=126909"/>
		<updated>2019-10-27T10:57:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana: /* Vādaḥ */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Author|Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{AlternateSpellings|padārthāh, padārtha, padartha, elements, elements in nyaya}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya darśanaṃ is one among the six traditional philosophies, which consider the vēdaḥ as the unchallenged source of knowledge. That is why it is considered to be one among āstika darśanaṃ. As all the philosophies have their own way to understand the world. Sorrow(It is also called as duḥkhaṃ in Sanskrit.) is stated as the main problem faced by mankind and liberation from it is the main goal of our life. To attain this goal, the true knowledge of all the elements is very primary. These elements are sixteen in number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;pramāṇa- pramēya- samśaya- prayōjana- dṛṣṭānta-sidhdhanta-avayava-tarka-nirṇaya-vāda-jalpa-vitaṇḍā-hētvābhāsa-chala-jāti-nigrahasthānām tatvajñānānniśrēyasādhigamaḥ.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.1&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the first sutra of nyāya sūtraṃ which states that the true knowledge of the sixteen elements or padārthāḥ leads to niśrēyasa or the mōkṣhaḥ(Destruction of the final sorrow is mōkṣhaḥ according to nyāya.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Sixteen elements of Nyāya==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These sixteen elements of nyāya are: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Pramānaṃ - It is the means of valid knowledge.&lt;br /&gt;
# Prameyaḥ - It means the object of right knowledge. &lt;br /&gt;
# Saṃśayaḥ - It means doubt. &lt;br /&gt;
# Prayojanaṃ - It means the motive.&lt;br /&gt;
# Dṛṣṭāntaḥ - It means the illustrations.&lt;br /&gt;
# Siddhāntaḥ - It means the demonstrated truth. &lt;br /&gt;
# Avayavaḥ - It means the factors of reasoning and syllogism. &lt;br /&gt;
# Tarkaḥ - It means reasoning and confutation.&lt;br /&gt;
# Nirṇayaḥ - It means discernment. &lt;br /&gt;
# Vādaḥ - It means discussion. &lt;br /&gt;
# Jalpaḥ - It means disputation.&lt;br /&gt;
# Vitaṇḍā - It means cavil or objection.&lt;br /&gt;
# Hetvābhāsaḥ - It means fallacious reasoning. &lt;br /&gt;
# Chalaḥ - It means casuistry or unfair reasoning.&lt;br /&gt;
# Jātiḥ - It means futile rejoinder. &lt;br /&gt;
# Nigraha-sthānaṃ - It means clinchers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pramānaṃ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Pratyakha- anumāna-  upamāna- śabdāḥ pramāṇāni&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.3&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pramā is nothing but valid knowledge. The source of that is pramānaṃ. Valid knowledge is that which reveals a thing as it actually is. It can be identified as valid knowledge when it is corresponding to the actual nature of the object as it is. We can also know that it is valid when we successfully obtain the object stated.(Like when we know that there is a cow by seeing, we can conclude that it is a valid knowledge only after when we really obtain it)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Nyāya tradition, there are four pramāṇās namely:&lt;br /&gt;
# Pratyakhaṃ&lt;br /&gt;
# Anumānaṃ&lt;br /&gt;
# Upamānaṃ&lt;br /&gt;
# Śabdāḥ&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[For further details click this link:[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Pramana_(Nyaya)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prameya==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Ātmā- śarīra-indriya-artha-budhdhi- manaḥ-pravṛtti-dōṣa-prētyabhāva-phala-duḥkhāpavargāstu pramēyaṃ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.9&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After defining pramāṇāni, Gautama further defines pramēya, which is an object of valid knowledge. &lt;br /&gt;
It is classified into twelve types:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Ātmā - It is denoted by self.&lt;br /&gt;
# Śarīraṃ - It is represented by body.&lt;br /&gt;
# Indriyaṃ - It is called as senses. &lt;br /&gt;
# Arthaḥ - It is known as experiences.&lt;br /&gt;
# Buddhiḥ - It is denoted as intelligence.&lt;br /&gt;
# Manaḥ - It is known as intellect.&lt;br /&gt;
# Pravṛttiḥ - It is defined as activity.&lt;br /&gt;
# Doṣaḥ - It is known as imbalances.&lt;br /&gt;
# Prētyabhāvaḥ - It is called as re-birth.&lt;br /&gt;
# Phalaṃ - It is known as consequences. &lt;br /&gt;
# Duḥkhaṃ - It is called as suffering.&lt;br /&gt;
# Apavargaḥ - It is defined as liberation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many things that might be considered as topics of valid knowledge, but these 12 are especially significant because the true knowledge about them will banish all the misconception and lead to freedom from sufferings; while false knowledge of these topics helps in rebirth and suffering(samsara). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For further details click this link: [[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Prameya]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saṃśayaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Samānānēkadharmōpapattēḥ vipratipattēḥ upalabdhi- anupalabdhi- avyavasthātaśca viśēṣāpēkṣaḥ vimarśaḥ saṃśayaḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.23&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The term samśaya means doubt, but that must not be confused with an error or false knowledge. &lt;br /&gt;
Doubt has at least two parts in it, which are opposite to each other. Either of it is an error or false knowledge. So, either of it is true or valid knowledge. When two opposite things are known at a time, leads to further enquiry about the truth. Thus, Doubt is just the incomplete knowledge which forms the platform for further investigations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Causes of Saṃśaya=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A conflicting judgment about the character of an object arises from the below mentioned four different arguments:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Samanadharmōpapattēḥ - Display of properties common to many objects leads to doubt.(Like&lt;br /&gt;
a man and a small tree may tend to have similar height and width. So, from seeing from a distance we doubt whether it is &#039;a tree or a man&#039;.)  &lt;br /&gt;
# Anēkadharmōpapattēḥ - Characteristics not common to any objects also leads to doubt. &lt;br /&gt;
# Vipratipatteḥ - Conflicting testimony also leads to doubt. &lt;br /&gt;
# Upalabdhyavyavasthātaḥ - Irregularity of perception and non-perception also leads to doubt.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prayojanaṃ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Yaṃ arthaṃ adhikṛtya pravartatē tat prayōjanaṃ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.24&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prayojanam is a desire which impels one to act. Purpose serves as the motive behind all the action done to attain something pleasurable or to avoid something undesirable. Until there is a purpose, there can be no successful action; therefore, a wise person never engages in any kind of purposeless actions. It is also the purpose or motive which determines if an act is morally right or wrong. No act should be deduced as good or bad, it is the intention with which it is done that determines its moral character. Therefore sincere spiritual aspirants should always examine and reflect upon our motives and clarify the intent of actions performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dṛṣṭāntaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Laukikaparīkṣakāṇāṃ yasminnarthē budhdhisāmyaṃ saḥ dṛṣṭāntaḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.25&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When an expert and layman are of the same opinion this happens. It is also known as the familiar example which is a common observation of both common folk and experts. Both the scientists and laymen accepts the general proposition that whenever there is rain there must be clouds. This type of example can be used in the process of reasoning from the known to the unknown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Siddhāntaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Tantrādhikaraṇābhyupagamasaṃsthitiḥ sidhdhāntaḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.26&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Siddhānta philosophy is a conclusion that is recognized as being logically proven by a certain school of philosophy. There are four kinds of Siddhāntas:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# A commonly accepted truth is a tenet which is not opposed by any school of philosophy and which is claimed by at least one school; e.g. All the schools of Hindu philosophy accept earth, water, light, air and ether as the five base elements and smell, taste, colour, touch and sound as the objects of the five senses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# A peculiar truth is a tenet which is accepted by the similar schools, but rejected by the opposite schools. e.g., the 3 Abrahamic schools accepts that God created the world from nothing. All schools of Indian philosophy rejects this conclusion saying that something cannot come into existence out of nothing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# An implied truth is a tenet which is not explicitly declared, but are finalized on the basis of examination of the particulars concerning it. e.g., The discussion whether certain people should be allowed to vote implies that those people are capable of understanding and making political decisions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# A consequential truth is a tenet which if accepted, leads to the acceptance of another tenet for e.g., the acceptance of the doctrine that there is a Self which is separate from the 5 senses, because it can recognize one and the same object by seeing and touching both. Hence it implies the following mentioned possibilities:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Senses are more than one.&lt;br /&gt;
* Each of the senses has its particular characteristic.&lt;br /&gt;
* Self derives its knowledge through the channels of the senses.&lt;br /&gt;
* Substance which are distinct from its qualities is the locus of them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Avayavaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Pratijñā hētūdāharaṇōpanayanigamanāni avayavāḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.32&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Talk:Nyaya_Introduction_to_Avayava Introduction to Avayavāḥ]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tarkaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Avijñātatvē arthē kāraṇōpapattitaḥ tatvajñānārthaṃ ūhaḥ tarkaḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.40&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tarkaḥ is a process for ascertaining the real nature of a thing of whose character is not known. It is a method of arriving to the right conclusion by showing the absurdity of all the contrary ideas. Tarka is a method of attaining knowledge of the truth about an unknown or uncertain thing by comparing and then gradually eliminating all the competing suppositions; E.g. Is the Self a product or a non-Product? If the Self is a non-product, it will experience the result of its action and on the eradication of the causes of re-birth, will be released; therefore, re-birth and release are indeed possible. If it is a product, these chances would not be possible, because the Self&#039;s connection with the body, mind and senses will not be the result and experience of its own action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The phenomenon of re-birth and release is very well known and established; therefore, the Self must be a non-product. This form of reasoning is also called as Confutation. This is not a method which ascertains, determines and verifies that the Self is a particular thing and nothing else. It simply eliminates all other contesting theories to the supposition it supports; after which truth is established through the application of other means of accurate knowledge. Hence, confutation is considered to be a supporting technique and is therefore mentioned separately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nirṇayaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Vimṛśya pakṣapratipakṣābhyāṃ arthāvadhāraṇaṃ nirṇyaḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.41&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The removal of doubts and the resolution of a dispute by examining two opposite views is called as nirṇayaḥ. Dialectic is in the form of a dialogue between two people who may hold differing views, yet wish to establish the truth by seeking agreement with one another. This is in contrast to debate in which two or more people hold differing views and wish to persuade or prove one another wrong and thus a jury or judge is needed to decide the matter. The sequence of investigation is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* First impression&lt;br /&gt;
* Doubt arises&lt;br /&gt;
* Examining the opposite view&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It is called as pūrva pakṣa.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Application of logic&lt;br /&gt;
* Determination of the controversy&lt;br /&gt;
* Ascertainment of Truth&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It is called as nirṇaya.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Doubt is the result of first impression and gives impetus to investigation in order to ascertain the truth.  “Ascertainment” is unnecessary in the case of direct perception or the verbal testimony of a trustworthy authority. But one must be convinced of the authority being trustworthy. In other words, everything should be questioned and not accepted simply because the person holds a degree or title. One must test that individual and once the authenticity is assured then only one can accept the statements without further investigation. Endlessly questioning for the sake of questioning is also not useful for coming to the accurate conclusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vādaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Pramāṇa tarkasādhanōpālaṃbhaḥ sidhdāntāvirudhdaḥ paṃcāvayavōpapannaḥ pakṣapratipakṣa parigrahaḥ vādaḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.1&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A dialogue in which one adopts one of two opposing positions is called as vādaḥ. The purpose of discussion is to come to the truth of the proposition under consideration. This may be achieved by talking about the topic with anyone who is a sincere seeker of truth. In vāda it is not necessary to establish one&#039;s own thesis, it is enough to submit one&#039;s views for examination in order to ascertain the truth. The discussion does not necessarily have to take into consideration the opposite opinion; it is enough to put any proposition to logical reasoning. The usual procedure is to maintain the thesis by means of right knowledge and to counter-thesis by the means of tarka.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jalpaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Yathōktōpapannaḥ chalajātinigrahasthānōpālaṃbhaḥ jalpaḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.2&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A vigorous verbal disputation directed to gain victory in it is called as jalpaḥ. The sole purpose of engaging in a polemic is simply to gain victory over the other party. There’s no desire to either gain further knowledge or to establish one’s own position. Therefore, one can employ any device of debate in order to win. These devices are usually of a negative character, such as attacking the opponent’s character,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It is called as argumentum ad hominem.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; quibbling, advancing futile arguments, behave with absurdity, evading the issue, focusing on examples or metaphors rather than on the actual argument itself etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vitaṇḍā==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Sa pratipakṣa sthāpanāhīnaḥ vitaṇḍā&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.3&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A kind of wrangling, which consists in mere attacks on the opposite side is called as vitaṇḍā. In cavil there is no desire to establish any proposition. The only interest is to heckle the speaker by carping and offering frivolous objections. Polemics and caviling, which are considered as forms of discussion, may be used by an aspirant of truth only as means of protecting one&#039;s young and fragile knowledge which has not yet matured to a full blossomed conviction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One may occasionally encounter objectionable people, who devoid of true knowledge, are puffed up with their academic achievements or are deluded by their own erroneous convictions. These people may try to impose their views and beliefs on others. Under such circumstances the student is urged to make use of these argumentative devices in order to safeguard the development of knowledge in the same way that nature uses thorns on some plants to safeguard the growth of its fruit. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If one’s philosophy or belief system is under attack then one may also employ these negative means for self-defense. One should never gratuitously criticize or attack anyone else’s belief system, ideology or way of life if that person is keeping to themselves. When a person tries to impose their views on others then defense is required. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Hetvābhāsaḥ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;savyabhicāra virudhda prakaraṇasama sādhyasama kālātītā hētvābhāsāḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.4&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For further details click here: [[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Hetvabhasa]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chalaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;vacanavighātō arthavikalpōpapatyā chalaṃ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.10&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The opposition offered to a proposition by the assumption of an alternative meaning is called as chalaḥ. Casuistry is classified into three types:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Vacas - It is called as playing upon words. This consists of willfully taking a term to mean something different from that intended by the speaker; e.g., taking the word &#039;quadruped&#039; to mean four-legged table instead of an animal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Sāmānyas - It means generalizations. This consists of asserting the impossibility of a particular part because of the impossibility of the whole; e.g., to deny that a particular cow is black because all cows are not black.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Upacārās - It is denoted by metaphors. This consists of invalidating a word used in a particular context by taking it literally when it was used metaphorically; e.g., the ‘House cheered’ means that the people in the house cheered and not the physical structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jātiḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Sādharmya vaidharmyābhāṃ pratyavasthānaṃ jātiḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.18&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Offering objections founded on mere similarity or dissimilarity is called as jātiḥ. The reply is said to be futile if it does not take into consideration the universal connection between the middle term and the major term. Mere similarity or dissimilarity is not sufficient. There are twenty-four kinds of futility which display equality of the arguments of two sides so that neither side can win the argument.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nigraha-sthānaṃ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Vipratipattirapratipattiśca nigrahasthānaṃ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.2.19&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When we do not understand or misunderstand the arguments stated by the opponent we eventually lose the debate. There is no purpose in entering into a debate if one is ignorant about the subject being investigated. Demonstrating ignorance or misunderstanding of the subject under discussion and attaining defeat in a debate is the last element in nyāya darśanaṃ, which is called nigrahasthānaṃ. Here the term &#039;nigrahasthānaṃ&#039; means attaining defeat in a debate. The means for that defeat are shown as Vipratipattiḥ(viparītā vā kutsitā vā pratipattiḥ) and  Apratipattiḥ. &#039;Vipratipattiḥ&#039; is a situation in which one misunderstands and &#039;Apratipattiḥ&#039; is a situation in which does not understand at all.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
{{reflist}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Sixteen_elements_of_Ny%C4%81ya&amp;diff=126908</id>
		<title>Sixteen elements of Nyāya</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Sixteen_elements_of_Ny%C4%81ya&amp;diff=126908"/>
		<updated>2019-10-27T10:56:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana: /* Siddhāntaḥ */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Author|Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{AlternateSpellings|padārthāh, padārtha, padartha, elements, elements in nyaya}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya darśanaṃ is one among the six traditional philosophies, which consider the vēdaḥ as the unchallenged source of knowledge. That is why it is considered to be one among āstika darśanaṃ. As all the philosophies have their own way to understand the world. Sorrow(It is also called as duḥkhaṃ in Sanskrit.) is stated as the main problem faced by mankind and liberation from it is the main goal of our life. To attain this goal, the true knowledge of all the elements is very primary. These elements are sixteen in number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;pramāṇa- pramēya- samśaya- prayōjana- dṛṣṭānta-sidhdhanta-avayava-tarka-nirṇaya-vāda-jalpa-vitaṇḍā-hētvābhāsa-chala-jāti-nigrahasthānām tatvajñānānniśrēyasādhigamaḥ.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.1&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the first sutra of nyāya sūtraṃ which states that the true knowledge of the sixteen elements or padārthāḥ leads to niśrēyasa or the mōkṣhaḥ(Destruction of the final sorrow is mōkṣhaḥ according to nyāya.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Sixteen elements of Nyāya==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These sixteen elements of nyāya are: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Pramānaṃ - It is the means of valid knowledge.&lt;br /&gt;
# Prameyaḥ - It means the object of right knowledge. &lt;br /&gt;
# Saṃśayaḥ - It means doubt. &lt;br /&gt;
# Prayojanaṃ - It means the motive.&lt;br /&gt;
# Dṛṣṭāntaḥ - It means the illustrations.&lt;br /&gt;
# Siddhāntaḥ - It means the demonstrated truth. &lt;br /&gt;
# Avayavaḥ - It means the factors of reasoning and syllogism. &lt;br /&gt;
# Tarkaḥ - It means reasoning and confutation.&lt;br /&gt;
# Nirṇayaḥ - It means discernment. &lt;br /&gt;
# Vādaḥ - It means discussion. &lt;br /&gt;
# Jalpaḥ - It means disputation.&lt;br /&gt;
# Vitaṇḍā - It means cavil or objection.&lt;br /&gt;
# Hetvābhāsaḥ - It means fallacious reasoning. &lt;br /&gt;
# Chalaḥ - It means casuistry or unfair reasoning.&lt;br /&gt;
# Jātiḥ - It means futile rejoinder. &lt;br /&gt;
# Nigraha-sthānaṃ - It means clinchers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pramānaṃ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Pratyakha- anumāna-  upamāna- śabdāḥ pramāṇāni&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.3&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pramā is nothing but valid knowledge. The source of that is pramānaṃ. Valid knowledge is that which reveals a thing as it actually is. It can be identified as valid knowledge when it is corresponding to the actual nature of the object as it is. We can also know that it is valid when we successfully obtain the object stated.(Like when we know that there is a cow by seeing, we can conclude that it is a valid knowledge only after when we really obtain it)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Nyāya tradition, there are four pramāṇās namely:&lt;br /&gt;
# Pratyakhaṃ&lt;br /&gt;
# Anumānaṃ&lt;br /&gt;
# Upamānaṃ&lt;br /&gt;
# Śabdāḥ&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[For further details click this link:[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Pramana_(Nyaya)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prameya==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Ātmā- śarīra-indriya-artha-budhdhi- manaḥ-pravṛtti-dōṣa-prētyabhāva-phala-duḥkhāpavargāstu pramēyaṃ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.9&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After defining pramāṇāni, Gautama further defines pramēya, which is an object of valid knowledge. &lt;br /&gt;
It is classified into twelve types:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Ātmā - It is denoted by self.&lt;br /&gt;
# Śarīraṃ - It is represented by body.&lt;br /&gt;
# Indriyaṃ - It is called as senses. &lt;br /&gt;
# Arthaḥ - It is known as experiences.&lt;br /&gt;
# Buddhiḥ - It is denoted as intelligence.&lt;br /&gt;
# Manaḥ - It is known as intellect.&lt;br /&gt;
# Pravṛttiḥ - It is defined as activity.&lt;br /&gt;
# Doṣaḥ - It is known as imbalances.&lt;br /&gt;
# Prētyabhāvaḥ - It is called as re-birth.&lt;br /&gt;
# Phalaṃ - It is known as consequences. &lt;br /&gt;
# Duḥkhaṃ - It is called as suffering.&lt;br /&gt;
# Apavargaḥ - It is defined as liberation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many things that might be considered as topics of valid knowledge, but these 12 are especially significant because the true knowledge about them will banish all the misconception and lead to freedom from sufferings; while false knowledge of these topics helps in rebirth and suffering(samsara). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For further details click this link: [[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Prameya]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saṃśayaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Samānānēkadharmōpapattēḥ vipratipattēḥ upalabdhi- anupalabdhi- avyavasthātaśca viśēṣāpēkṣaḥ vimarśaḥ saṃśayaḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.23&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The term samśaya means doubt, but that must not be confused with an error or false knowledge. &lt;br /&gt;
Doubt has at least two parts in it, which are opposite to each other. Either of it is an error or false knowledge. So, either of it is true or valid knowledge. When two opposite things are known at a time, leads to further enquiry about the truth. Thus, Doubt is just the incomplete knowledge which forms the platform for further investigations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Causes of Saṃśaya=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A conflicting judgment about the character of an object arises from the below mentioned four different arguments:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Samanadharmōpapattēḥ - Display of properties common to many objects leads to doubt.(Like&lt;br /&gt;
a man and a small tree may tend to have similar height and width. So, from seeing from a distance we doubt whether it is &#039;a tree or a man&#039;.)  &lt;br /&gt;
# Anēkadharmōpapattēḥ - Characteristics not common to any objects also leads to doubt. &lt;br /&gt;
# Vipratipatteḥ - Conflicting testimony also leads to doubt. &lt;br /&gt;
# Upalabdhyavyavasthātaḥ - Irregularity of perception and non-perception also leads to doubt.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prayojanaṃ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Yaṃ arthaṃ adhikṛtya pravartatē tat prayōjanaṃ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.24&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prayojanam is a desire which impels one to act. Purpose serves as the motive behind all the action done to attain something pleasurable or to avoid something undesirable. Until there is a purpose, there can be no successful action; therefore, a wise person never engages in any kind of purposeless actions. It is also the purpose or motive which determines if an act is morally right or wrong. No act should be deduced as good or bad, it is the intention with which it is done that determines its moral character. Therefore sincere spiritual aspirants should always examine and reflect upon our motives and clarify the intent of actions performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dṛṣṭāntaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Laukikaparīkṣakāṇāṃ yasminnarthē budhdhisāmyaṃ saḥ dṛṣṭāntaḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.25&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When an expert and layman are of the same opinion this happens. It is also known as the familiar example which is a common observation of both common folk and experts. Both the scientists and laymen accepts the general proposition that whenever there is rain there must be clouds. This type of example can be used in the process of reasoning from the known to the unknown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Siddhāntaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Tantrādhikaraṇābhyupagamasaṃsthitiḥ sidhdhāntaḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.26&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Siddhānta philosophy is a conclusion that is recognized as being logically proven by a certain school of philosophy. There are four kinds of Siddhāntas:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# A commonly accepted truth is a tenet which is not opposed by any school of philosophy and which is claimed by at least one school; e.g. All the schools of Hindu philosophy accept earth, water, light, air and ether as the five base elements and smell, taste, colour, touch and sound as the objects of the five senses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# A peculiar truth is a tenet which is accepted by the similar schools, but rejected by the opposite schools. e.g., the 3 Abrahamic schools accepts that God created the world from nothing. All schools of Indian philosophy rejects this conclusion saying that something cannot come into existence out of nothing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# An implied truth is a tenet which is not explicitly declared, but are finalized on the basis of examination of the particulars concerning it. e.g., The discussion whether certain people should be allowed to vote implies that those people are capable of understanding and making political decisions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# A consequential truth is a tenet which if accepted, leads to the acceptance of another tenet for e.g., the acceptance of the doctrine that there is a Self which is separate from the 5 senses, because it can recognize one and the same object by seeing and touching both. Hence it implies the following mentioned possibilities:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Senses are more than one.&lt;br /&gt;
* Each of the senses has its particular characteristic.&lt;br /&gt;
* Self derives its knowledge through the channels of the senses.&lt;br /&gt;
* Substance which are distinct from its qualities is the locus of them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Avayavaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Pratijñā hētūdāharaṇōpanayanigamanāni avayavāḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.32&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Talk:Nyaya_Introduction_to_Avayava Introduction to Avayavāḥ]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tarkaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Avijñātatvē arthē kāraṇōpapattitaḥ tatvajñānārthaṃ ūhaḥ tarkaḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.40&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tarkaḥ is a process for ascertaining the real nature of a thing of whose character is not known. It is a method of arriving to the right conclusion by showing the absurdity of all the contrary ideas. Tarka is a method of attaining knowledge of the truth about an unknown or uncertain thing by comparing and then gradually eliminating all the competing suppositions; E.g. Is the Self a product or a non-Product? If the Self is a non-product, it will experience the result of its action and on the eradication of the causes of re-birth, will be released; therefore, re-birth and release are indeed possible. If it is a product, these chances would not be possible, because the Self&#039;s connection with the body, mind and senses will not be the result and experience of its own action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The phenomenon of re-birth and release is very well known and established; therefore, the Self must be a non-product. This form of reasoning is also called as Confutation. This is not a method which ascertains, determines and verifies that the Self is a particular thing and nothing else. It simply eliminates all other contesting theories to the supposition it supports; after which truth is established through the application of other means of accurate knowledge. Hence, confutation is considered to be a supporting technique and is therefore mentioned separately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nirṇayaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Vimṛśya pakṣapratipakṣābhyāṃ arthāvadhāraṇaṃ nirṇyaḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.41&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The removal of doubts and the resolution of a dispute by examining two opposite views is called as nirṇayaḥ. Dialectic is in the form of a dialogue between two people who may hold differing views, yet wish to establish the truth by seeking agreement with one another. This is in contrast to debate in which two or more people hold differing views and wish to persuade or prove one another wrong and thus a jury or judge is needed to decide the matter. The sequence of investigation is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* First impression&lt;br /&gt;
* Doubt arises&lt;br /&gt;
* Examining the opposite view&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It is called as pūrva pakṣa.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Application of logic&lt;br /&gt;
* Determination of the controversy&lt;br /&gt;
* Ascertainment of Truth&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It is called as nirṇaya.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Doubt is the result of first impression and gives impetus to investigation in order to ascertain the truth.  “Ascertainment” is unnecessary in the case of direct perception or the verbal testimony of a trustworthy authority. But one must be convinced of the authority being trustworthy. In other words, everything should be questioned and not accepted simply because the person holds a degree or title. One must test that individual and once the authenticity is assured then only one can accept the statements without further investigation. Endlessly questioning for the sake of questioning is also not useful for coming to the accurate conclusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vādaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Pramāṇa tarkasādhanōpālaṃbhaḥ sidhdāntāvirudhdaḥ paṃcāvayavōpapannaḥ pakṣapratipakṣa parigrahaḥ vādaḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.1&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A dialogue in which one adopts one of two opposing positions is called as vādaḥ. The purpose of discussion is to come to the truth of the proposition under consideration. This may be achieved by talking about the topic with anyone who is a sincere seeker of truth. In vāda it is not necessary to establish one&#039;s own thesis, it is enough to submit one&#039;s views for examination in order to ascertain the truth. The discussion does not necessarily have to take into consideration the opposite opinion; it is enough to put any proposition to logical reasoning. The usual procedure is to maintain the thesis by means of right knowledge and to counter-thesis by the means of tarka.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jalpaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Yathōktōpapannaḥ chalajātinigrahasthānōpālaṃbhaḥ jalpaḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.2&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A vigorous verbal disputation directed to gain victory in it is called as jalpaḥ. The sole purpose of engaging in a polemic is simply to gain victory over the other party. There’s no desire to either gain further knowledge or to establish one’s own position. Therefore, one can employ any device of debate in order to win. These devices are usually of a negative character, such as attacking the opponent’s character,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It is called as argumentum ad hominem.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; quibbling, advancing futile arguments, behave with absurdity, evading the issue, focusing on examples or metaphors rather than on the actual argument itself etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vitaṇḍā==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Sa pratipakṣa sthāpanāhīnaḥ vitaṇḍā&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.3&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A kind of wrangling, which consists in mere attacks on the opposite side is called as vitaṇḍā. In cavil there is no desire to establish any proposition. The only interest is to heckle the speaker by carping and offering frivolous objections. Polemics and caviling, which are considered as forms of discussion, may be used by an aspirant of truth only as means of protecting one&#039;s young and fragile knowledge which has not yet matured to a full blossomed conviction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One may occasionally encounter objectionable people, who devoid of true knowledge, are puffed up with their academic achievements or are deluded by their own erroneous convictions. These people may try to impose their views and beliefs on others. Under such circumstances the student is urged to make use of these argumentative devices in order to safeguard the development of knowledge in the same way that nature uses thorns on some plants to safeguard the growth of its fruit. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If one’s philosophy or belief system is under attack then one may also employ these negative means for self-defense. One should never gratuitously criticize or attack anyone else’s belief system, ideology or way of life if that person is keeping to themselves. When a person tries to impose their views on others then defense is required. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Hetvābhāsaḥ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;savyabhicāra virudhda prakaraṇasama sādhyasama kālātītā hētvābhāsāḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.4&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For further details click here: [[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Hetvabhasa]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chalaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;vacanavighātō arthavikalpōpapatyā chalaṃ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.10&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The opposition offered to a proposition by the assumption of an alternative meaning is called as chalaḥ. Casuistry is classified into three types:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Vacas - It is called as playing upon words. This consists of willfully taking a term to mean something different from that intended by the speaker; e.g., taking the word &#039;quadruped&#039; to mean four-legged table instead of an animal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Sāmānyas - It means generalizations. This consists of asserting the impossibility of a particular part because of the impossibility of the whole; e.g., to deny that a particular cow is black because all cows are not black.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Upacārās - It is denoted by metaphors. This consists of invalidating a word used in a particular context by taking it literally when it was used metaphorically; e.g., the ‘House cheered’ means that the people in the house cheered and not the physical structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jātiḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Sādharmya vaidharmyābhāṃ pratyavasthānaṃ jātiḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.18&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Offering objections founded on mere similarity or dissimilarity is called as jātiḥ. The reply is said to be futile if it does not take into consideration the universal connection between the middle term and the major term. Mere similarity or dissimilarity is not sufficient. There are twenty-four kinds of futility which display equality of the arguments of two sides so that neither side can win the argument.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nigraha-sthānaṃ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Vipratipattirapratipattiśca nigrahasthānaṃ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.2.19&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When we do not understand or misunderstand the arguments stated by the opponent we eventually lose the debate. There is no purpose in entering into a debate if one is ignorant about the subject being investigated. Demonstrating ignorance or misunderstanding of the subject under discussion and attaining defeat in a debate is the last element in nyāya darśanaṃ, which is called nigrahasthānaṃ. Here the term &#039;nigrahasthānaṃ&#039; means attaining defeat in a debate. The means for that defeat are shown as Vipratipattiḥ(viparītā vā kutsitā vā pratipattiḥ) and  Apratipattiḥ. &#039;Vipratipattiḥ&#039; is a situation in which one misunderstands and &#039;Apratipattiḥ&#039; is a situation in which does not understand at all.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
{{reflist}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Sixteen_elements_of_Ny%C4%81ya&amp;diff=126907</id>
		<title>Sixteen elements of Nyāya</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Sixteen_elements_of_Ny%C4%81ya&amp;diff=126907"/>
		<updated>2019-10-27T10:53:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana: /* Saṃśayaḥ */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Author|Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{AlternateSpellings|padārthāh, padārtha, padartha, elements, elements in nyaya}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya darśanaṃ is one among the six traditional philosophies, which consider the vēdaḥ as the unchallenged source of knowledge. That is why it is considered to be one among āstika darśanaṃ. As all the philosophies have their own way to understand the world. Sorrow(It is also called as duḥkhaṃ in Sanskrit.) is stated as the main problem faced by mankind and liberation from it is the main goal of our life. To attain this goal, the true knowledge of all the elements is very primary. These elements are sixteen in number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;pramāṇa- pramēya- samśaya- prayōjana- dṛṣṭānta-sidhdhanta-avayava-tarka-nirṇaya-vāda-jalpa-vitaṇḍā-hētvābhāsa-chala-jāti-nigrahasthānām tatvajñānānniśrēyasādhigamaḥ.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.1&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the first sutra of nyāya sūtraṃ which states that the true knowledge of the sixteen elements or padārthāḥ leads to niśrēyasa or the mōkṣhaḥ(Destruction of the final sorrow is mōkṣhaḥ according to nyāya.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Sixteen elements of Nyāya==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These sixteen elements of nyāya are: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Pramānaṃ - It is the means of valid knowledge.&lt;br /&gt;
# Prameyaḥ - It means the object of right knowledge. &lt;br /&gt;
# Saṃśayaḥ - It means doubt. &lt;br /&gt;
# Prayojanaṃ - It means the motive.&lt;br /&gt;
# Dṛṣṭāntaḥ - It means the illustrations.&lt;br /&gt;
# Siddhāntaḥ - It means the demonstrated truth. &lt;br /&gt;
# Avayavaḥ - It means the factors of reasoning and syllogism. &lt;br /&gt;
# Tarkaḥ - It means reasoning and confutation.&lt;br /&gt;
# Nirṇayaḥ - It means discernment. &lt;br /&gt;
# Vādaḥ - It means discussion. &lt;br /&gt;
# Jalpaḥ - It means disputation.&lt;br /&gt;
# Vitaṇḍā - It means cavil or objection.&lt;br /&gt;
# Hetvābhāsaḥ - It means fallacious reasoning. &lt;br /&gt;
# Chalaḥ - It means casuistry or unfair reasoning.&lt;br /&gt;
# Jātiḥ - It means futile rejoinder. &lt;br /&gt;
# Nigraha-sthānaṃ - It means clinchers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pramānaṃ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Pratyakha- anumāna-  upamāna- śabdāḥ pramāṇāni&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.3&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pramā is nothing but valid knowledge. The source of that is pramānaṃ. Valid knowledge is that which reveals a thing as it actually is. It can be identified as valid knowledge when it is corresponding to the actual nature of the object as it is. We can also know that it is valid when we successfully obtain the object stated.(Like when we know that there is a cow by seeing, we can conclude that it is a valid knowledge only after when we really obtain it)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Nyāya tradition, there are four pramāṇās namely:&lt;br /&gt;
# Pratyakhaṃ&lt;br /&gt;
# Anumānaṃ&lt;br /&gt;
# Upamānaṃ&lt;br /&gt;
# Śabdāḥ&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[For further details click this link:[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Pramana_(Nyaya)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prameya==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Ātmā- śarīra-indriya-artha-budhdhi- manaḥ-pravṛtti-dōṣa-prētyabhāva-phala-duḥkhāpavargāstu pramēyaṃ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.9&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After defining pramāṇāni, Gautama further defines pramēya, which is an object of valid knowledge. &lt;br /&gt;
It is classified into twelve types:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Ātmā - It is denoted by self.&lt;br /&gt;
# Śarīraṃ - It is represented by body.&lt;br /&gt;
# Indriyaṃ - It is called as senses. &lt;br /&gt;
# Arthaḥ - It is known as experiences.&lt;br /&gt;
# Buddhiḥ - It is denoted as intelligence.&lt;br /&gt;
# Manaḥ - It is known as intellect.&lt;br /&gt;
# Pravṛttiḥ - It is defined as activity.&lt;br /&gt;
# Doṣaḥ - It is known as imbalances.&lt;br /&gt;
# Prētyabhāvaḥ - It is called as re-birth.&lt;br /&gt;
# Phalaṃ - It is known as consequences. &lt;br /&gt;
# Duḥkhaṃ - It is called as suffering.&lt;br /&gt;
# Apavargaḥ - It is defined as liberation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many things that might be considered as topics of valid knowledge, but these 12 are especially significant because the true knowledge about them will banish all the misconception and lead to freedom from sufferings; while false knowledge of these topics helps in rebirth and suffering(samsara). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For further details click this link: [[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Prameya]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saṃśayaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Samānānēkadharmōpapattēḥ vipratipattēḥ upalabdhi- anupalabdhi- avyavasthātaśca viśēṣāpēkṣaḥ vimarśaḥ saṃśayaḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.23&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The term samśaya means doubt, but that must not be confused with an error or false knowledge. &lt;br /&gt;
Doubt has at least two parts in it, which are opposite to each other. Either of it is an error or false knowledge. So, either of it is true or valid knowledge. When two opposite things are known at a time, leads to further enquiry about the truth. Thus, Doubt is just the incomplete knowledge which forms the platform for further investigations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Causes of Saṃśaya=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A conflicting judgment about the character of an object arises from the below mentioned four different arguments:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Samanadharmōpapattēḥ - Display of properties common to many objects leads to doubt.(Like&lt;br /&gt;
a man and a small tree may tend to have similar height and width. So, from seeing from a distance we doubt whether it is &#039;a tree or a man&#039;.)  &lt;br /&gt;
# Anēkadharmōpapattēḥ - Characteristics not common to any objects also leads to doubt. &lt;br /&gt;
# Vipratipatteḥ - Conflicting testimony also leads to doubt. &lt;br /&gt;
# Upalabdhyavyavasthātaḥ - Irregularity of perception and non-perception also leads to doubt.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prayojanaṃ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Yaṃ arthaṃ adhikṛtya pravartatē tat prayōjanaṃ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.24&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prayojanam is a desire which impels one to act. Purpose serves as the motive behind all the action done to attain something pleasurable or to avoid something undesirable. Until there is a purpose, there can be no successful action; therefore, a wise person never engages in any kind of purposeless actions. It is also the purpose or motive which determines if an act is morally right or wrong. No act should be deduced as good or bad, it is the intention with which it is done that determines its moral character. Therefore sincere spiritual aspirants should always examine and reflect upon our motives and clarify the intent of actions performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dṛṣṭāntaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Laukikaparīkṣakāṇāṃ yasminnarthē budhdhisāmyaṃ saḥ dṛṣṭāntaḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.25&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When an expert and layman are of the same opinion this happens. It is also known as the familiar example which is a common observation of both common folk and experts. Both the scientists and laymen accepts the general proposition that whenever there is rain there must be clouds. This type of example can be used in the process of reasoning from the known to the unknown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Siddhāntaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Tantrādhikaraṇābhyupagamasaṃsthitiḥ sidhdhāntaḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.26&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Siddhānta philosophy is a conclusion that is recognized as being logically proven by a certain school of philosophy. There are four kinds of Siddhāntas:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# A commonly accepted truth is a tenet which is not opposed by any school of philosophy and which is claimed by at least one school; e.g. All the schools of Hindu philosophy accept earth, water, light, air and ether as the five base elements and smell, taste, color, touch and sound as the objects of the five senses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# A peculiar truth is a tenet which is accepted by the similar schools, but rejected by the opposite schools. e.g., the 3 Abrahamic schools accepts that God created the world from nothing. All schools of Indian philosophy rejects this conclusion saying that something cannot come into existence out of nothing.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Ex nihilo nihilo fit&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# An implied truth is a tenet which is not explicitly declared, but are finalized on the basis of examination of the particulars concerning it. e.g., The discussion whether certain people should be allowed to vote implies that those people are capable of understanding and making political decisions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# A consequential truth is a tenet which if accepted, leads to the acceptance of another tenet for e.g., the acceptance of the doctrine that there is a Self which is separate from the 5 senses, because it can recognize one and the same object by seeing and touching both. Hence it implies the following mentioned possibilities:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Senses are more than one.&lt;br /&gt;
* Each of the senses has its particular characteristic.&lt;br /&gt;
* Self derives its knowledge through the channels of the senses.&lt;br /&gt;
* Substance which are distinct from its qualities is the locus of them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Avayavaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Pratijñā hētūdāharaṇōpanayanigamanāni avayavāḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.32&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Talk:Nyaya_Introduction_to_Avayava Introduction to Avayavāḥ]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tarkaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Avijñātatvē arthē kāraṇōpapattitaḥ tatvajñānārthaṃ ūhaḥ tarkaḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.40&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tarkaḥ is a process for ascertaining the real nature of a thing of whose character is not known. It is a method of arriving to the right conclusion by showing the absurdity of all the contrary ideas. Tarka is a method of attaining knowledge of the truth about an unknown or uncertain thing by comparing and then gradually eliminating all the competing suppositions; E.g. Is the Self a product or a non-Product? If the Self is a non-product, it will experience the result of its action and on the eradication of the causes of re-birth, will be released; therefore, re-birth and release are indeed possible. If it is a product, these chances would not be possible, because the Self&#039;s connection with the body, mind and senses will not be the result and experience of its own action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The phenomenon of re-birth and release is very well known and established; therefore, the Self must be a non-product. This form of reasoning is also called as Confutation. This is not a method which ascertains, determines and verifies that the Self is a particular thing and nothing else. It simply eliminates all other contesting theories to the supposition it supports; after which truth is established through the application of other means of accurate knowledge. Hence, confutation is considered to be a supporting technique and is therefore mentioned separately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nirṇayaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Vimṛśya pakṣapratipakṣābhyāṃ arthāvadhāraṇaṃ nirṇyaḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.41&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The removal of doubts and the resolution of a dispute by examining two opposite views is called as nirṇayaḥ. Dialectic is in the form of a dialogue between two people who may hold differing views, yet wish to establish the truth by seeking agreement with one another. This is in contrast to debate in which two or more people hold differing views and wish to persuade or prove one another wrong and thus a jury or judge is needed to decide the matter. The sequence of investigation is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* First impression&lt;br /&gt;
* Doubt arises&lt;br /&gt;
* Examining the opposite view&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It is called as pūrva pakṣa.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Application of logic&lt;br /&gt;
* Determination of the controversy&lt;br /&gt;
* Ascertainment of Truth&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It is called as nirṇaya.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Doubt is the result of first impression and gives impetus to investigation in order to ascertain the truth.  “Ascertainment” is unnecessary in the case of direct perception or the verbal testimony of a trustworthy authority. But one must be convinced of the authority being trustworthy. In other words, everything should be questioned and not accepted simply because the person holds a degree or title. One must test that individual and once the authenticity is assured then only one can accept the statements without further investigation. Endlessly questioning for the sake of questioning is also not useful for coming to the accurate conclusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vādaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Pramāṇa tarkasādhanōpālaṃbhaḥ sidhdāntāvirudhdaḥ paṃcāvayavōpapannaḥ pakṣapratipakṣa parigrahaḥ vādaḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.1&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A dialogue in which one adopts one of two opposing positions is called as vādaḥ. The purpose of discussion is to come to the truth of the proposition under consideration. This may be achieved by talking about the topic with anyone who is a sincere seeker of truth. In vāda it is not necessary to establish one&#039;s own thesis, it is enough to submit one&#039;s views for examination in order to ascertain the truth. The discussion does not necessarily have to take into consideration the opposite opinion; it is enough to put any proposition to logical reasoning. The usual procedure is to maintain the thesis by means of right knowledge and to counter-thesis by the means of tarka.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jalpaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Yathōktōpapannaḥ chalajātinigrahasthānōpālaṃbhaḥ jalpaḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.2&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A vigorous verbal disputation directed to gain victory in it is called as jalpaḥ. The sole purpose of engaging in a polemic is simply to gain victory over the other party. There’s no desire to either gain further knowledge or to establish one’s own position. Therefore, one can employ any device of debate in order to win. These devices are usually of a negative character, such as attacking the opponent’s character,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It is called as argumentum ad hominem.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; quibbling, advancing futile arguments, behave with absurdity, evading the issue, focusing on examples or metaphors rather than on the actual argument itself etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vitaṇḍā==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Sa pratipakṣa sthāpanāhīnaḥ vitaṇḍā&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.3&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A kind of wrangling, which consists in mere attacks on the opposite side is called as vitaṇḍā. In cavil there is no desire to establish any proposition. The only interest is to heckle the speaker by carping and offering frivolous objections. Polemics and caviling, which are considered as forms of discussion, may be used by an aspirant of truth only as means of protecting one&#039;s young and fragile knowledge which has not yet matured to a full blossomed conviction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One may occasionally encounter objectionable people, who devoid of true knowledge, are puffed up with their academic achievements or are deluded by their own erroneous convictions. These people may try to impose their views and beliefs on others. Under such circumstances the student is urged to make use of these argumentative devices in order to safeguard the development of knowledge in the same way that nature uses thorns on some plants to safeguard the growth of its fruit. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If one’s philosophy or belief system is under attack then one may also employ these negative means for self-defense. One should never gratuitously criticize or attack anyone else’s belief system, ideology or way of life if that person is keeping to themselves. When a person tries to impose their views on others then defense is required. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Hetvābhāsaḥ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;savyabhicāra virudhda prakaraṇasama sādhyasama kālātītā hētvābhāsāḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.4&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For further details click here: [[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Hetvabhasa]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chalaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;vacanavighātō arthavikalpōpapatyā chalaṃ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.10&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The opposition offered to a proposition by the assumption of an alternative meaning is called as chalaḥ. Casuistry is classified into three types:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Vacas - It is called as playing upon words. This consists of willfully taking a term to mean something different from that intended by the speaker; e.g., taking the word &#039;quadruped&#039; to mean four-legged table instead of an animal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Sāmānyas - It means generalizations. This consists of asserting the impossibility of a particular part because of the impossibility of the whole; e.g., to deny that a particular cow is black because all cows are not black.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Upacārās - It is denoted by metaphors. This consists of invalidating a word used in a particular context by taking it literally when it was used metaphorically; e.g., the ‘House cheered’ means that the people in the house cheered and not the physical structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jātiḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Sādharmya vaidharmyābhāṃ pratyavasthānaṃ jātiḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.18&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Offering objections founded on mere similarity or dissimilarity is called as jātiḥ. The reply is said to be futile if it does not take into consideration the universal connection between the middle term and the major term. Mere similarity or dissimilarity is not sufficient. There are twenty-four kinds of futility which display equality of the arguments of two sides so that neither side can win the argument.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nigraha-sthānaṃ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Vipratipattirapratipattiśca nigrahasthānaṃ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.2.19&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When we do not understand or misunderstand the arguments stated by the opponent we eventually lose the debate. There is no purpose in entering into a debate if one is ignorant about the subject being investigated. Demonstrating ignorance or misunderstanding of the subject under discussion and attaining defeat in a debate is the last element in nyāya darśanaṃ, which is called nigrahasthānaṃ. Here the term &#039;nigrahasthānaṃ&#039; means attaining defeat in a debate. The means for that defeat are shown as Vipratipattiḥ(viparītā vā kutsitā vā pratipattiḥ) and  Apratipattiḥ. &#039;Vipratipattiḥ&#039; is a situation in which one misunderstands and &#039;Apratipattiḥ&#039; is a situation in which does not understand at all.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
{{reflist}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Prameya&amp;diff=126904</id>
		<title>Prameya</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Prameya&amp;diff=126904"/>
		<updated>2019-10-26T08:17:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Author|Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{AlternateSpellings|pramēya, prameyam, viṣayaḥ, vishaya}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The elaboration of the term &#039;Pramēya&#039; is pramā viṣaya. Pramā means valid knowledge and being a subject to it is pramēya. According to Gōtama the world is of sixteen elements, which were named in the beginning&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;प्रमाणप्रमेयसंशयप्रयोजनदृष्टान्तसिद्धान्त- तर्कनिर्णयवादजल्पवितण्डा- हेत्वाभासछलजातिनिग्रहस्थानानां तत्वज्ञानात् निश्रेयसाधिगमः(1.1.1-Nyāya sūtraṃ)&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; of Nyāya sūtraṃ. After defining Pramāṇa or means of valid knowledge and its types, definition of the second element pramēya is discussed. Even though there are many things that might be accounted to be valid knowledge, but Gōtamaḥ mentions only twelve pramēyās or the subject to validate knowledge. These are especially significant because the true knowledge about them dispels all the delusions and lead to mōkṣaḥ/ freedom from suffering; while the false knowledge concerning these topics perpetuates rebirth and suffering.&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
==Types of Pramēya==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Ātma- śarīra- indriya- artha- budhdhi- manaḥ- pravṛtti- dōṣa- prētyabhāva- phala- duḥkhāpavargāstu pramēyaṃ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.9&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Gōtamaḥ, there are twelve pramēyas. They can be enlisted as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
# Self - It is called as ātmā.&lt;br /&gt;
# Body - It is called as śarīraṃ.&lt;br /&gt;
# Senses - It is called as indriyaṃ.&lt;br /&gt;
# Experiences - It is called as arthaḥ.&lt;br /&gt;
# Intelligence - It is called as buddhiḥ.&lt;br /&gt;
# Intellect - It is called as manaḥ.&lt;br /&gt;
# Activity - It is called as pravṛttiḥ.&lt;br /&gt;
# Imbalances - It is called as doṣaḥ.&lt;br /&gt;
# Re-birth - It is called as prētyabhāvaḥ.&lt;br /&gt;
# Consequence - It is called as phalaṃ.&lt;br /&gt;
# Suffering - It is called as duḥkhaṃ.&lt;br /&gt;
# Liberation - It is called as apavargaḥ.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ātmā===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Ichā- dvēṣa- prayatna- sukha- dukha- jñānāni ātmanō lingam iti।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.10&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It means that the ātmā cannot be known by any sense organs. That means that we can not see, hear, smell, touch and taste ātmā. Then can how could we know ātmā? it can be inferred by ichā means desire, dvēṣa means aversion, prayatnaḥ means internal effort, sukhaṃ means happiness, dukkha means unhappiness and jñānaṃ means cognition. Then the question arises from where do these six emotions initiate from. It originates from the ātmā and not the body or manas. As we can sense all these emotions very easily, we can infer the ātmā with them. The inference may be &amp;quot;This is ātmā, because of ichā&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;ayaṃ ātmā icchātaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;quot;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Śarīraṃ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Cēṣṭēndriyārthāśrayaḥ śarīraṃ|&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.11&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This verse denotes that the body is the place which has cēṣṭā(It is called as motion), indriyaṃ(It is called as sense organs) and arthaḥ(It is called as experiences). It has been widely accepted in the tradition that how the knowledge of an object leads to an effort. A person first knows about something and then starts liking or disliking it and then makes an effort to own or disown it(Jānati icchati yatati) Here the actions which lead to obtaining or leaving an object is called cēṣṭā.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Indriyaṃ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Ghrāṇa- rasana- cakṣhustvak- śrōtrāṇi indriyāṇi bhūtēbhyaḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.12&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here the Gowtama states the five indriyās or sense organs namely: &lt;br /&gt;
# Ghrāṇaṃ - It is called as nose.&lt;br /&gt;
# Rasanaṃ - It is called as tongue.&lt;br /&gt;
# Cakṣhuḥ - It is called as eyes.&lt;br /&gt;
# Tvak - It is called as skin.&lt;br /&gt;
# Śrōtraṃ - It is called as ears. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the sūtraṃ we can see the word bhūtēbhyaḥ is the plural form of bhūtāt. Hence it can be inferred that the cause for each sense organ is different. The sūtraṃ defining Pancha būtāni&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It refers to the five elements.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; are:&lt;br /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Pṛthivī- āpaḥ- tējaḥ- vāyurākāśaṃ iti bhūtāni।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.13&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pancha bhūtāni are referred to as five elements of nature. Here: &lt;br /&gt;
# Nose or ghrāṇaṃ is related to earth.&lt;br /&gt;
#Tongue or rasanaṃ is related to water.&lt;br /&gt;
# Eye or cakṣhuḥ is related to fire.&lt;br /&gt;
# Skin or tvak is related to air.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ear or śrōtraṃ is related to Space.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Arthaḥ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Gandha-rasa- rūpā- sparśa- śabdāḥ pṛthivyādiguṇāstadarthāḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.14&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Five sense organs sense different types of subjects via. smell, taste, color, touch, and sound. These senses are objects derived from pancha bhūtāni or five elements. Here the term arthaḥ is used to mean these five subjects of sense organs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Buddhiḥ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Budhdhirupalabdhiḥ jñānamityanarthāntaraṃ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.15&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no difference between the words Buddhi, Upalabdhi, and Jñānaṃ which have the same meaning. They all represent cognition. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===Manaḥ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Yugapat jñānānutpattirmanasō lingaṃ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.16&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to nyāya darśanaṃ there are many reasons behind the birth of a cognition. A unique relation between manaḥ and indriyaṃ is also one of them. Every object is not related to a sense organ except for the manaḥ which is related with that sense organ. That is why we cannot identify different types of cognition at any given point of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Pravṛttiḥ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Pravṛttirvāgbudhdhi- śrīrāraṃbhaḥ iti।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.17&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pravṛttiḥ is the extrovert activity which sets mind, body, and voice in motion for good or bad. In general, the word buddhi refers to cognition but here the sūtrakāra is referring it to manaḥ. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Doṣaḥ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Pravartanālakṣaṇāḥ dōṣaḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.18&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pravartanā means the cause of extrovert activity. Sutrakarā concludes that every dōṣaḥ will be the cause of extrovert activity. Generally the term dōṣaḥ is used to mean an action or an attribute, which results in negativity. According to Gōtamaḥ, as extrovert activity leads to suffering he states the cause for extrovert activity as dōṣaḥ.      &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Prētyabhāvaḥ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Punarutpattiḥ prētyabhāvaḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.19&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It explains the re-embodiment of the Self or jīva in another physical form after death. Birth is nothing but jīva having a relation with a new body and mind complex. Therefore, birth is not the production of a new circumstance, but only re-association; while death is not the destruction of anything just separation. So re-birth is called prētyabhāvaḥ.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phalaṃ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Pravṛttidōṣa- janitōrthaḥ phalaṃ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.20&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason behind the extrovert activities are attraction(Here Attraction is denoted by rāgaḥ) or aversion(Here aversion means dvēṣaḥ.) or delusion (Delusion here implies mōhaḥ). Any extrovert activity results either in pleasure(It means sukhaṃ) or pain(it means dukhaṃ). Sutrakara described this as phalaṃ. So the result of extrovert activities may be called phalaṃ. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Duḥkhaṃ/Suffering===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Bādhanālakṣaṇaṃ duḥkhaṃ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.21&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally, we suffer a lot in our lifetime. Sometimes the situation or action, which gives happiness may also result in suffering. Like when we are very hungry a small quantity of food gives happiness, but that same thing may result in suffering when we are not hungry or when we are sick. The Nyaya tradition suggests that the whole concept of suffering is because of not knowing the original characteristics of the elements. So the true knowledge about them would eventually eradicate them. So any type of suffering may be called Duḥkhaṃ.       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Apavargaḥ/Liberation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Tadatyanta- vimōkṣōpavargaḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.22&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apavargaḥ(Upāttasya janmanaḥ hānaṃ anyasya ca anupādānaṃ, ētāṃ avasthāṃ aparyantāṃ apavargaṃ vēdayantē apavargavidaḥ) is defined after describing duḥkhaṃ i.e suffering. In the āstika doctrine, we believe that there is always a birth after death according to our sins and virtues. This cycle is called sasāraḥ. By contrast, apavargaḥ is a state where one comes out of that cycle and never takes birth. Gōtama states that suffering starts from birth, so the complete end of the suffering would only be possible by the absence of birth and re-birth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
{{reflist}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Pram%C4%81%E1%B9%87a_(Ny%C4%81ya)&amp;diff=126903</id>
		<title>Pramāṇa (Nyāya)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Pram%C4%81%E1%B9%87a_(Ny%C4%81ya)&amp;diff=126903"/>
		<updated>2019-10-26T08:02:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Author|Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{AlternateSpellings|pramāṇam, pramānaṃ, pramana, pratyaksha, anumana, upamana, shabda}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Indian tradition almost all branches of knowledge like vyākaraṇaṃ, mīmāṃsā have some insight on epistemology, but nyāya is a discipline, where it is dealt with extensively. That is why Nyāya is considered as pramāṇa śāstraṃ, the study related to knowledge source. Pramā is nothing but the logically legitimate knowledge and the source of that is pramānaṃ. (a)Legitimate knowledge related to anything leads to it actually. (b)It can be identified as valid knowledge when it corresponds to the actual nature of the object. (c)One can also know that it is valid when the object stated is obtained successfully. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Pratyakha- anumāna-  upamāna- śabdāḥ pramāṇāni.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.3&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Concepts of Different Indian Schools for Inference of Knowledge==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each school of Indian thought has its own theory of the means to obtain correct knowledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;pratyakṣamēkaṃ cārvākāḥ kaṇādasugatau punaḥ |&lt;br /&gt;
anumānanca taccātha sāṃkhyāḥ śabdanca tē api ||&lt;br /&gt;
nyāyaikadēśinōpyēvaṃ upamānaṃ ca kēcana |&lt;br /&gt;
arthāpatyā sahaitāni catvāryāha prabhākarāḥ ||&lt;br /&gt;
abhāva ṣaṣṭhānyētāni bhāṭṭā vēdāntinastathā |&lt;br /&gt;
sambhavaitihyayuktāni tāni paurāṇikā jaguḥ||&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||School||Theory 1||Theory 2||Theory 3||Theory 4||Theory 5||Theory 6||Theory 7||Theory 8&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Cārvāka||Perception/Pratyakṣaṃ||-||-||-||-||-||-||-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Mīmāmsaka||Verbal Testimony/Śabdaḥ||-||-||-||-||-||-||-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Vaiśeṣika &amp;amp; Buddhists||-||Inference/Anumānaṃ||-||-||-||-||-||-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Saṅkhya||-||Inference/Anumānaṃ|||Verbal Testimony/Śabdaḥ||-||-||-||-||-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Naiyāyika||-||Inference/Anumānaṃ|||Comparison/Upamānaṃ||Verbal testimony/Śabdaḥ||-||-||-||-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Prābhākara||-||Inference/Anumānaṃ||Comparison/Upamānaṃ||Verbal testimony/Ṣabdaḥ||Presumption/Arthāpattiḥ||-||-||-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Bhāṭṭas &amp;amp; Vedāntins||-|||Inference/Anumānaṃ||Comparison/Upamānaṃ||Verbal testimony/Ṣabdaḥ||Presumption/Arthāpattiḥ||Non-existence/Abhāvaḥ||-||-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Paurāṇika||-||Inference/Anumānaṃ||Comparison/Upamānaṃ||Verbal testimony/Ṣabdaḥ||Presumption/Arthāpattiḥ||Non-existence/Abhāvaḥ||Probability/Saṃbhavaḥ||Tradition/Aitihyaṃ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Classification of Pramāṇāni==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Nyāya tradition, there are four pramāṇās namely:&lt;br /&gt;
# Pratyakhaṃ - It is called as the source of perceptual cognition. &lt;br /&gt;
# Anumānaṃ - It is called as the source of inferential cognition. &lt;br /&gt;
# Upamānaṃ - It is the source of analogical cognition.&lt;br /&gt;
# Śabdāḥ - It is the source of verbal cognition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pratyakhaṃ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Indriyārthasannikarṣōtpannaṃ jñānaṃ avyapadēṣyaṃ avyabhicāri  vyavasāyātmakaṃ  pratyakshaṃ.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.4&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Nyāya tradition, there are six sense organs or indriyāṇi. Namely, cakṣuḥ(eye), tvak(skin), śrōtraṃ(ear), ghrāṇaṃ(nose), jihvā(tongue)and manaḥ. All these organs have a different type of relationships with different objects. For example, an eye can see a pot with a different relationship and know its colour with a different relationship. To know the pot the eye or cakṣurindriya has a relation called samyōgaḥ with the pot. To know the pot’s colour it has samyutasamavāyaḥ as a relation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here in the sūtraṃ we have three adjectives to the word pratyakshaṃ.&lt;br /&gt;
# Avyapadēṣyaṃ - It means non-verbal cognition.&lt;br /&gt;
# Avyabhicāri - It means non-illusion.&lt;br /&gt;
# Vyavasāyātmakaṃ - It means the undoubted cognition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So the true perceptual cognition(pratyakṣaṃ) occurs because of a special relation between sense organs and its object. We can conclude it as a pratyakhaṃ or perceptual cognition when it is not a verbal cognition, illusion and doubtful.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Anumānaṃ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Tha tatpūrvakaṃ trividhaṃ anumānaṃ pūrvavat- śēṣavat- sāmānyatōdṛṣṭaṃ ca.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.5&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The instrument or the process which produces the inferential cognition is called as anumānaṃ. For example, we can infer that there is fire on the mountain if we see smoke on it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Nyāya tradition explains this process in detail as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1:  Acquiring the knowledge that &#039;Smoke and fire are having an invariable relationship&#039;. This requires the knowledge of their co-existence at many places and not having any contradiction of the above statement. This is called vyāpti jñānaṃ. This is not always consciously known by the pramātā.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2:  Seeing the smoke on the mountain and knowing that the mountain possesses the smoke.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3: Remembering the invariable relationship between smoke and the fire. &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&#039;ēka sambandhi jñānaṃ apara sambandhi smārakaṃ&#039;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; According to this logic, one will automatically remind you the other. Like if we see a tigers tail, we can affirm the presence of the tiger. Here, as the person knows this invariable relationship between smoke and fire, by seeing smoke he would remind fire.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* Step 4: Confirming that such a smoke with such a relationship exists on the mountain. The difference between the second step and fourth one is that in the primary stage he would just know smoke, but in the later stage, he could definitely know that the smoke possesses an invariable relationship with fire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 5: Concluding that the mountain possesses fire. This is called anumitiḥ.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Types of Anumānaṃ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the above sūtraṃ, anumānaṃ is of three types:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Pūrvavat - Inferring an effect by knowing the cause. Here pūrva means cause. Like we can forecast rain by seeing the height and colour of the clouds. The clouds become heavier and black in colour when it is going to rain. So here we are inferring the effect i.e., rain by knowing the cause i.e., particular height and colour of the clouds. Here the anumānaṃ is, &#039;The clouds may rain because its lower than usual and black in colour.&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Śēṣavat - Inferring a cause by knowing an effect. Here śēṣa means effect. Like we can know that the place has fire by seeing smoke in it because smoke is the effect of fire. So here we are inferring cause i.e., fire by knowing the effect i.e., smoke. The statement for this is, &#039;The place has fire, because of the smoke that we can see.&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Sāmānyatōdṛṣṭaṃ - It can be simply explained as &#039;commonly seen&#039;. It is the knowledge of one thing derived from the perception of another thing with which it is commonly seen. The statement for this is, &#039;on seeing rain, one infers that there are clouds&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Upamāna==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Prasidhdhasādharmyāt sādhyasādhanaṃ upamānaṃ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.6&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An analogical cognition is a cognition of the relationship between a word and its meaning. The instrument of that is the knowledge of similarity. To explain this concept in detail, when a person dose not know the meaning of the word &#039;gavaya&#039; then,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1: He knows from a forester that &amp;quot;gavaya is similar to cow&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2: He goes to the forest and sees an animal similar to cow and remembers the sentence of the forester.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3: Then an analogical cognition or upamitiḥ arises such as &amp;quot;This&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Here this refers to the animal.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; is the referent of the word gavaya&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here if the man did not know from the forester that the &amp;quot;gavaya is similar to cow&amp;quot;, even though seeing gavaya in the forest he could not come to the conclusion that &amp;quot;This is the reference of the word gavaya&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Śabda==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockqute&amp;gt;Āptōpadēśaśśabdaḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.7&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Saḥ dvividhaḥ dṛṣṭādṛṣṭārthatvāt।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.8&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The cognition derived from a set of words uttered by a reliable person or literature like veda is called śābdabōdhaḥ and its source is called śabdaḥ.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is divided into two types as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Dṛṣṭārthaḥ - It is the source for the cognition which deals with all the worldly subjects, like the instructions given by a doctor as a treatment.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
# Adṛśṭārthaḥ - It is the source for the cognition which deals with all the supernatural subjects, like the instructions given by the Veda to attain the heaven or svargaḥ.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
{{reflist}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Sixteen_elements_of_Ny%C4%81ya&amp;diff=126902</id>
		<title>Sixteen elements of Nyāya</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Sixteen_elements_of_Ny%C4%81ya&amp;diff=126902"/>
		<updated>2019-10-26T07:57:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Author|Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{AlternateSpellings|padārthāh, padārtha, padartha, elements, elements in nyaya}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya darśanaṃ is one among the six traditional philosophies, which consider the vēdaḥ as the unchallenged source of knowledge. That is why it is considered to be one among āstika darśanaṃ. As all the philosophies have their own way to understand the world. Sorrow(It is also called as duḥkhaṃ in Sanskrit.) is stated as the main problem faced by mankind and liberation from it is the main goal of our life. To attain this goal, the true knowledge of all the elements is very primary. These elements are sixteen in number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;pramāṇa- pramēya- samśaya- prayōjana- dṛṣṭānta-sidhdhanta-avayava-tarka-nirṇaya-vāda-jalpa-vitaṇḍā-hētvābhāsa-chala-jāti-nigrahasthānām tatvajñānānniśrēyasādhigamaḥ.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.1&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the first sutra of nyāya sūtraṃ which states that the true knowledge of the sixteen elements or padārthāḥ leads to niśrēyasa or the mōkṣhaḥ(Destruction of the final sorrow is mōkṣhaḥ according to nyāya.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Sixteen elements of Nyāya==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These sixteen elements of nyāya are: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Pramānaṃ - It is the means of valid knowledge.&lt;br /&gt;
# Prameyaḥ - It means the object of right knowledge. &lt;br /&gt;
# Saṃśayaḥ - It means doubt. &lt;br /&gt;
# Prayojanaṃ - It means the motive.&lt;br /&gt;
# Dṛṣṭāntaḥ - It means the illustrations.&lt;br /&gt;
# Siddhāntaḥ - It means the demonstrated truth. &lt;br /&gt;
# Avayavaḥ - It means the factors of reasoning and syllogism. &lt;br /&gt;
# Tarkaḥ - It means reasoning and confutation.&lt;br /&gt;
# Nirṇayaḥ - It means discernment. &lt;br /&gt;
# Vādaḥ - It means discussion. &lt;br /&gt;
# Jalpaḥ - It means disputation.&lt;br /&gt;
# Vitaṇḍā - It means cavil or objection.&lt;br /&gt;
# Hetvābhāsaḥ - It means fallacious reasoning. &lt;br /&gt;
# Chalaḥ - It means casuistry or unfair reasoning.&lt;br /&gt;
# Jātiḥ - It means futile rejoinder. &lt;br /&gt;
# Nigraha-sthānaṃ - It means clinchers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pramānaṃ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Pratyakha- anumāna-  upamāna- śabdāḥ pramāṇāni&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.3&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pramā is nothing but valid knowledge. The source of that is pramānaṃ. Valid knowledge is that which reveals a thing as it actually is. It can be identified as valid knowledge when it is corresponding to the actual nature of the object as it is. We can also know that it is valid when we successfully obtain the object stated.(Like when we know that there is a cow by seeing, we can conclude that it is a valid knowledge only after when we really obtain it)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Nyāya tradition, there are four pramāṇās namely:&lt;br /&gt;
# Pratyakhaṃ&lt;br /&gt;
# Anumānaṃ&lt;br /&gt;
# Upamānaṃ&lt;br /&gt;
# Śabdāḥ&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[For further details click this link:[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Pramana_(Nyaya)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prameya==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Ātmā- śarīra-indriya-artha-budhdhi- manaḥ-pravṛtti-dōṣa-prētyabhāva-phala-duḥkhāpavargāstu pramēyaṃ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.9&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After defining pramāṇāni, Gautama further defines pramēya, which is an object of valid knowledge. &lt;br /&gt;
It is classified into twelve types:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Ātmā - It is denoted by self.&lt;br /&gt;
# Śarīraṃ - It is represented by body.&lt;br /&gt;
# Indriyaṃ - It is called as senses. &lt;br /&gt;
# Arthaḥ - It is known as experiences.&lt;br /&gt;
# Buddhiḥ - It is denoted as intelligence.&lt;br /&gt;
# Manaḥ - It is known as intellect.&lt;br /&gt;
# Pravṛttiḥ - It is defined as activity.&lt;br /&gt;
# Doṣaḥ - It is known as imbalances.&lt;br /&gt;
# Prētyabhāvaḥ - It is called as re-birth.&lt;br /&gt;
# Phalaṃ - It is known as consequences. &lt;br /&gt;
# Duḥkhaṃ - It is called as suffering.&lt;br /&gt;
# Apavargaḥ - It is defined as liberation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many things that might be considered as topics of valid knowledge, but these 12 are especially significant because the true knowledge about them will banish all the misconception and lead to freedom from sufferings; while false knowledge of these topics helps in rebirth and suffering(samsara). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For further details click this link: [[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Prameya]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saṃśayaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Samānānēkadharmōpapattēḥ vipratipattēḥ upalabdhi- anupalabdhi- avyavasthātaśca viśēṣāpēkṣaḥ vimarśaḥ saṃśayaḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.23&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Doubt must not be confused with an error or false knowledge. Doubt is just the incomplete knowledge which forms the platform for further investigations. False knowledge or error may produce an erroneous conviction which demotivates the mind by removing all the desires for further knowledge or even entertaining viable alternatives. Error is defined as “the knowledge which does not lead to any successful action”. For example, it is impossible to fulfil the expectations created by hallucinations. Doubt has parts in it, which are opposite to each other. Either of it is an error or false knowledge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Causes of Saṃśaya=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A conflicting judgment about the precise character of an object arises from the below mentioned four different arguments:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Display of properties common to many objects&lt;br /&gt;
# Characteristics not common to any objects&lt;br /&gt;
# Conflicting testimony&lt;br /&gt;
# Irregularity of perception and non-perception&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Types of Saṃśaya===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ideal world of thought must correspond to the outer reality in order to be considered true. The rules and methodology of nyāya are to be applied when doubt arises which necessitates needing to examine reality for confirmation or clarification of the truth. There are four kinds of doubt:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Perception of common properties or failure to perceive the difference - It can be explained when in the dark a lamp-post may be mistaken for a person, or a coiled rope can be mistaken for a snake.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Conflicting testimony of witnesses or news reports or differing opinions on the same subject by two or more people.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Irregularity of perception - This concept is demonstrated when one is unable to determine whether water is perceived when it is seen in a pond where it actually exists or when it is seen in a mirage where it really does not exist. This possibility arises when on hearing the rustle of leaves in the bush there arises a doubt whether it is due to leaves or it could even be an animal or a human.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Irregularity of non-perception - This is exemplified when one is unable to believe that something exists because it was never perceived through an object or thing with qualities as described. It also cannot be perceived through the inability to believe that such a thing exists like a kangaroo which is believed to be a big jumping rat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prayojanaṃ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Yaṃ arthaṃ adhikṛtya pravartatē tat prayōjanaṃ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.24&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prayojanam is a desire which impels one to act. Purpose serves as the motive behind all the action done to attain something pleasurable or to avoid something undesirable. Until there is a purpose, there can be no successful action; therefore, a wise person never engages in any kind of purposeless actions. It is also the purpose or motive which determines if an act is morally right or wrong. No act should be deduced as good or bad, it is the intention with which it is done that determines its moral character. Therefore sincere spiritual aspirants should always examine and reflect upon our motives and clarify the intent of actions performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dṛṣṭāntaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Laukikaparīkṣakāṇāṃ yasminnarthē budhdhisāmyaṃ saḥ dṛṣṭāntaḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.25&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When an expert and layman are of the same opinion this happens. It is also known as the familiar example which is a common observation of both common folk and experts. Both the scientists and laymen accepts the general proposition that whenever there is rain there must be clouds. This type of example can be used in the process of reasoning from the known to the unknown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Siddhāntaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Tantrādhikaraṇābhyupagamasaṃsthitiḥ sidhdhāntaḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.26&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Siddhānta philosophy is a conclusion that is recognized as being logically proven by a certain school of philosophy. There are four kinds of Siddhāntas:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# A commonly accepted truth is a tenet which is not opposed by any school of philosophy and which is claimed by at least one school; e.g. All the schools of Hindu philosophy accept earth, water, light, air and ether as the five base elements and smell, taste, color, touch and sound as the objects of the five senses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# A peculiar truth is a tenet which is accepted by the similar schools, but rejected by the opposite schools. e.g., the 3 Abrahamic schools accepts that God created the world from nothing. All schools of Indian philosophy rejects this conclusion saying that something cannot come into existence out of nothing.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Ex nihilo nihilo fit&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# An implied truth is a tenet which is not explicitly declared, but are finalized on the basis of examination of the particulars concerning it. e.g., The discussion whether certain people should be allowed to vote implies that those people are capable of understanding and making political decisions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# A consequential truth is a tenet which if accepted, leads to the acceptance of another tenet for e.g., the acceptance of the doctrine that there is a Self which is separate from the 5 senses, because it can recognize one and the same object by seeing and touching both. Hence it implies the following mentioned possibilities:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Senses are more than one.&lt;br /&gt;
* Each of the senses has its particular characteristic.&lt;br /&gt;
* Self derives its knowledge through the channels of the senses.&lt;br /&gt;
* Substance which are distinct from its qualities is the locus of them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Avayavaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Pratijñā hētūdāharaṇōpanayanigamanāni avayavāḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.32&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Talk:Nyaya_Introduction_to_Avayava Introduction to Avayavāḥ]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tarkaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Avijñātatvē arthē kāraṇōpapattitaḥ tatvajñānārthaṃ ūhaḥ tarkaḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.40&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tarkaḥ is a process for ascertaining the real nature of a thing of whose character is not known. It is a method of arriving to the right conclusion by showing the absurdity of all the contrary ideas. Tarka is a method of attaining knowledge of the truth about an unknown or uncertain thing by comparing and then gradually eliminating all the competing suppositions; E.g. Is the Self a product or a non-Product? If the Self is a non-product, it will experience the result of its action and on the eradication of the causes of re-birth, will be released; therefore, re-birth and release are indeed possible. If it is a product, these chances would not be possible, because the Self&#039;s connection with the body, mind and senses will not be the result and experience of its own action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The phenomenon of re-birth and release is very well known and established; therefore, the Self must be a non-product. This form of reasoning is also called as Confutation. This is not a method which ascertains, determines and verifies that the Self is a particular thing and nothing else. It simply eliminates all other contesting theories to the supposition it supports; after which truth is established through the application of other means of accurate knowledge. Hence, confutation is considered to be a supporting technique and is therefore mentioned separately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nirṇayaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Vimṛśya pakṣapratipakṣābhyāṃ arthāvadhāraṇaṃ nirṇyaḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.41&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The removal of doubts and the resolution of a dispute by examining two opposite views is called as nirṇayaḥ. Dialectic is in the form of a dialogue between two people who may hold differing views, yet wish to establish the truth by seeking agreement with one another. This is in contrast to debate in which two or more people hold differing views and wish to persuade or prove one another wrong and thus a jury or judge is needed to decide the matter. The sequence of investigation is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* First impression&lt;br /&gt;
* Doubt arises&lt;br /&gt;
* Examining the opposite view&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It is called as pūrva pakṣa.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Application of logic&lt;br /&gt;
* Determination of the controversy&lt;br /&gt;
* Ascertainment of Truth&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It is called as nirṇaya.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Doubt is the result of first impression and gives impetus to investigation in order to ascertain the truth.  “Ascertainment” is unnecessary in the case of direct perception or the verbal testimony of a trustworthy authority. But one must be convinced of the authority being trustworthy. In other words, everything should be questioned and not accepted simply because the person holds a degree or title. One must test that individual and once the authenticity is assured then only one can accept the statements without further investigation. Endlessly questioning for the sake of questioning is also not useful for coming to the accurate conclusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vādaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Pramāṇa tarkasādhanōpālaṃbhaḥ sidhdāntāvirudhdaḥ paṃcāvayavōpapannaḥ pakṣapratipakṣa parigrahaḥ vādaḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.1&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A dialogue in which one adopts one of two opposing positions is called as vādaḥ. The purpose of discussion is to come to the truth of the proposition under consideration. This may be achieved by talking about the topic with anyone who is a sincere seeker of truth. In vāda it is not necessary to establish one&#039;s own thesis, it is enough to submit one&#039;s views for examination in order to ascertain the truth. The discussion does not necessarily have to take into consideration the opposite opinion; it is enough to put any proposition to logical reasoning. The usual procedure is to maintain the thesis by means of right knowledge and to counter-thesis by the means of tarka.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jalpaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Yathōktōpapannaḥ chalajātinigrahasthānōpālaṃbhaḥ jalpaḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.2&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A vigorous verbal disputation directed to gain victory in it is called as jalpaḥ. The sole purpose of engaging in a polemic is simply to gain victory over the other party. There’s no desire to either gain further knowledge or to establish one’s own position. Therefore, one can employ any device of debate in order to win. These devices are usually of a negative character, such as attacking the opponent’s character,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It is called as argumentum ad hominem.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; quibbling, advancing futile arguments, behave with absurdity, evading the issue, focusing on examples or metaphors rather than on the actual argument itself etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vitaṇḍā==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Sa pratipakṣa sthāpanāhīnaḥ vitaṇḍā&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.3&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A kind of wrangling, which consists in mere attacks on the opposite side is called as vitaṇḍā. In cavil there is no desire to establish any proposition. The only interest is to heckle the speaker by carping and offering frivolous objections. Polemics and caviling, which are considered as forms of discussion, may be used by an aspirant of truth only as means of protecting one&#039;s young and fragile knowledge which has not yet matured to a full blossomed conviction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One may occasionally encounter objectionable people, who devoid of true knowledge, are puffed up with their academic achievements or are deluded by their own erroneous convictions. These people may try to impose their views and beliefs on others. Under such circumstances the student is urged to make use of these argumentative devices in order to safeguard the development of knowledge in the same way that nature uses thorns on some plants to safeguard the growth of its fruit. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If one’s philosophy or belief system is under attack then one may also employ these negative means for self-defense. One should never gratuitously criticize or attack anyone else’s belief system, ideology or way of life if that person is keeping to themselves. When a person tries to impose their views on others then defense is required. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Hetvābhāsaḥ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;savyabhicāra virudhda prakaraṇasama sādhyasama kālātītā hētvābhāsāḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.4&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For further details click here: [[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Hetvabhasa]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chalaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;vacanavighātō arthavikalpōpapatyā chalaṃ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.10&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The opposition offered to a proposition by the assumption of an alternative meaning is called as chalaḥ. Casuistry is classified into three types:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Vacas - It is called as playing upon words. This consists of willfully taking a term to mean something different from that intended by the speaker; e.g., taking the word &#039;quadruped&#039; to mean four-legged table instead of an animal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Sāmānyas - It means generalizations. This consists of asserting the impossibility of a particular part because of the impossibility of the whole; e.g., to deny that a particular cow is black because all cows are not black.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Upacārās - It is denoted by metaphors. This consists of invalidating a word used in a particular context by taking it literally when it was used metaphorically; e.g., the ‘House cheered’ means that the people in the house cheered and not the physical structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jātiḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Sādharmya vaidharmyābhāṃ pratyavasthānaṃ jātiḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.18&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Offering objections founded on mere similarity or dissimilarity is called as jātiḥ. The reply is said to be futile if it does not take into consideration the universal connection between the middle term and the major term. Mere similarity or dissimilarity is not sufficient. There are twenty-four kinds of futility which display equality of the arguments of two sides so that neither side can win the argument.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nigraha-sthānaṃ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Vipratipattirapratipattiśca nigrahasthānaṃ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.2.19&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When we do not understand or misunderstand the arguments stated by the opponent we eventually lose the debate. There is no purpose in entering into a debate if one is ignorant about the subject being investigated. Demonstrating ignorance or misunderstanding of the subject under discussion and attaining defeat in a debate is the last element in nyāya darśanaṃ, which is called nigrahasthānaṃ. Here the term &#039;nigrahasthānaṃ&#039; means attaining defeat in a debate. The means for that defeat are shown as Vipratipattiḥ(viparītā vā kutsitā vā pratipattiḥ) and  Apratipattiḥ. &#039;Vipratipattiḥ&#039; is a situation in which one misunderstands and &#039;Apratipattiḥ&#039; is a situation in which does not understand at all.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
{{reflist}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Sixteen_elements_of_Ny%C4%81ya&amp;diff=126900</id>
		<title>Sixteen elements of Nyāya</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Sixteen_elements_of_Ny%C4%81ya&amp;diff=126900"/>
		<updated>2019-10-25T19:36:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana: Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana moved page Sixteen elements of Nyāya to Talk:Sixteen elements of Nyāya&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Author|Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{AlternateSpellings|padārthāh, padārtha, padartha, elements, elements in nyaya}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya darśanaṃ is one among the six traditional philosophies, which consider the vēdaḥ as the unchallenged source of knowledge. That is why it is considered to be one among āstika darśanaṃ. As all the philosophies have their own way to understand the world. Sorrow(It is also called as duḥkhaṃ in Sanskrit.) is stated as the main problem faced by mankind and liberation from it is the main goal of our life. To attain this goal, the true knowledge of all the elements is very primary. These elements are sixteen in number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;pramāṇa- pramēya- samśaya- prayōjana- dṛṣṭānta-sidhdhanta-avayava-tarka-nirṇaya-vāda-jalpa-vitaṇḍā-hētvābhāsa-chala-jāti-nigrahasthānām tatvajñānānniśrēyasādhigamaḥ.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.1&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the first sutra of nyāya sūtraṃ which states that the true knowledge of the sixteen elements or padārthāḥ leads to niśrēyasa or the mōkṣhaḥ(Destruction of the final sorrow is mōkṣhaḥ according to nyāya.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Sixteen elements of Nyāya==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These sixteen elements of nyāya are: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Pramānaṃ - It is the means of valid knowledge.&lt;br /&gt;
# Prameyaḥ - It means the object of right knowledge. &lt;br /&gt;
# Saṃśayaḥ - It means doubt. &lt;br /&gt;
# Prayojanaṃ - It means the motive.&lt;br /&gt;
# Dṛṣṭāntaḥ - It means the illustrations.&lt;br /&gt;
# Siddhāntaḥ - It means the demonstrated truth. &lt;br /&gt;
# Avayavaḥ - It means the factors of reasoning and syllogism. &lt;br /&gt;
# Tarkaḥ - It means reasoning and confutation.&lt;br /&gt;
# Nirṇayaḥ - It means discernment. &lt;br /&gt;
# Vādaḥ - It means discussion. &lt;br /&gt;
# Jalpaḥ - It means disputation.&lt;br /&gt;
# Vitaṇḍā - It means cavil or objection.&lt;br /&gt;
# Hetvābhāsaḥ - It means fallacious reasoning. &lt;br /&gt;
# Chalaḥ - It means casuistry or unfair reasoning.&lt;br /&gt;
# Jātiḥ - It means futile rejoinder. &lt;br /&gt;
# Nigraha-sthānaṃ - It means clinchers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pramānaṃ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Pratyakha- anumāna-  upamāna- śabdāḥ pramāṇāni&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.3&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pramā is nothing but valid knowledge. The source of that is pramānaṃ. Valid knowledge is that which reveals a thing as it actually is. It can be identified as valid knowledge when it is corresponding to the actual nature of the object as it is. We can also know that it is valid when we successfully obtain the object stated.(Like when we know that there is a cow by seeing, we can conclude that it is a valid knowledge only after when we really obtain it)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Nyāya tradition, there are four pramāṇās namely:&lt;br /&gt;
# Pratyakhaṃ&lt;br /&gt;
# Anumānaṃ&lt;br /&gt;
# Upamānaṃ&lt;br /&gt;
# Śabdāḥ&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[For further details click this link:[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Pramana_(Nyaya)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prameya==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Ātmā- śarīra-indriya-artha-budhdhi- manaḥ-pravṛtti-dōṣa-prētyabhāva-phala-duḥkhāpavargāstu pramēyaṃ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.9&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After defining pramāṇāni, Gautama further defines pramēya, which is an object of valid knowledge. &lt;br /&gt;
It is classified into twelve types:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Ātmā - It is denoted by self.&lt;br /&gt;
# Śarīraṃ - It is represented by body.&lt;br /&gt;
# Indriyaṃ - It is called as senses. &lt;br /&gt;
# Arthaḥ - It is known as experiences.&lt;br /&gt;
# Buddhiḥ - It is denoted as intelligence.&lt;br /&gt;
# Manaḥ - It is known as intellect.&lt;br /&gt;
# Pravṛttiḥ - It is defined as activity.&lt;br /&gt;
# Doṣaḥ - It is known as imbalances.&lt;br /&gt;
# Prētyabhāvaḥ - It is called as re-birth.&lt;br /&gt;
# Phalaṃ - It is known as consequences. &lt;br /&gt;
# Duḥkhaṃ - It is called as suffering.&lt;br /&gt;
# Apavargaḥ - It is defined as liberation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many things that might be considered as topics of valid knowledge, but these 12 are especially significant because the true knowledge about them will banish all the misconception and lead to freedom from sufferings; while false knowledge of these topics helps in rebirth and suffering. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For further details click this link: [[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Prameya]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saṃśayaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Samānānēkadharmōpapattēḥ vipratipattēḥ upalabdhi- anupalabdhi- avyavasthātaśca viśēṣāpēkṣaḥ vimarśaḥ saṃśayaḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.23&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Doubt must not be confused with an error or false knowledge. Doubt is just the incomplete knowledge which forms the platform for further investigations. False knowledge or error may produce an erroneous conviction which demotivates the mind by removing all the desires for further knowledge or even entertaining viable alternatives. Error is defined as “the knowledge which does not lead to any successful action”. For example, it is impossible to fulfil the expectations created by hallucinations. Doubt has parts in it, which are opposite to each other. Either of it is an error or false knowledge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Causes of Saṃśaya=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A conflicting judgment about the precise character of an object arises from the below mentioned four different arguments:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Display of properties common to many objects&lt;br /&gt;
# Characteristics not common to any objects&lt;br /&gt;
# Conflicting testimony&lt;br /&gt;
# Irregularity of perception and non-perception&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Types of Saṃśaya===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ideal world of thought must correspond to the outer reality in order to be considered true. The rules and methodology of nyāya are to be applied when doubt arises which necessitates needing to examine reality for confirmation or clarification of the truth. There are four kinds of doubt:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Perception of common properties or failure to perceive the difference - It can be explained when in the dark a lamp-post may be mistaken for a person, or a coiled rope can be mistaken for a snake.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Conflicting testimony of witnesses or news reports or differing opinions on the same subject by two or more people.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Irregularity of perception - This concept is demonstrated when one is unable to determine whether water is perceived when it is seen in a pond where it actually exists or when it is seen in a mirage where it really does not exist. This possibility arises when on hearing the rustle of leaves in the bush there arises a doubt whether it is due to leaves or it could even be an animal or a human.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Irregularity of non-perception - This is exemplified when one is unable to believe that something exists because it was never perceived through an object or thing with qualities as described. It also cannot be perceived through the inability to believe that such a thing exists like a kangaroo which is believed to be a big jumping rat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prayojanaṃ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Yaṃ arthaṃ adhikṛtya pravartatē tat prayōjanaṃ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.24&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prayojanam is a desire which impels one to act. Purpose serves as the motive behind all the action done to attain something pleasurable or to avoid something undesirable. Until there is a purpose, there can be no successful action; therefore, a wise person never engages in any kind of purposeless actions. It is also the purpose or motive which determines if an act is morally right or wrong. No act should be deduced as good or bad, it is the intention with which it is done that determines its moral character. Therefore sincere spiritual aspirants should always examine and reflect upon our motives and clarify the intent of actions performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dṛṣṭāntaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Laukikaparīkṣakāṇāṃ yasminnarthē budhdhisāmyaṃ saḥ dṛṣṭāntaḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.25&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When an expert and layman are of the same opinion this happens. It is also known as the familiar example which is a common observation of both common folk and experts. Both the scientists and laymen accepts the general proposition that whenever there is rain there must be clouds. This type of example can be used in the process of reasoning from the known to the unknown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Siddhāntaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Tantrādhikaraṇābhyupagamasaṃsthitiḥ sidhdhāntaḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.26&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Siddhānta philosophy is a conclusion that is recognized as being logically proven by a certain school of philosophy. There are four kinds of Siddhāntas:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# A commonly accepted truth is a tenet which is not opposed by any school of philosophy and which is claimed by at least one school; e.g. All the schools of Hindu philosophy accept earth, water, light, air and ether as the five base elements and smell, taste, color, touch and sound as the objects of the five senses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# A peculiar truth is a tenet which is accepted by the similar schools, but rejected by the opposite schools. e.g., the 3 Abrahamic schools accepts that God created the world from nothing. All schools of Indian philosophy rejects this conclusion saying that something cannot come into existence out of nothing.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Ex nihilo nihilo fit&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# An implied truth is a tenet which is not explicitly declared, but are finalized on the basis of examination of the particulars concerning it. e.g., The discussion whether certain people should be allowed to vote implies that those people are capable of understanding and making political decisions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# A consequential truth is a tenet which if accepted, leads to the acceptance of another tenet for e.g., the acceptance of the doctrine that there is a Self which is separate from the 5 senses, because it can recognize one and the same object by seeing and touching both. Hence it implies the following mentioned possibilities:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Senses are more than one.&lt;br /&gt;
* Each of the senses has its particular characteristic.&lt;br /&gt;
* Self derives its knowledge through the channels of the senses.&lt;br /&gt;
* Substance which are distinct from its qualities is the locus of them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Avayavaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Pratijñā hētūdāharaṇōpanayanigamanāni avayavāḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.32&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Talk:Nyaya_Introduction_to_Avayava Introduction to Avayavāḥ]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tarkaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Avijñātatvē arthē kāraṇōpapattitaḥ tatvajñānārthaṃ ūhaḥ tarkaḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.40&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tarkaḥ is a process for ascertaining the real nature of a thing of whose character is not known. It is a method of arriving to the right conclusion by showing the absurdity of all the contrary ideas. Tarka is a method of attaining knowledge of the truth about an unknown or uncertain thing by comparing and then gradually eliminating all the competing suppositions; E.g. Is the Self a product or a non-Product? If the Self is a non-product, it will experience the result of its action and on the eradication of the causes of re-birth, will be released; therefore, re-birth and release are indeed possible. If it is a product, these chances would not be possible, because the Self&#039;s connection with the body, mind and senses will not be the result and experience of its own action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The phenomenon of re-birth and release is very well known and established; therefore, the Self must be a non-product. This form of reasoning is also called as Confutation. This is not a method which ascertains, determines and verifies that the Self is a particular thing and nothing else. It simply eliminates all other contesting theories to the supposition it supports; after which truth is established through the application of other means of accurate knowledge. Hence, confutation is considered to be a supporting technique and is therefore mentioned separately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nirṇayaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Vimṛśya pakṣapratipakṣābhyāṃ arthāvadhāraṇaṃ nirṇyaḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.41&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The removal of doubts and the resolution of a dispute by examining two opposite views is called as nirṇayaḥ. Dialectic is in the form of a dialogue between two people who may hold differing views, yet wish to establish the truth by seeking agreement with one another. This is in contrast to debate in which two or more people hold differing views and wish to persuade or prove one another wrong and thus a jury or judge is needed to decide the matter. The sequence of investigation is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* First impression&lt;br /&gt;
* Doubt arises&lt;br /&gt;
* Examining the opposite view&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It is called as pūrva pakṣa.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Application of logic&lt;br /&gt;
* Determination of the controversy&lt;br /&gt;
* Ascertainment of Truth&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It is called as nirṇaya.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Doubt is the result of first impression and gives impetus to investigation in order to ascertain the truth.  “Ascertainment” is unnecessary in the case of direct perception or the verbal testimony of a trustworthy authority. But one must be convinced of the authority being trustworthy. In other words, everything should be questioned and not accepted simply because the person holds a degree or title. One must test that individual and once the authenticity is assured then only one can accept the statements without further investigation. Endlessly questioning for the sake of questioning is also not useful for coming to the accurate conclusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vādaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Pramāṇa tarkasādhanōpālaṃbhaḥ sidhdāntāvirudhdaḥ paṃcāvayavōpapannaḥ pakṣapratipakṣa parigrahaḥ vādaḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.1&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A dialogue in which one adopts one of two opposing positions is called as vādaḥ. The purpose of discussion is to come to the truth of the proposition under consideration. This may be achieved by talking about the topic with anyone who is a sincere seeker of truth. In vāda it is not necessary to establish one&#039;s own thesis, it is enough to submit one&#039;s views for examination in order to ascertain the truth. The discussion does not necessarily have to take into consideration the opposite opinion; it is enough to put any proposition to logical reasoning. The usual procedure is to maintain the thesis by means of right knowledge and to counter-thesis by the means of tarka.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jalpaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Yathōktōpapannaḥ chalajātinigrahasthānōpālaṃbhaḥ jalpaḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.2&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A vigorous verbal disputation directed to gain victory in it is called as jalpaḥ. The sole purpose of engaging in a polemic is simply to gain victory over the other party. There’s no desire to either gain further knowledge or to establish one’s own position. Therefore, one can employ any device of debate in order to win. These devices are usually of a negative character, such as attacking the opponent’s character,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It is called as argumentum ad hominem.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; quibbling, advancing futile arguments, behave with absurdity, evading the issue, focusing on examples or metaphors rather than on the actual argument itself etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vitaṇḍā==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Sa pratipakṣa sthāpanāhīnaḥ vitaṇḍā&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.3&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A kind of wrangling, which consists in mere attacks on the opposite side is called as vitaṇḍā. In cavil there is no desire to establish any proposition. The only interest is to heckle the speaker by carping and offering frivolous objections. Polemics and caviling, which are considered as forms of discussion, may be used by an aspirant of truth only as means of protecting one&#039;s young and fragile knowledge which has not yet matured to a full blossomed conviction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One may occasionally encounter objectionable people, who devoid of true knowledge, are puffed up with their academic achievements or are deluded by their own erroneous convictions. These people may try to impose their views and beliefs on others. Under such circumstances the student is urged to make use of these argumentative devices in order to safeguard the development of knowledge in the same way that nature uses thorns on some plants to safeguard the growth of its fruit. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If one’s philosophy or belief system is under attack then one may also employ these negative means for self-defense. One should never gratuitously criticize or attack anyone else’s belief system, ideology or way of life if that person is keeping to themselves. When a person tries to impose their views on others then defense is required. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Hetvābhāsaḥ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;savyabhicāra virudhda prakaraṇasama sādhyasama kālātītā hētvābhāsāḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.4&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For further details click here: [[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Hetvabhasa]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chalaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;vacanavighātō arthavikalpōpapatyā chalaṃ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.10&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The opposition offered to a proposition by the assumption of an alternative meaning is called as chalaḥ. Casuistry is classified into three types:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Vacas - It is called as playing upon words. This consists of willfully taking a term to mean something different from that intended by the speaker; e.g., taking the word &#039;quadruped&#039; to mean four-legged table instead of an animal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Sāmānyas - It means generalizations. This consists of asserting the impossibility of a particular part because of the impossibility of the whole; e.g., to deny that a particular cow is black because all cows are not black.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Upacārās - It is denoted by metaphors. This consists of invalidating a word used in a particular context by taking it literally when it was used metaphorically; e.g., the ‘House cheered’ means that the people in the house cheered and not the physical structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jātiḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Sādharmya vaidharmyābhāṃ pratyavasthānaṃ jātiḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.18&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Offering objections founded on mere similarity or dissimilarity is called as jātiḥ. The reply is said to be futile if it does not take into consideration the universal connection between the middle term and the major term. Mere similarity or dissimilarity is not sufficient. There are twenty-four kinds of futility which display equality of the arguments of two sides so that neither side can win the argument.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nigraha-sthānaṃ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Vipratipattirapratipattiśca nigrahasthānaṃ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.2.19&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When we do not understand or misunderstand the arguments stated by the opponent we eventually lose the debate. There is no purpose in entering into a debate if one is ignorant about the subject being investigated. Demonstrating ignorance or misunderstanding of the subject under discussion and attaining defeat in a debate is the last element in nyāya darśanaṃ, which is called nigrahasthānaṃ. Here the term &#039;nigrahasthānaṃ&#039; means attaining defeat in a debate. The means for that defeat are shown as Vipratipattiḥ(viparītā vā kutsitā vā pratipattiḥ) and  Apratipattiḥ. &#039;Vipratipattiḥ&#039; is a situation in which one misunderstands and &#039;Apratipattiḥ&#039; is a situation in which does not understand at all.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
{{reflist}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Sixteen_elements_of_Ny%C4%81ya&amp;diff=126899</id>
		<title>Sixteen elements of Nyāya</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Sixteen_elements_of_Ny%C4%81ya&amp;diff=126899"/>
		<updated>2019-10-25T19:36:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Author|Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{AlternateSpellings|padārthāh, padārtha, padartha, elements, elements in nyaya}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya darśanaṃ is one among the six traditional philosophies, which consider the vēdaḥ as the unchallenged source of knowledge. That is why it is considered to be one among āstika darśanaṃ. As all the philosophies have their own way to understand the world. Sorrow(It is also called as duḥkhaṃ in Sanskrit.) is stated as the main problem faced by mankind and liberation from it is the main goal of our life. To attain this goal, the true knowledge of all the elements is very primary. These elements are sixteen in number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;pramāṇa- pramēya- samśaya- prayōjana- dṛṣṭānta-sidhdhanta-avayava-tarka-nirṇaya-vāda-jalpa-vitaṇḍā-hētvābhāsa-chala-jāti-nigrahasthānām tatvajñānānniśrēyasādhigamaḥ.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.1&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the first sutra of nyāya sūtraṃ which states that the true knowledge of the sixteen elements or padārthāḥ leads to niśrēyasa or the mōkṣhaḥ(Destruction of the final sorrow is mōkṣhaḥ according to nyāya.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Sixteen elements of Nyāya==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These sixteen elements of nyāya are: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Pramānaṃ - It is the means of valid knowledge.&lt;br /&gt;
# Prameyaḥ - It means the object of right knowledge. &lt;br /&gt;
# Saṃśayaḥ - It means doubt. &lt;br /&gt;
# Prayojanaṃ - It means the motive.&lt;br /&gt;
# Dṛṣṭāntaḥ - It means the illustrations.&lt;br /&gt;
# Siddhāntaḥ - It means the demonstrated truth. &lt;br /&gt;
# Avayavaḥ - It means the factors of reasoning and syllogism. &lt;br /&gt;
# Tarkaḥ - It means reasoning and confutation.&lt;br /&gt;
# Nirṇayaḥ - It means discernment. &lt;br /&gt;
# Vādaḥ - It means discussion. &lt;br /&gt;
# Jalpaḥ - It means disputation.&lt;br /&gt;
# Vitaṇḍā - It means cavil or objection.&lt;br /&gt;
# Hetvābhāsaḥ - It means fallacious reasoning. &lt;br /&gt;
# Chalaḥ - It means casuistry or unfair reasoning.&lt;br /&gt;
# Jātiḥ - It means futile rejoinder. &lt;br /&gt;
# Nigraha-sthānaṃ - It means clinchers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pramānaṃ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Pratyakha- anumāna-  upamāna- śabdāḥ pramāṇāni&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.3&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pramā is nothing but valid knowledge. The source of that is pramānaṃ. Valid knowledge is that which reveals a thing as it actually is. It can be identified as valid knowledge when it is corresponding to the actual nature of the object as it is. We can also know that it is valid when we successfully obtain the object stated.(Like when we know that there is a cow by seeing, we can conclude that it is a valid knowledge only after when we really obtain it)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Nyāya tradition, there are four pramāṇās namely:&lt;br /&gt;
# Pratyakhaṃ&lt;br /&gt;
# Anumānaṃ&lt;br /&gt;
# Upamānaṃ&lt;br /&gt;
# Śabdāḥ&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[For further details click this link:[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Pramana_(Nyaya)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prameya==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Ātmā- śarīra-indriya-artha-budhdhi- manaḥ-pravṛtti-dōṣa-prētyabhāva-phala-duḥkhāpavargāstu pramēyaṃ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.9&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After defining pramāṇāni, Gautama further defines pramēya, which is an object of valid knowledge. &lt;br /&gt;
It is classified into twelve types:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Ātmā - It is denoted by self.&lt;br /&gt;
# Śarīraṃ - It is represented by body.&lt;br /&gt;
# Indriyaṃ - It is called as senses. &lt;br /&gt;
# Arthaḥ - It is known as experiences.&lt;br /&gt;
# Buddhiḥ - It is denoted as intelligence.&lt;br /&gt;
# Manaḥ - It is known as intellect.&lt;br /&gt;
# Pravṛttiḥ - It is defined as activity.&lt;br /&gt;
# Doṣaḥ - It is known as imbalances.&lt;br /&gt;
# Prētyabhāvaḥ - It is called as re-birth.&lt;br /&gt;
# Phalaṃ - It is known as consequences. &lt;br /&gt;
# Duḥkhaṃ - It is called as suffering.&lt;br /&gt;
# Apavargaḥ - It is defined as liberation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many things that might be considered as topics of valid knowledge, but these 12 are especially significant because the true knowledge about them will banish all the misconception and lead to freedom from sufferings; while false knowledge of these topics helps in rebirth and suffering. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For further details click this link: [[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Prameya]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saṃśayaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Samānānēkadharmōpapattēḥ vipratipattēḥ upalabdhi- anupalabdhi- avyavasthātaśca viśēṣāpēkṣaḥ vimarśaḥ saṃśayaḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.23&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Doubt must not be confused with an error or false knowledge. Doubt is just the incomplete knowledge which forms the platform for further investigations. False knowledge or error may produce an erroneous conviction which demotivates the mind by removing all the desires for further knowledge or even entertaining viable alternatives. Error is defined as “the knowledge which does not lead to any successful action”. For example, it is impossible to fulfil the expectations created by hallucinations. Doubt has parts in it, which are opposite to each other. Either of it is an error or false knowledge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Causes of Saṃśaya=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A conflicting judgment about the precise character of an object arises from the below mentioned four different arguments:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Display of properties common to many objects&lt;br /&gt;
# Characteristics not common to any objects&lt;br /&gt;
# Conflicting testimony&lt;br /&gt;
# Irregularity of perception and non-perception&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Types of Saṃśaya===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ideal world of thought must correspond to the outer reality in order to be considered true. The rules and methodology of nyāya are to be applied when doubt arises which necessitates needing to examine reality for confirmation or clarification of the truth. There are four kinds of doubt:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Perception of common properties or failure to perceive the difference - It can be explained when in the dark a lamp-post may be mistaken for a person, or a coiled rope can be mistaken for a snake.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Conflicting testimony of witnesses or news reports or differing opinions on the same subject by two or more people.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Irregularity of perception - This concept is demonstrated when one is unable to determine whether water is perceived when it is seen in a pond where it actually exists or when it is seen in a mirage where it really does not exist. This possibility arises when on hearing the rustle of leaves in the bush there arises a doubt whether it is due to leaves or it could even be an animal or a human.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Irregularity of non-perception - This is exemplified when one is unable to believe that something exists because it was never perceived through an object or thing with qualities as described. It also cannot be perceived through the inability to believe that such a thing exists like a kangaroo which is believed to be a big jumping rat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prayojanaṃ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Yaṃ arthaṃ adhikṛtya pravartatē tat prayōjanaṃ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.24&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prayojanam is a desire which impels one to act. Purpose serves as the motive behind all the action done to attain something pleasurable or to avoid something undesirable. Until there is a purpose, there can be no successful action; therefore, a wise person never engages in any kind of purposeless actions. It is also the purpose or motive which determines if an act is morally right or wrong. No act should be deduced as good or bad, it is the intention with which it is done that determines its moral character. Therefore sincere spiritual aspirants should always examine and reflect upon our motives and clarify the intent of actions performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dṛṣṭāntaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Laukikaparīkṣakāṇāṃ yasminnarthē budhdhisāmyaṃ saḥ dṛṣṭāntaḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.25&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When an expert and layman are of the same opinion this happens. It is also known as the familiar example which is a common observation of both common folk and experts. Both the scientists and laymen accepts the general proposition that whenever there is rain there must be clouds. This type of example can be used in the process of reasoning from the known to the unknown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Siddhāntaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Tantrādhikaraṇābhyupagamasaṃsthitiḥ sidhdhāntaḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.26&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Siddhānta philosophy is a conclusion that is recognized as being logically proven by a certain school of philosophy. There are four kinds of Siddhāntas:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# A commonly accepted truth is a tenet which is not opposed by any school of philosophy and which is claimed by at least one school; e.g. All the schools of Hindu philosophy accept earth, water, light, air and ether as the five base elements and smell, taste, color, touch and sound as the objects of the five senses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# A peculiar truth is a tenet which is accepted by the similar schools, but rejected by the opposite schools. e.g., the 3 Abrahamic schools accepts that God created the world from nothing. All schools of Indian philosophy rejects this conclusion saying that something cannot come into existence out of nothing.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Ex nihilo nihilo fit&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# An implied truth is a tenet which is not explicitly declared, but are finalized on the basis of examination of the particulars concerning it. e.g., The discussion whether certain people should be allowed to vote implies that those people are capable of understanding and making political decisions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# A consequential truth is a tenet which if accepted, leads to the acceptance of another tenet for e.g., the acceptance of the doctrine that there is a Self which is separate from the 5 senses, because it can recognize one and the same object by seeing and touching both. Hence it implies the following mentioned possibilities:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Senses are more than one.&lt;br /&gt;
* Each of the senses has its particular characteristic.&lt;br /&gt;
* Self derives its knowledge through the channels of the senses.&lt;br /&gt;
* Substance which are distinct from its qualities is the locus of them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Avayavaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Pratijñā hētūdāharaṇōpanayanigamanāni avayavāḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.32&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Talk:Nyaya_Introduction_to_Avayava Introduction to Avayavāḥ]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tarkaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Avijñātatvē arthē kāraṇōpapattitaḥ tatvajñānārthaṃ ūhaḥ tarkaḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.40&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tarkaḥ is a process for ascertaining the real nature of a thing of whose character is not known. It is a method of arriving to the right conclusion by showing the absurdity of all the contrary ideas. Tarka is a method of attaining knowledge of the truth about an unknown or uncertain thing by comparing and then gradually eliminating all the competing suppositions; E.g. Is the Self a product or a non-Product? If the Self is a non-product, it will experience the result of its action and on the eradication of the causes of re-birth, will be released; therefore, re-birth and release are indeed possible. If it is a product, these chances would not be possible, because the Self&#039;s connection with the body, mind and senses will not be the result and experience of its own action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The phenomenon of re-birth and release is very well known and established; therefore, the Self must be a non-product. This form of reasoning is also called as Confutation. This is not a method which ascertains, determines and verifies that the Self is a particular thing and nothing else. It simply eliminates all other contesting theories to the supposition it supports; after which truth is established through the application of other means of accurate knowledge. Hence, confutation is considered to be a supporting technique and is therefore mentioned separately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nirṇayaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Vimṛśya pakṣapratipakṣābhyāṃ arthāvadhāraṇaṃ nirṇyaḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.41&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The removal of doubts and the resolution of a dispute by examining two opposite views is called as nirṇayaḥ. Dialectic is in the form of a dialogue between two people who may hold differing views, yet wish to establish the truth by seeking agreement with one another. This is in contrast to debate in which two or more people hold differing views and wish to persuade or prove one another wrong and thus a jury or judge is needed to decide the matter. The sequence of investigation is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* First impression&lt;br /&gt;
* Doubt arises&lt;br /&gt;
* Examining the opposite view&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It is called as pūrva pakṣa.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Application of logic&lt;br /&gt;
* Determination of the controversy&lt;br /&gt;
* Ascertainment of Truth&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It is called as nirṇaya.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Doubt is the result of first impression and gives impetus to investigation in order to ascertain the truth.  “Ascertainment” is unnecessary in the case of direct perception or the verbal testimony of a trustworthy authority. But one must be convinced of the authority being trustworthy. In other words, everything should be questioned and not accepted simply because the person holds a degree or title. One must test that individual and once the authenticity is assured then only one can accept the statements without further investigation. Endlessly questioning for the sake of questioning is also not useful for coming to the accurate conclusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vādaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Pramāṇa tarkasādhanōpālaṃbhaḥ sidhdāntāvirudhdaḥ paṃcāvayavōpapannaḥ pakṣapratipakṣa parigrahaḥ vādaḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.1&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A dialogue in which one adopts one of two opposing positions is called as vādaḥ. The purpose of discussion is to come to the truth of the proposition under consideration. This may be achieved by talking about the topic with anyone who is a sincere seeker of truth. In vāda it is not necessary to establish one&#039;s own thesis, it is enough to submit one&#039;s views for examination in order to ascertain the truth. The discussion does not necessarily have to take into consideration the opposite opinion; it is enough to put any proposition to logical reasoning. The usual procedure is to maintain the thesis by means of right knowledge and to counter-thesis by the means of tarka.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jalpaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Yathōktōpapannaḥ chalajātinigrahasthānōpālaṃbhaḥ jalpaḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.2&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A vigorous verbal disputation directed to gain victory in it is called as jalpaḥ. The sole purpose of engaging in a polemic is simply to gain victory over the other party. There’s no desire to either gain further knowledge or to establish one’s own position. Therefore, one can employ any device of debate in order to win. These devices are usually of a negative character, such as attacking the opponent’s character,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It is called as argumentum ad hominem.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; quibbling, advancing futile arguments, behave with absurdity, evading the issue, focusing on examples or metaphors rather than on the actual argument itself etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vitaṇḍā==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Sa pratipakṣa sthāpanāhīnaḥ vitaṇḍā&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.3&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A kind of wrangling, which consists in mere attacks on the opposite side is called as vitaṇḍā. In cavil there is no desire to establish any proposition. The only interest is to heckle the speaker by carping and offering frivolous objections. Polemics and caviling, which are considered as forms of discussion, may be used by an aspirant of truth only as means of protecting one&#039;s young and fragile knowledge which has not yet matured to a full blossomed conviction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One may occasionally encounter objectionable people, who devoid of true knowledge, are puffed up with their academic achievements or are deluded by their own erroneous convictions. These people may try to impose their views and beliefs on others. Under such circumstances the student is urged to make use of these argumentative devices in order to safeguard the development of knowledge in the same way that nature uses thorns on some plants to safeguard the growth of its fruit. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If one’s philosophy or belief system is under attack then one may also employ these negative means for self-defense. One should never gratuitously criticize or attack anyone else’s belief system, ideology or way of life if that person is keeping to themselves. When a person tries to impose their views on others then defense is required. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Hetvābhāsaḥ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;savyabhicāra virudhda prakaraṇasama sādhyasama kālātītā hētvābhāsāḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.4&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For further details click here: [[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Hetvabhasa]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chalaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;vacanavighātō arthavikalpōpapatyā chalaṃ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.10&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The opposition offered to a proposition by the assumption of an alternative meaning is called as chalaḥ. Casuistry is classified into three types:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Vacas - It is called as playing upon words. This consists of willfully taking a term to mean something different from that intended by the speaker; e.g., taking the word &#039;quadruped&#039; to mean four-legged table instead of an animal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Sāmānyas - It means generalizations. This consists of asserting the impossibility of a particular part because of the impossibility of the whole; e.g., to deny that a particular cow is black because all cows are not black.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Upacārās - It is denoted by metaphors. This consists of invalidating a word used in a particular context by taking it literally when it was used metaphorically; e.g., the ‘House cheered’ means that the people in the house cheered and not the physical structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jātiḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Sādharmya vaidharmyābhāṃ pratyavasthānaṃ jātiḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.18&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Offering objections founded on mere similarity or dissimilarity is called as jātiḥ. The reply is said to be futile if it does not take into consideration the universal connection between the middle term and the major term. Mere similarity or dissimilarity is not sufficient. There are twenty-four kinds of futility which display equality of the arguments of two sides so that neither side can win the argument.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nigraha-sthānaṃ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Vipratipattirapratipattiśca nigrahasthānaṃ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.2.19&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When we do not understand or misunderstand the arguments stated by the opponent we eventually lose the debate. There is no purpose in entering into a debate if one is ignorant about the subject being investigated. Demonstrating ignorance or misunderstanding of the subject under discussion and attaining defeat in a debate is the last element in nyāya darśanaṃ, which is called nigrahasthānaṃ. Here the term &#039;nigrahasthānaṃ&#039; means attaining defeat in a debate. The means for that defeat are shown as Vipratipattiḥ(viparītā vā kutsitā vā pratipattiḥ) and  Apratipattiḥ. &#039;Vipratipattiḥ&#039; is a situation in which one misunderstands and &#039;Apratipattiḥ&#039; is a situation in which does not understand at all.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
{{reflist}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Sixteen_elements_of_Ny%C4%81ya&amp;diff=126898</id>
		<title>Sixteen elements of Nyāya</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Sixteen_elements_of_Ny%C4%81ya&amp;diff=126898"/>
		<updated>2019-10-25T19:25:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Author|Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{AlternateSpellings|padārthāh, padārtha, padartha, elements, elements in nyaya}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya darśanaṃ is one among the six traditional philosophies, which consider the vēdaḥ as the unchallenged source of knowledge. That is why it is considered to be one among āstika darśanaṃ. As all the philosophies have their own way to understand the world. Sorrow(It is also called as duḥkhaṃ in Sanskrit.) is stated as the main problem faced by mankind and liberation from it is the main goal of our life. To attain this goal, the true knowledge of all the elements is very primary. These elements are sixteen in number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;pramāṇa- pramēya- samśaya- prayōjana- dṛṣṭānta-sidhdhanta-avayava-tarka-nirṇaya-vāda-jalpa-vitaṇḍā-hētvābhāsa-chala-jāti-nigrahasthānām tatvajñānānniśrēyasādhigamaḥ.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.1&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the first sutra of nyāya sūtraṃ which states that the true knowledge of the sixteen elements or padārthāḥ leads to niśrēyasa or the mōkṣhaḥ(Destruction of the final sorrow is mōkṣhaḥ according to nyāya.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Sixteen elements of Nyāya==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These sixteen elements of nyāya are: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Pramānaṃ - It is the means of valid knowledge.&lt;br /&gt;
# Prameyaḥ - It means the object of right knowledge. &lt;br /&gt;
# Saṃśayaḥ - It means doubt. &lt;br /&gt;
# Prayojanaṃ - It means the motive.&lt;br /&gt;
# Dṛṣṭāntaḥ - It means the illustrations.&lt;br /&gt;
# Siddhāntaḥ - It means the demonstrated truth. &lt;br /&gt;
# Avayavaḥ - It means the factors of reasoning and syllogism. &lt;br /&gt;
# Tarkaḥ - It means reasoning and confutation.&lt;br /&gt;
# Nirṇayaḥ - It means discernment. &lt;br /&gt;
# Vādaḥ - It means discussion. &lt;br /&gt;
# Jalpaḥ - It means disputation.&lt;br /&gt;
# Vitaṇḍā - It means cavil or objection.&lt;br /&gt;
# Hetvābhāsaḥ - It means fallacious reasoning. &lt;br /&gt;
# Chalaḥ - It means casuistry or unfair reasoning.&lt;br /&gt;
# Jātiḥ - It means futile rejoinder. &lt;br /&gt;
# Nigraha-sthānaṃ - It means clinchers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pramānaṃ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Pratyakha- anumāna-  upamāna- śabdāḥ pramāṇāni&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.3&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pramā is nothing but valid knowledge. The source of that is pramānaṃ. Valid knowledge is that which reveals a thing as it actually is. It can be identified as valid knowledge when it is corresponding to the actual nature of the object as it is. We can also know that it is valid when we successfully obtain the object stated.(Like when we know that there is a cow by seeing, we can conclude that it is a valid knowledge only after when we really obtain it)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Nyāya tradition, there are four pramāṇās namely:&lt;br /&gt;
# Pratyakhaṃ&lt;br /&gt;
# Anumānaṃ&lt;br /&gt;
# Upamānaṃ&lt;br /&gt;
# Śabdāḥ&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(For further details click this link:[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Pramana_(Nyaya)])&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prameya==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Ātmā- śarīra-indriya-artha-budhdhi- manaḥ-pravṛtti-dōṣa-prētyabhāva-phala-duḥkhāpavargāstu pramēyaṃ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.9&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After defining pramāṇāni, Gautama further defines pramēya, as an object of valid knowledge. It is classified into twelve types:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Ātmā - It is denoted by self.&lt;br /&gt;
# Śarīraṃ - It is represented by body.&lt;br /&gt;
# Indriyaṃ - It is called as senses. &lt;br /&gt;
# Arthaḥ - It is known as experiences.&lt;br /&gt;
# Buddhiḥ - It is denoted as intelligence.&lt;br /&gt;
# Manaḥ - It is known as intellect.&lt;br /&gt;
# Pravṛttiḥ - It is defined as activity.&lt;br /&gt;
# Doṣaḥ - It is known as imbalances.&lt;br /&gt;
# Prētyabhāvaḥ - It is called as re-birth.&lt;br /&gt;
# Phalaṃ - It is known as consequences. &lt;br /&gt;
# Duḥkhaṃ - It is called as suffering.&lt;br /&gt;
# Apavargaḥ - It is defined as liberation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many things that might be concerned as the topics of accurate knowledge, but these 12 are especially significant because the true knowledge about them will dispel all the delusions and lead to freedom from sufferings; while false knowledge concerning these topics perpetuates rebirth and suffering. Nyāya only establishes these principles on a rational basis but does not attempt to dilate upon them. It even does not attempt to explain all that is known about these several topics which is left to analyze by the more speculative systems of other philosophies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For further details click this link: [[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Prameya]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saṃśayaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Samānānēkadharmōpapattēḥ vipratipattēḥ upalabdhi- anupalabdhi- avyavasthātaśca viśēṣāpēkṣaḥ vimarśaḥ saṃśayaḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.23&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Doubt must not be confused with an error or false knowledge. Doubt is just the incomplete knowledge which forms the platform for further investigations. False knowledge or error may produce an erroneous conviction which demotivates the mind by removing all the desires for further knowledge or even entertaining viable alternatives. Error is defined as “the knowledge which does not lead to any successful action”. For example, it is impossible to fulfil the expectations created by hallucinations. Doubt has parts in it, which are opposite to each other. Either of it is an error or false knowledge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Causes of Saṃśaya=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A conflicting judgment about the precise character of an object arises from the below mentioned four different arguments:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Display of properties common to many objects&lt;br /&gt;
# Characteristics not common to any objects&lt;br /&gt;
# Conflicting testimony&lt;br /&gt;
# Irregularity of perception and non-perception&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Types of Saṃśaya===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ideal world of thought must correspond to the outer reality in order to be considered true. The rules and methodology of nyāya are to be applied when doubt arises which necessitates needing to examine reality for confirmation or clarification of the truth. There are four kinds of doubt:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Perception of common properties or failure to perceive the difference - It can be explained when in the dark a lamp-post may be mistaken for a person, or a coiled rope can be mistaken for a snake.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Conflicting testimony of witnesses or news reports or differing opinions on the same subject by two or more people.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Irregularity of perception - This concept is demonstrated when one is unable to determine whether water is perceived when it is seen in a pond where it actually exists or when it is seen in a mirage where it really does not exist. This possibility arises when on hearing the rustle of leaves in the bush there arises a doubt whether it is due to leaves or it could even be an animal or a human.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Irregularity of non-perception - This is exemplified when one is unable to believe that something exists because it was never perceived through an object or thing with qualities as described. It also cannot be perceived through the inability to believe that such a thing exists like a kangaroo which is believed to be a big jumping rat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prayojanaṃ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Yaṃ arthaṃ adhikṛtya pravartatē tat prayōjanaṃ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.24&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prayojanam is a desire which impels one to act. Purpose serves as the motive behind all the action done to attain something pleasurable or to avoid something undesirable. Until there is a purpose, there can be no successful action; therefore, a wise person never engages in any kind of purposeless actions. It is also the purpose or motive which determines if an act is morally right or wrong. No act should be deduced as good or bad, it is the intention with which it is done that determines its moral character. Therefore sincere spiritual aspirants should always examine and reflect upon our motives and clarify the intent of actions performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dṛṣṭāntaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Laukikaparīkṣakāṇāṃ yasminnarthē budhdhisāmyaṃ saḥ dṛṣṭāntaḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.25&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When an expert and layman are of the same opinion this happens. It is also known as the familiar example which is a common observation of both common folk and experts. Both the scientists and laymen accepts the general proposition that whenever there is rain there must be clouds. This type of example can be used in the process of reasoning from the known to the unknown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Siddhāntaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Tantrādhikaraṇābhyupagamasaṃsthitiḥ sidhdhāntaḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.26&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Siddhānta philosophy is a conclusion that is recognized as being logically proven by a certain school of philosophy. There are four kinds of Siddhāntas:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# A commonly accepted truth is a tenet which is not opposed by any school of philosophy and which is claimed by at least one school; e.g. All the schools of Hindu philosophy accept earth, water, light, air and ether as the five base elements and smell, taste, color, touch and sound as the objects of the five senses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# A peculiar truth is a tenet which is accepted by the similar schools, but rejected by the opposite schools. e.g., the 3 Abrahamic schools accepts that God created the world from nothing. All schools of Indian philosophy rejects this conclusion saying that something cannot come into existence out of nothing.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Ex nihilo nihilo fit&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# An implied truth is a tenet which is not explicitly declared, but are finalized on the basis of examination of the particulars concerning it. e.g., The discussion whether certain people should be allowed to vote implies that those people are capable of understanding and making political decisions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# A consequential truth is a tenet which if accepted, leads to the acceptance of another tenet for e.g., the acceptance of the doctrine that there is a Self which is separate from the 5 senses, because it can recognize one and the same object by seeing and touching both. Hence it implies the following mentioned possibilities:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Senses are more than one.&lt;br /&gt;
* Each of the senses has its particular characteristic.&lt;br /&gt;
* Self derives its knowledge through the channels of the senses.&lt;br /&gt;
* Substance which are distinct from its qualities is the locus of them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Avayavaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Pratijñā hētūdāharaṇōpanayanigamanāni avayavāḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.32&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Talk:Nyaya_Introduction_to_Avayava Introduction to Avayavāḥ]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tarkaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Avijñātatvē arthē kāraṇōpapattitaḥ tatvajñānārthaṃ ūhaḥ tarkaḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.40&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tarkaḥ is a process for ascertaining the real nature of a thing of whose character is not known. It is a method of arriving to the right conclusion by showing the absurdity of all the contrary ideas. Tarka is a method of attaining knowledge of the truth about an unknown or uncertain thing by comparing and then gradually eliminating all the competing suppositions; E.g. Is the Self a product or a non-Product? If the Self is a non-product, it will experience the result of its action and on the eradication of the causes of re-birth, will be released; therefore, re-birth and release are indeed possible. If it is a product, these chances would not be possible, because the Self&#039;s connection with the body, mind and senses will not be the result and experience of its own action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The phenomenon of re-birth and release is very well known and established; therefore, the Self must be a non-product. This form of reasoning is also called as Confutation. This is not a method which ascertains, determines and verifies that the Self is a particular thing and nothing else. It simply eliminates all other contesting theories to the supposition it supports; after which truth is established through the application of other means of accurate knowledge. Hence, confutation is considered to be a supporting technique and is therefore mentioned separately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nirṇayaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Vimṛśya pakṣapratipakṣābhyāṃ arthāvadhāraṇaṃ nirṇyaḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.41&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The removal of doubts and the resolution of a dispute by examining two opposite views is called as nirṇayaḥ. Dialectic is in the form of a dialogue between two people who may hold differing views, yet wish to establish the truth by seeking agreement with one another. This is in contrast to debate in which two or more people hold differing views and wish to persuade or prove one another wrong and thus a jury or judge is needed to decide the matter. The sequence of investigation is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* First impression&lt;br /&gt;
* Doubt arises&lt;br /&gt;
* Examining the opposite view&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It is called as pūrva pakṣa.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Application of logic&lt;br /&gt;
* Determination of the controversy&lt;br /&gt;
* Ascertainment of Truth&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It is called as nirṇaya.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Doubt is the result of first impression and gives impetus to investigation in order to ascertain the truth.  “Ascertainment” is unnecessary in the case of direct perception or the verbal testimony of a trustworthy authority. But one must be convinced of the authority being trustworthy. In other words, everything should be questioned and not accepted simply because the person holds a degree or title. One must test that individual and once the authenticity is assured then only one can accept the statements without further investigation. Endlessly questioning for the sake of questioning is also not useful for coming to the accurate conclusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vādaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Pramāṇa tarkasādhanōpālaṃbhaḥ sidhdāntāvirudhdaḥ paṃcāvayavōpapannaḥ pakṣapratipakṣa parigrahaḥ vādaḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.1&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A dialogue in which one adopts one of two opposing positions is called as vādaḥ. The purpose of discussion is to come to the truth of the proposition under consideration. This may be achieved by talking about the topic with anyone who is a sincere seeker of truth. In vāda it is not necessary to establish one&#039;s own thesis, it is enough to submit one&#039;s views for examination in order to ascertain the truth. The discussion does not necessarily have to take into consideration the opposite opinion; it is enough to put any proposition to logical reasoning. The usual procedure is to maintain the thesis by means of right knowledge and to counter-thesis by the means of tarka.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jalpaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Yathōktōpapannaḥ chalajātinigrahasthānōpālaṃbhaḥ jalpaḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.2&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A vigorous verbal disputation directed to gain victory in it is called as jalpaḥ. The sole purpose of engaging in a polemic is simply to gain victory over the other party. There’s no desire to either gain further knowledge or to establish one’s own position. Therefore, one can employ any device of debate in order to win. These devices are usually of a negative character, such as attacking the opponent’s character,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It is called as argumentum ad hominem.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; quibbling, advancing futile arguments, behave with absurdity, evading the issue, focusing on examples or metaphors rather than on the actual argument itself etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vitaṇḍā==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Sa pratipakṣa sthāpanāhīnaḥ vitaṇḍā&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.3&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A kind of wrangling, which consists in mere attacks on the opposite side is called as vitaṇḍā. In cavil there is no desire to establish any proposition. The only interest is to heckle the speaker by carping and offering frivolous objections. Polemics and caviling, which are considered as forms of discussion, may be used by an aspirant of truth only as means of protecting one&#039;s young and fragile knowledge which has not yet matured to a full blossomed conviction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One may occasionally encounter objectionable people, who devoid of true knowledge, are puffed up with their academic achievements or are deluded by their own erroneous convictions. These people may try to impose their views and beliefs on others. Under such circumstances the student is urged to make use of these argumentative devices in order to safeguard the development of knowledge in the same way that nature uses thorns on some plants to safeguard the growth of its fruit. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If one’s philosophy or belief system is under attack then one may also employ these negative means for self-defense. One should never gratuitously criticize or attack anyone else’s belief system, ideology or way of life if that person is keeping to themselves. When a person tries to impose their views on others then defense is required. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Hetvābhāsaḥ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;savyabhicāra virudhda prakaraṇasama sādhyasama kālātītā hētvābhāsāḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.4&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For further details click here: [[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Hetvabhasa]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chalaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;vacanavighātō arthavikalpōpapatyā chalaṃ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.10&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The opposition offered to a proposition by the assumption of an alternative meaning is called as chalaḥ. Casuistry is classified into three types:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Vacas - It is called as playing upon words. This consists of willfully taking a term to mean something different from that intended by the speaker; e.g., taking the word &#039;quadruped&#039; to mean four-legged table instead of an animal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Sāmānyas - It means generalizations. This consists of asserting the impossibility of a particular part because of the impossibility of the whole; e.g., to deny that a particular cow is black because all cows are not black.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Upacārās - It is denoted by metaphors. This consists of invalidating a word used in a particular context by taking it literally when it was used metaphorically; e.g., the ‘House cheered’ means that the people in the house cheered and not the physical structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jātiḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Sādharmya vaidharmyābhāṃ pratyavasthānaṃ jātiḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.18&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Offering objections founded on mere similarity or dissimilarity is called as jātiḥ. The reply is said to be futile if it does not take into consideration the universal connection between the middle term and the major term. Mere similarity or dissimilarity is not sufficient. There are twenty-four kinds of futility which display equality of the arguments of two sides so that neither side can win the argument.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nigraha-sthānaṃ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Vipratipattirapratipattiśca nigrahasthānaṃ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.2.19&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When we do not understand or misunderstand the arguments stated by the opponent we eventually lose the debate. There is no purpose in entering into a debate if one is ignorant about the subject being investigated. Demonstrating ignorance or misunderstanding of the subject under discussion and attaining defeat in a debate is the last element in nyāya darśanaṃ, which is called nigrahasthānaṃ. Here the term &#039;nigrahasthānaṃ&#039; means attaining defeat in a debate. The means for that defeat are shown as Vipratipattiḥ(viparītā vā kutsitā vā pratipattiḥ) and  Apratipattiḥ. &#039;Vipratipattiḥ&#039; is a situation in which one misunderstands and &#039;Apratipattiḥ&#039; is a situation in which does not understand at all.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
{{reflist}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Sixteen_elements_of_Ny%C4%81ya&amp;diff=126897</id>
		<title>Sixteen elements of Nyāya</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Sixteen_elements_of_Ny%C4%81ya&amp;diff=126897"/>
		<updated>2019-10-25T19:08:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana: /* Pramānaṃ */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Author|Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{AlternateSpellings|padārthāh, padārtha, padartha, elements, elements in nyaya}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya darśanaṃ is one among the six traditional philosophies, which consider the vēdaḥ as the unchallenged source of knowledge. That is why it is considered to be one among āstika darśanaṃ. As all the philosophies have their own way to understand the world. Sorrow(It is also called as duḥkhaṃ in Sanskrit.) is stated as the main problem faced by mankind and liberation from it is the main goal of our life. To attain this goal, the true knowledge of all the elements is very primary. These elements are sixteen in number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;pramāṇa- pramēya- samśaya- prayōjana- dṛṣṭānta-sidhdhanta-avayava-tarka-nirṇaya-vāda-jalpa-vitaṇḍā-hētvābhāsa-chala-jāti-nigrahasthānām tatvajñānānniśrēyasādhigamaḥ.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.1&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the first sutra of nyāya sūtraṃ which states that the true knowledge of the sixteen elements or padārthāḥ leads to niśrēyasa or the mōkṣhaḥ(Destruction of the final sorrow is mōkṣhaḥ according to nyāya.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Sixteen elements of Nyāya==&lt;br /&gt;
These sixteen elements of nyāya are as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Pramānaṃ - It is the means of valid knowledge.&lt;br /&gt;
# Prameyaḥ - It means the object of right knowledge. &lt;br /&gt;
# Saṃśayaḥ - It means doubt. &lt;br /&gt;
# Prayojanaṃ - It means the motive.&lt;br /&gt;
# Dṛṣṭāntaḥ - It means the illustrations.&lt;br /&gt;
# Siddhāntaḥ - It means the demonstrated truth. &lt;br /&gt;
# Avayavaḥ - It means the factors of reasoning and syllogism. &lt;br /&gt;
# Tarkaḥ - It means reasoning and confutation.&lt;br /&gt;
# Nirṇayaḥ - It means discernment. &lt;br /&gt;
# Vādaḥ - It means discussion. &lt;br /&gt;
# Jalpaḥ - It means disputation.&lt;br /&gt;
# Vitaṇḍā - It means cavil or objection.&lt;br /&gt;
# Hetvābhāsaḥ - It means fallacious reasoning. &lt;br /&gt;
# Chalaḥ - It means casuistry or unfair reasoning.&lt;br /&gt;
# Jātiḥ - It means futile rejoinder. &lt;br /&gt;
# Nigraha-sthānaṃ - It means clinchers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pramānaṃ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Pratyakha- anumāna-  upamāna- śabdāḥ pramāṇāni&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.3&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pramā is nothing but valid knowledge. The source of that is pramānaṃ. Valid knowledge is that which reveals a thing as it actually is. It can be identified as valid knowledge when it is corresponding to the actual nature of the object as it is. We can also know that it is valid when we successfully obtain the object stated. Valid knowledge(pramā) corresponds to the thing as it really is, and leads to successful utilization thereof. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Nyāya tradition, there are four pramāṇāni namely:&lt;br /&gt;
# Pratyakhaṃ&lt;br /&gt;
# Anumānaṃ&lt;br /&gt;
# Upamānaṃ&lt;br /&gt;
# Śabdāḥ&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(For further details click this link:[[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Pramana_(Nyaya)]])&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prameya==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Ātmā- śarīra-indriya-artha-budhdhi- manaḥ-pravṛtti-dōṣa-prētyabhāva-phala-duḥkhāpavargāstu pramēyaṃ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.9&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After defining pramāṇāni, the sūtrakāra or Gōtamaḥ further defines pramēya. An object of a valid knowledge is pramēya. It is classified into twelve parts as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Ātmā - It is denoted by self.&lt;br /&gt;
# Śarīraṃ - It is represented by body.&lt;br /&gt;
# Indriyaṃ - It is called as senses. &lt;br /&gt;
# Arthaḥ - It is known as experiences.&lt;br /&gt;
# Buddhiḥ - It is denoted as intelligence.&lt;br /&gt;
# Manaḥ - It is known as intellect.&lt;br /&gt;
# Pravṛttiḥ - It is defined as activity.&lt;br /&gt;
# Doṣaḥ - It is known as imbalances.&lt;br /&gt;
# Prētyabhāvaḥ - It is called as re-birth.&lt;br /&gt;
# Phalaṃ - It is known as consequences. &lt;br /&gt;
# Duḥkhaṃ - It is called as suffering.&lt;br /&gt;
# Apavargaḥ - It is defined as liberation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many things that might be concerned as the topics of accurate knowledge, but these 12 are especially significant because the true knowledge about them will dispel all the delusions and lead to freedom from sufferings; while false knowledge concerning these topics perpetuates rebirth and suffering. Nyāya only establishes these principles on a rational basis but does not attempt to dilate upon them. It even does not attempt to explain all that is known about these several topics which is left to analyze by the more speculative systems of other philosophies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For further details click this link: [[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Prameya]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saṃśayaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Samānānēkadharmōpapattēḥ vipratipattēḥ upalabdhi- anupalabdhi- avyavasthātaśca viśēṣāpēkṣaḥ vimarśaḥ saṃśayaḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.23&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Doubt must not be confused with an error or false knowledge. Doubt is just the incomplete knowledge which forms the platform for further investigations. False knowledge or error may produce an erroneous conviction which demotivates the mind by removing all the desires for further knowledge or even entertaining viable alternatives. Error is defined as “the knowledge which does not lead to any successful action”. For example, it is impossible to fulfil the expectations created by hallucinations. Doubt has parts in it, which are opposite to each other. Either of it is an error or false knowledge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Causes of Saṃśaya=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A conflicting judgment about the precise character of an object arises from the below mentioned four different arguments:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Display of properties common to many objects&lt;br /&gt;
# Characteristics not common to any objects&lt;br /&gt;
# Conflicting testimony&lt;br /&gt;
# Irregularity of perception and non-perception&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Types of Saṃśaya===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ideal world of thought must correspond to the outer reality in order to be considered true. The rules and methodology of nyāya are to be applied when doubt arises which necessitates needing to examine reality for confirmation or clarification of the truth. There are four kinds of doubt:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Perception of common properties or failure to perceive the difference - It can be explained when in the dark a lamp-post may be mistaken for a person, or a coiled rope can be mistaken for a snake.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Conflicting testimony of witnesses or news reports or differing opinions on the same subject by two or more people.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Irregularity of perception - This concept is demonstrated when one is unable to determine whether water is perceived when it is seen in a pond where it actually exists or when it is seen in a mirage where it really does not exist. This possibility arises when on hearing the rustle of leaves in the bush there arises a doubt whether it is due to leaves or it could even be an animal or a human.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Irregularity of non-perception - This is exemplified when one is unable to believe that something exists because it was never perceived through an object or thing with qualities as described. It also cannot be perceived through the inability to believe that such a thing exists like a kangaroo which is believed to be a big jumping rat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prayojanaṃ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Yaṃ arthaṃ adhikṛtya pravartatē tat prayōjanaṃ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.24&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prayojanam is a desire which impels one to act. Purpose serves as the motive behind all the action done to attain something pleasurable or to avoid something undesirable. Until there is a purpose, there can be no successful action; therefore, a wise person never engages in any kind of purposeless actions. It is also the purpose or motive which determines if an act is morally right or wrong. No act should be deduced as good or bad, it is the intention with which it is done that determines its moral character. Therefore sincere spiritual aspirants should always examine and reflect upon our motives and clarify the intent of actions performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dṛṣṭāntaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Laukikaparīkṣakāṇāṃ yasminnarthē budhdhisāmyaṃ saḥ dṛṣṭāntaḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.25&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When an expert and layman are of the same opinion this happens. It is also known as the familiar example which is a common observation of both common folk and experts. Both the scientists and laymen accepts the general proposition that whenever there is rain there must be clouds. This type of example can be used in the process of reasoning from the known to the unknown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Siddhāntaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Tantrādhikaraṇābhyupagamasaṃsthitiḥ sidhdhāntaḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.26&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Siddhānta philosophy is a conclusion that is recognized as being logically proven by a certain school of philosophy. There are four kinds of Siddhāntas:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# A commonly accepted truth is a tenet which is not opposed by any school of philosophy and which is claimed by at least one school; e.g. All the schools of Hindu philosophy accept earth, water, light, air and ether as the five base elements and smell, taste, color, touch and sound as the objects of the five senses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# A peculiar truth is a tenet which is accepted by the similar schools, but rejected by the opposite schools. e.g., the 3 Abrahamic schools accepts that God created the world from nothing. All schools of Indian philosophy rejects this conclusion saying that something cannot come into existence out of nothing.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Ex nihilo nihilo fit&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# An implied truth is a tenet which is not explicitly declared, but are finalized on the basis of examination of the particulars concerning it. e.g., The discussion whether certain people should be allowed to vote implies that those people are capable of understanding and making political decisions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# A consequential truth is a tenet which if accepted, leads to the acceptance of another tenet for e.g., the acceptance of the doctrine that there is a Self which is separate from the 5 senses, because it can recognize one and the same object by seeing and touching both. Hence it implies the following mentioned possibilities:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Senses are more than one.&lt;br /&gt;
* Each of the senses has its particular characteristic.&lt;br /&gt;
* Self derives its knowledge through the channels of the senses.&lt;br /&gt;
* Substance which are distinct from its qualities is the locus of them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Avayavaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Pratijñā hētūdāharaṇōpanayanigamanāni avayavāḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.32&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Talk:Nyaya_Introduction_to_Avayava Introduction to Avayavāḥ]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tarkaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Avijñātatvē arthē kāraṇōpapattitaḥ tatvajñānārthaṃ ūhaḥ tarkaḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.40&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tarkaḥ is a process for ascertaining the real nature of a thing of whose character is not known. It is a method of arriving to the right conclusion by showing the absurdity of all the contrary ideas. Tarka is a method of attaining knowledge of the truth about an unknown or uncertain thing by comparing and then gradually eliminating all the competing suppositions; E.g. Is the Self a product or a non-Product? If the Self is a non-product, it will experience the result of its action and on the eradication of the causes of re-birth, will be released; therefore, re-birth and release are indeed possible. If it is a product, these chances would not be possible, because the Self&#039;s connection with the body, mind and senses will not be the result and experience of its own action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The phenomenon of re-birth and release is very well known and established; therefore, the Self must be a non-product. This form of reasoning is also called as Confutation. This is not a method which ascertains, determines and verifies that the Self is a particular thing and nothing else. It simply eliminates all other contesting theories to the supposition it supports; after which truth is established through the application of other means of accurate knowledge. Hence, confutation is considered to be a supporting technique and is therefore mentioned separately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nirṇayaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Vimṛśya pakṣapratipakṣābhyāṃ arthāvadhāraṇaṃ nirṇyaḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.41&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The removal of doubts and the resolution of a dispute by examining two opposite views is called as nirṇayaḥ. Dialectic is in the form of a dialogue between two people who may hold differing views, yet wish to establish the truth by seeking agreement with one another. This is in contrast to debate in which two or more people hold differing views and wish to persuade or prove one another wrong and thus a jury or judge is needed to decide the matter. The sequence of investigation is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* First impression&lt;br /&gt;
* Doubt arises&lt;br /&gt;
* Examining the opposite view&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It is called as pūrva pakṣa.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Application of logic&lt;br /&gt;
* Determination of the controversy&lt;br /&gt;
* Ascertainment of Truth&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It is called as nirṇaya.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Doubt is the result of first impression and gives impetus to investigation in order to ascertain the truth.  “Ascertainment” is unnecessary in the case of direct perception or the verbal testimony of a trustworthy authority. But one must be convinced of the authority being trustworthy. In other words, everything should be questioned and not accepted simply because the person holds a degree or title. One must test that individual and once the authenticity is assured then only one can accept the statements without further investigation. Endlessly questioning for the sake of questioning is also not useful for coming to the accurate conclusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vādaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Pramāṇa tarkasādhanōpālaṃbhaḥ sidhdāntāvirudhdaḥ paṃcāvayavōpapannaḥ pakṣapratipakṣa parigrahaḥ vādaḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.1&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A dialogue in which one adopts one of two opposing positions is called as vādaḥ. The purpose of discussion is to come to the truth of the proposition under consideration. This may be achieved by talking about the topic with anyone who is a sincere seeker of truth. In vāda it is not necessary to establish one&#039;s own thesis, it is enough to submit one&#039;s views for examination in order to ascertain the truth. The discussion does not necessarily have to take into consideration the opposite opinion; it is enough to put any proposition to logical reasoning. The usual procedure is to maintain the thesis by means of right knowledge and to counter-thesis by the means of tarka.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jalpaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Yathōktōpapannaḥ chalajātinigrahasthānōpālaṃbhaḥ jalpaḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.2&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A vigorous verbal disputation directed to gain victory in it is called as jalpaḥ. The sole purpose of engaging in a polemic is simply to gain victory over the other party. There’s no desire to either gain further knowledge or to establish one’s own position. Therefore, one can employ any device of debate in order to win. These devices are usually of a negative character, such as attacking the opponent’s character,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It is called as argumentum ad hominem.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; quibbling, advancing futile arguments, behave with absurdity, evading the issue, focusing on examples or metaphors rather than on the actual argument itself etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vitaṇḍā==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Sa pratipakṣa sthāpanāhīnaḥ vitaṇḍā&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.3&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A kind of wrangling, which consists in mere attacks on the opposite side is called as vitaṇḍā. In cavil there is no desire to establish any proposition. The only interest is to heckle the speaker by carping and offering frivolous objections. Polemics and caviling, which are considered as forms of discussion, may be used by an aspirant of truth only as means of protecting one&#039;s young and fragile knowledge which has not yet matured to a full blossomed conviction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One may occasionally encounter objectionable people, who devoid of true knowledge, are puffed up with their academic achievements or are deluded by their own erroneous convictions. These people may try to impose their views and beliefs on others. Under such circumstances the student is urged to make use of these argumentative devices in order to safeguard the development of knowledge in the same way that nature uses thorns on some plants to safeguard the growth of its fruit. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If one’s philosophy or belief system is under attack then one may also employ these negative means for self-defense. One should never gratuitously criticize or attack anyone else’s belief system, ideology or way of life if that person is keeping to themselves. When a person tries to impose their views on others then defense is required. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Hetvābhāsaḥ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;savyabhicāra virudhda prakaraṇasama sādhyasama kālātītā hētvābhāsāḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.4&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For further details click here: [[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Hetvabhasa]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chalaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;vacanavighātō arthavikalpōpapatyā chalaṃ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.10&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The opposition offered to a proposition by the assumption of an alternative meaning is called as chalaḥ. Casuistry is classified into three types:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Vacas - It is called as playing upon words. This consists of willfully taking a term to mean something different from that intended by the speaker; e.g., taking the word &#039;quadruped&#039; to mean four-legged table instead of an animal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Sāmānyas - It means generalizations. This consists of asserting the impossibility of a particular part because of the impossibility of the whole; e.g., to deny that a particular cow is black because all cows are not black.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Upacārās - It is denoted by metaphors. This consists of invalidating a word used in a particular context by taking it literally when it was used metaphorically; e.g., the ‘House cheered’ means that the people in the house cheered and not the physical structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jātiḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Sādharmya vaidharmyābhāṃ pratyavasthānaṃ jātiḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.18&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Offering objections founded on mere similarity or dissimilarity is called as jātiḥ. The reply is said to be futile if it does not take into consideration the universal connection between the middle term and the major term. Mere similarity or dissimilarity is not sufficient. There are twenty-four kinds of futility which display equality of the arguments of two sides so that neither side can win the argument.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nigraha-sthānaṃ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Vipratipattirapratipattiśca nigrahasthānaṃ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.2.19&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When we do not understand or misunderstand the arguments stated by the opponent we eventually lose the debate. There is no purpose in entering into a debate if one is ignorant about the subject being investigated. Demonstrating ignorance or misunderstanding of the subject under discussion and attaining defeat in a debate is the last element in nyāya darśanaṃ, which is called nigrahasthānaṃ. Here the term &#039;nigrahasthānaṃ&#039; means attaining defeat in a debate. The means for that defeat are shown as Vipratipattiḥ(viparītā vā kutsitā vā pratipattiḥ) and  Apratipattiḥ. &#039;Vipratipattiḥ&#039; is a situation in which one misunderstands and &#039;Apratipattiḥ&#039; is a situation in which does not understand at all.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
{{reflist}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Sixteen_elements_of_Ny%C4%81ya&amp;diff=126896</id>
		<title>Sixteen elements of Nyāya</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Sixteen_elements_of_Ny%C4%81ya&amp;diff=126896"/>
		<updated>2019-10-25T19:03:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Author|Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{AlternateSpellings|padārthāh, padārtha, padartha, elements, elements in nyaya}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya darśanaṃ is one among the six traditional philosophies, which consider the vēdaḥ as the unchallenged source of knowledge. That is why it is considered to be one among āstika darśanaṃ. As all the philosophies have their own way to understand the world. Sorrow(It is also called as duḥkhaṃ in Sanskrit.) is stated as the main problem faced by mankind and liberation from it is the main goal of our life. To attain this goal, the true knowledge of all the elements is very primary. These elements are sixteen in number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;pramāṇa- pramēya- samśaya- prayōjana- dṛṣṭānta-sidhdhanta-avayava-tarka-nirṇaya-vāda-jalpa-vitaṇḍā-hētvābhāsa-chala-jāti-nigrahasthānām tatvajñānānniśrēyasādhigamaḥ.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.1&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the first sutra of nyāya sūtraṃ which states that the true knowledge of the sixteen elements or padārthāḥ leads to niśrēyasa or the mōkṣhaḥ(Destruction of the final sorrow is mōkṣhaḥ according to nyāya.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Sixteen elements of Nyāya==&lt;br /&gt;
These sixteen elements of nyāya are as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Pramānaṃ - It is the means of valid knowledge.&lt;br /&gt;
# Prameyaḥ - It means the object of right knowledge. &lt;br /&gt;
# Saṃśayaḥ - It means doubt. &lt;br /&gt;
# Prayojanaṃ - It means the motive.&lt;br /&gt;
# Dṛṣṭāntaḥ - It means the illustrations.&lt;br /&gt;
# Siddhāntaḥ - It means the demonstrated truth. &lt;br /&gt;
# Avayavaḥ - It means the factors of reasoning and syllogism. &lt;br /&gt;
# Tarkaḥ - It means reasoning and confutation.&lt;br /&gt;
# Nirṇayaḥ - It means discernment. &lt;br /&gt;
# Vādaḥ - It means discussion. &lt;br /&gt;
# Jalpaḥ - It means disputation.&lt;br /&gt;
# Vitaṇḍā - It means cavil or objection.&lt;br /&gt;
# Hetvābhāsaḥ - It means fallacious reasoning. &lt;br /&gt;
# Chalaḥ - It means casuistry or unfair reasoning.&lt;br /&gt;
# Jātiḥ - It means futile rejoinder. &lt;br /&gt;
# Nigraha-sthānaṃ - It means clinchers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pramānaṃ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Pratyakha- anumāna-  upamāna- śabdāḥ pramāṇāni&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.3&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pramā is nothing but valid knowledge. The source of that is pramānaṃ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It is denoted in the quote &amp;quot;pramā karaṇaṃ pramāṇaṃ&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. Valid knowledge&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It is denoted in the quote &amp;quot;yathāvasthita vyavahārāṇuguṇa jñānam pramā&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; is that which reveals a thing as it actually is. It can be identified as valid knowledge when it is corresponding to the actual nature of the object as it is.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It is denoted in the quote &amp;quot;tadvati-tat-prakāraka-anubhavaḥ&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; We can also know that it is valid when we successfully obtain the object stated.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;pravṛtti-samārthya&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;Valid knowledge/ pramā corresponds to the thing as it really is, and leads to successful utilization thereof. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Nyāya tradition, there are four pramāṇāni namely:&lt;br /&gt;
# Pratyakhaṃ&lt;br /&gt;
# Anumānaṃ&lt;br /&gt;
# Upamānaṃ&lt;br /&gt;
# Śabdāḥ&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(For further details click this link:[[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Pramana_(Nyaya)]])&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prameya==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Ātmā- śarīra-indriya-artha-budhdhi- manaḥ-pravṛtti-dōṣa-prētyabhāva-phala-duḥkhāpavargāstu pramēyaṃ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.9&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After defining pramāṇāni, the sūtrakāra or Gōtamaḥ further defines pramēya. An object of a valid knowledge is pramēya. It is classified into twelve parts as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Ātmā - It is denoted by self.&lt;br /&gt;
# Śarīraṃ - It is represented by body.&lt;br /&gt;
# Indriyaṃ - It is called as senses. &lt;br /&gt;
# Arthaḥ - It is known as experiences.&lt;br /&gt;
# Buddhiḥ - It is denoted as intelligence.&lt;br /&gt;
# Manaḥ - It is known as intellect.&lt;br /&gt;
# Pravṛttiḥ - It is defined as activity.&lt;br /&gt;
# Doṣaḥ - It is known as imbalances.&lt;br /&gt;
# Prētyabhāvaḥ - It is called as re-birth.&lt;br /&gt;
# Phalaṃ - It is known as consequences. &lt;br /&gt;
# Duḥkhaṃ - It is called as suffering.&lt;br /&gt;
# Apavargaḥ - It is defined as liberation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many things that might be concerned as the topics of accurate knowledge, but these 12 are especially significant because the true knowledge about them will dispel all the delusions and lead to freedom from sufferings; while false knowledge concerning these topics perpetuates rebirth and suffering. Nyāya only establishes these principles on a rational basis but does not attempt to dilate upon them. It even does not attempt to explain all that is known about these several topics which is left to analyze by the more speculative systems of other philosophies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For further details click this link: [[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Prameya]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saṃśayaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Samānānēkadharmōpapattēḥ vipratipattēḥ upalabdhi- anupalabdhi- avyavasthātaśca viśēṣāpēkṣaḥ vimarśaḥ saṃśayaḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.23&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Doubt must not be confused with an error or false knowledge. Doubt is just the incomplete knowledge which forms the platform for further investigations. False knowledge or error may produce an erroneous conviction which demotivates the mind by removing all the desires for further knowledge or even entertaining viable alternatives. Error is defined as “the knowledge which does not lead to any successful action”. For example, it is impossible to fulfil the expectations created by hallucinations. Doubt has parts in it, which are opposite to each other. Either of it is an error or false knowledge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Causes of Saṃśaya=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A conflicting judgment about the precise character of an object arises from the below mentioned four different arguments:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Display of properties common to many objects&lt;br /&gt;
# Characteristics not common to any objects&lt;br /&gt;
# Conflicting testimony&lt;br /&gt;
# Irregularity of perception and non-perception&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Types of Saṃśaya===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ideal world of thought must correspond to the outer reality in order to be considered true. The rules and methodology of nyāya are to be applied when doubt arises which necessitates needing to examine reality for confirmation or clarification of the truth. There are four kinds of doubt:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Perception of common properties or failure to perceive the difference - It can be explained when in the dark a lamp-post may be mistaken for a person, or a coiled rope can be mistaken for a snake.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Conflicting testimony of witnesses or news reports or differing opinions on the same subject by two or more people.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Irregularity of perception - This concept is demonstrated when one is unable to determine whether water is perceived when it is seen in a pond where it actually exists or when it is seen in a mirage where it really does not exist. This possibility arises when on hearing the rustle of leaves in the bush there arises a doubt whether it is due to leaves or it could even be an animal or a human.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Irregularity of non-perception - This is exemplified when one is unable to believe that something exists because it was never perceived through an object or thing with qualities as described. It also cannot be perceived through the inability to believe that such a thing exists like a kangaroo which is believed to be a big jumping rat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prayojanaṃ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Yaṃ arthaṃ adhikṛtya pravartatē tat prayōjanaṃ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.24&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prayojanam is a desire which impels one to act. Purpose serves as the motive behind all the action done to attain something pleasurable or to avoid something undesirable. Until there is a purpose, there can be no successful action; therefore, a wise person never engages in any kind of purposeless actions. It is also the purpose or motive which determines if an act is morally right or wrong. No act should be deduced as good or bad, it is the intention with which it is done that determines its moral character. Therefore sincere spiritual aspirants should always examine and reflect upon our motives and clarify the intent of actions performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dṛṣṭāntaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Laukikaparīkṣakāṇāṃ yasminnarthē budhdhisāmyaṃ saḥ dṛṣṭāntaḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.25&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When an expert and layman are of the same opinion this happens. It is also known as the familiar example which is a common observation of both common folk and experts. Both the scientists and laymen accepts the general proposition that whenever there is rain there must be clouds. This type of example can be used in the process of reasoning from the known to the unknown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Siddhāntaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Tantrādhikaraṇābhyupagamasaṃsthitiḥ sidhdhāntaḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.26&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Siddhānta philosophy is a conclusion that is recognized as being logically proven by a certain school of philosophy. There are four kinds of Siddhāntas:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# A commonly accepted truth is a tenet which is not opposed by any school of philosophy and which is claimed by at least one school; e.g. All the schools of Hindu philosophy accept earth, water, light, air and ether as the five base elements and smell, taste, color, touch and sound as the objects of the five senses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# A peculiar truth is a tenet which is accepted by the similar schools, but rejected by the opposite schools. e.g., the 3 Abrahamic schools accepts that God created the world from nothing. All schools of Indian philosophy rejects this conclusion saying that something cannot come into existence out of nothing.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Ex nihilo nihilo fit&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# An implied truth is a tenet which is not explicitly declared, but are finalized on the basis of examination of the particulars concerning it. e.g., The discussion whether certain people should be allowed to vote implies that those people are capable of understanding and making political decisions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# A consequential truth is a tenet which if accepted, leads to the acceptance of another tenet for e.g., the acceptance of the doctrine that there is a Self which is separate from the 5 senses, because it can recognize one and the same object by seeing and touching both. Hence it implies the following mentioned possibilities:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Senses are more than one.&lt;br /&gt;
* Each of the senses has its particular characteristic.&lt;br /&gt;
* Self derives its knowledge through the channels of the senses.&lt;br /&gt;
* Substance which are distinct from its qualities is the locus of them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Avayavaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Pratijñā hētūdāharaṇōpanayanigamanāni avayavāḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.32&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Talk:Nyaya_Introduction_to_Avayava Introduction to Avayavāḥ]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tarkaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Avijñātatvē arthē kāraṇōpapattitaḥ tatvajñānārthaṃ ūhaḥ tarkaḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.40&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tarkaḥ is a process for ascertaining the real nature of a thing of whose character is not known. It is a method of arriving to the right conclusion by showing the absurdity of all the contrary ideas. Tarka is a method of attaining knowledge of the truth about an unknown or uncertain thing by comparing and then gradually eliminating all the competing suppositions; E.g. Is the Self a product or a non-Product? If the Self is a non-product, it will experience the result of its action and on the eradication of the causes of re-birth, will be released; therefore, re-birth and release are indeed possible. If it is a product, these chances would not be possible, because the Self&#039;s connection with the body, mind and senses will not be the result and experience of its own action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The phenomenon of re-birth and release is very well known and established; therefore, the Self must be a non-product. This form of reasoning is also called as Confutation. This is not a method which ascertains, determines and verifies that the Self is a particular thing and nothing else. It simply eliminates all other contesting theories to the supposition it supports; after which truth is established through the application of other means of accurate knowledge. Hence, confutation is considered to be a supporting technique and is therefore mentioned separately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nirṇayaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Vimṛśya pakṣapratipakṣābhyāṃ arthāvadhāraṇaṃ nirṇyaḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.41&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The removal of doubts and the resolution of a dispute by examining two opposite views is called as nirṇayaḥ. Dialectic is in the form of a dialogue between two people who may hold differing views, yet wish to establish the truth by seeking agreement with one another. This is in contrast to debate in which two or more people hold differing views and wish to persuade or prove one another wrong and thus a jury or judge is needed to decide the matter. The sequence of investigation is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* First impression&lt;br /&gt;
* Doubt arises&lt;br /&gt;
* Examining the opposite view&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It is called as pūrva pakṣa.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Application of logic&lt;br /&gt;
* Determination of the controversy&lt;br /&gt;
* Ascertainment of Truth&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It is called as nirṇaya.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Doubt is the result of first impression and gives impetus to investigation in order to ascertain the truth.  “Ascertainment” is unnecessary in the case of direct perception or the verbal testimony of a trustworthy authority. But one must be convinced of the authority being trustworthy. In other words, everything should be questioned and not accepted simply because the person holds a degree or title. One must test that individual and once the authenticity is assured then only one can accept the statements without further investigation. Endlessly questioning for the sake of questioning is also not useful for coming to the accurate conclusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vādaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Pramāṇa tarkasādhanōpālaṃbhaḥ sidhdāntāvirudhdaḥ paṃcāvayavōpapannaḥ pakṣapratipakṣa parigrahaḥ vādaḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.1&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A dialogue in which one adopts one of two opposing positions is called as vādaḥ. The purpose of discussion is to come to the truth of the proposition under consideration. This may be achieved by talking about the topic with anyone who is a sincere seeker of truth. In vāda it is not necessary to establish one&#039;s own thesis, it is enough to submit one&#039;s views for examination in order to ascertain the truth. The discussion does not necessarily have to take into consideration the opposite opinion; it is enough to put any proposition to logical reasoning. The usual procedure is to maintain the thesis by means of right knowledge and to counter-thesis by the means of tarka.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jalpaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Yathōktōpapannaḥ chalajātinigrahasthānōpālaṃbhaḥ jalpaḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.2&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A vigorous verbal disputation directed to gain victory in it is called as jalpaḥ. The sole purpose of engaging in a polemic is simply to gain victory over the other party. There’s no desire to either gain further knowledge or to establish one’s own position. Therefore, one can employ any device of debate in order to win. These devices are usually of a negative character, such as attacking the opponent’s character,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It is called as argumentum ad hominem.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; quibbling, advancing futile arguments, behave with absurdity, evading the issue, focusing on examples or metaphors rather than on the actual argument itself etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vitaṇḍā==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Sa pratipakṣa sthāpanāhīnaḥ vitaṇḍā&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.3&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A kind of wrangling, which consists in mere attacks on the opposite side is called as vitaṇḍā. In cavil there is no desire to establish any proposition. The only interest is to heckle the speaker by carping and offering frivolous objections. Polemics and caviling, which are considered as forms of discussion, may be used by an aspirant of truth only as means of protecting one&#039;s young and fragile knowledge which has not yet matured to a full blossomed conviction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One may occasionally encounter objectionable people, who devoid of true knowledge, are puffed up with their academic achievements or are deluded by their own erroneous convictions. These people may try to impose their views and beliefs on others. Under such circumstances the student is urged to make use of these argumentative devices in order to safeguard the development of knowledge in the same way that nature uses thorns on some plants to safeguard the growth of its fruit. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If one’s philosophy or belief system is under attack then one may also employ these negative means for self-defense. One should never gratuitously criticize or attack anyone else’s belief system, ideology or way of life if that person is keeping to themselves. When a person tries to impose their views on others then defense is required. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Hetvābhāsaḥ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;savyabhicāra virudhda prakaraṇasama sādhyasama kālātītā hētvābhāsāḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.4&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For further details click here: [[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Hetvabhasa]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chalaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;vacanavighātō arthavikalpōpapatyā chalaṃ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.10&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The opposition offered to a proposition by the assumption of an alternative meaning is called as chalaḥ. Casuistry is classified into three types:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Vacas - It is called as playing upon words. This consists of willfully taking a term to mean something different from that intended by the speaker; e.g., taking the word &#039;quadruped&#039; to mean four-legged table instead of an animal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Sāmānyas - It means generalizations. This consists of asserting the impossibility of a particular part because of the impossibility of the whole; e.g., to deny that a particular cow is black because all cows are not black.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Upacārās - It is denoted by metaphors. This consists of invalidating a word used in a particular context by taking it literally when it was used metaphorically; e.g., the ‘House cheered’ means that the people in the house cheered and not the physical structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jātiḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Sādharmya vaidharmyābhāṃ pratyavasthānaṃ jātiḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.18&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Offering objections founded on mere similarity or dissimilarity is called as jātiḥ. The reply is said to be futile if it does not take into consideration the universal connection between the middle term and the major term. Mere similarity or dissimilarity is not sufficient. There are twenty-four kinds of futility which display equality of the arguments of two sides so that neither side can win the argument.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nigraha-sthānaṃ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Vipratipattirapratipattiśca nigrahasthānaṃ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.2.19&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When we do not understand or misunderstand the arguments stated by the opponent we eventually lose the debate. There is no purpose in entering into a debate if one is ignorant about the subject being investigated. Demonstrating ignorance or misunderstanding of the subject under discussion and attaining defeat in a debate is the last element in nyāya darśanaṃ, which is called nigrahasthānaṃ. Here the term &#039;nigrahasthānaṃ&#039; means attaining defeat in a debate. The means for that defeat are shown as Vipratipattiḥ(viparītā vā kutsitā vā pratipattiḥ) and  Apratipattiḥ. &#039;Vipratipattiḥ&#039; is a situation in which one misunderstands and &#039;Apratipattiḥ&#039; is a situation in which does not understand at all.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
{{reflist}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Sixteen_elements_of_Ny%C4%81ya&amp;diff=126895</id>
		<title>Sixteen elements of Nyāya</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Sixteen_elements_of_Ny%C4%81ya&amp;diff=126895"/>
		<updated>2019-10-25T18:53:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Author|Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{AlternateSpellings|padārthāh, padārtha, padartha, elements, elements in nyaya}}&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya darśanaṃ is one among the six traditional philosophies, which consider the vēdaḥ as the unchallenged source of knowledge. That is why it is considered to be one among āstika darśanaṃ. As all the philosophies have their own way to understand the world. Sorrow&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It is also called as duḥkhaṃ in sanskrit.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; is stated as the main problem faced by mankind and liberation from it is the main goal of our life.&amp;lt;block quote&amp;gt;&#039;Ātyantika duḥkha-nivṛttiḥ&#039;&amp;lt;/block quote&amp;gt;  To attain this goal, the true knowledge of all the elements is very primary. These elements are sixteen in number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;प्रमाणप्रमेयसंशयप्रयोजनदृष्टान्तसिद्धान्तावयवतर्कनिर्णयवादजल्पवितण्डाहेत्वाभासच्छलजातिनिग्रहस्थानानाम्तत्त्वज्ञानात्निःश्रेयसाधिगमः।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.१&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;pramāṇa- pramēya- samśaya- prayōjana- dṛṣṭānta-sidhdhanta-avayava-tarka-nirṇaya-vāda-jalpa-vitaṇḍā-hētvābhāsa-chala-jāti-nigrahasthānām tatvajñānānniśrēyasādhigamaḥ.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.1&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the first sutra of nyāya sūtraṃ which states that the true knowledge of the sixteen elements or padārthāḥ leads to niśrēyasa or the mōkṣhaḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Destruction of the final sorrow is mōkṣhaḥ according to nyāya&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Sixteen elements of Nyāya==&lt;br /&gt;
These sixteen elements of nyāya are as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Pramānaṃ - It is the means of valid knowledge.&lt;br /&gt;
# Prameyaḥ - It means the object of right knowledge. &lt;br /&gt;
# Saṃśayaḥ - It means doubt. &lt;br /&gt;
# Prayojanaṃ - It means the motive.&lt;br /&gt;
# Dṛṣṭāntaḥ - It means the illustrations.&lt;br /&gt;
# Siddhāntaḥ - It means the demonstrated truth. &lt;br /&gt;
# Avayavaḥ - It means the factors of reasoning and syllogism. &lt;br /&gt;
# Tarkaḥ - It means reasoning and confutation.&lt;br /&gt;
# Nirṇayaḥ - It means discernment. &lt;br /&gt;
# Vādaḥ - It means discussion. &lt;br /&gt;
# Jalpaḥ - It means disputation.&lt;br /&gt;
# Vitaṇḍā - It means cavil or objection.&lt;br /&gt;
# Hetvābhāsaḥ - It means fallacious reasoning. &lt;br /&gt;
# Chalaḥ - It means casuistry or unfair reasoning.&lt;br /&gt;
# Jātiḥ - It means futile rejoinder. &lt;br /&gt;
# Nigraha-sthānaṃ - It means clinchers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pramānaṃ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;प्रत्यक्षानुमानोपमानशब्दाः प्रमाणानि।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.३&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Pratyakha- anumāna-  upamāna- śabdāḥ pramāṇāni&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.3&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pramā is nothing but valid knowledge. The source of that is pramānaṃ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It is denoted in the quote &amp;quot;pramā karaṇaṃ pramāṇaṃ&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. Valid knowledge&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It is denoted in the quote &amp;quot;yathāvasthita vyavahārāṇuguṇa jñānam pramā&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; is that which reveals a thing as it actually is. It can be identified as valid knowledge when it is corresponding to the actual nature of the object as it is.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It is denoted in the quote &amp;quot;tadvati-tat-prakāraka-anubhavaḥ&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; We can also know that it is valid when we successfully obtain the object stated.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;pravṛtti-samārthya&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;Valid knowledge/ pramā corresponds to the thing as it really is, and leads to successful utilization thereof. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Nyāya tradition, there are four pramāṇāni namely:&lt;br /&gt;
# Pratyakhaṃ&lt;br /&gt;
# Anumānaṃ&lt;br /&gt;
# Upamānaṃ&lt;br /&gt;
# Śabdāḥ&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(For further details click this link:[[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Pramana_(Nyaya)]])&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prameya==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Ātmā- śarīra-indriya-artha-budhdhi- manaḥ-pravṛtti-dōṣa-prētyabhāva-phala-duḥkhāpavargāstu pramēyaṃ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.9&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After defining pramāṇāni, the sūtrakāra or Gōtamaḥ further defines pramēya. An object of a valid knowledge is pramēya. It is classified into twelve parts as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Ātmā - It is denoted by self.&lt;br /&gt;
# Śarīraṃ - It is represented by body.&lt;br /&gt;
# Indriyaṃ - It is called as senses. &lt;br /&gt;
# Arthaḥ - It is known as experiences.&lt;br /&gt;
# Buddhiḥ - It is denoted as intelligence.&lt;br /&gt;
# Manaḥ - It is known as intellect.&lt;br /&gt;
# Pravṛttiḥ - It is defined as activity.&lt;br /&gt;
# Doṣaḥ - It is known as imbalances.&lt;br /&gt;
# Prētyabhāvaḥ - It is called as re-birth.&lt;br /&gt;
# Phalaṃ - It is known as consequences. &lt;br /&gt;
# Duḥkhaṃ - It is called as suffering.&lt;br /&gt;
# Apavargaḥ - It is defined as liberation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many things that might be concerned as the topics of accurate knowledge, but these 12 are especially significant because the true knowledge about them will dispel all the delusions and lead to freedom from sufferings; while false knowledge concerning these topics perpetuates rebirth and suffering. Nyāya only establishes these principles on a rational basis but does not attempt to dilate upon them. It even does not attempt to explain all that is known about these several topics which is left to analyze by the more speculative systems of other philosophies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saṃśayaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Samānānēkadharmōpapattēḥ vipratipattēḥ upalabdhi- anupalabdhi- avyavasthātaśca viśēṣāpēkṣaḥ vimarśaḥ saṃśayaḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.23&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Doubt must not be confused with an error or false knowledge. Doubt is just the incomplete knowledge which forms the platform for further investigations. False knowledge or error may produce an erroneous conviction which demotivates the mind by removing all the desires for further knowledge or even entertaining viable alternatives. Error is defined as “the knowledge which does not lead to any successful action”. For example, it is impossible to fulfil the expectations created by hallucinations. Doubt has parts in it, which are opposite to each other. Either of it is an error or false knowledge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Causes of Saṃśaya=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A conflicting judgment about the precise character of an object arises from the below mentioned four different arguments:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Display of properties common to many objects&lt;br /&gt;
# Characteristics not common to any objects&lt;br /&gt;
# Conflicting testimony&lt;br /&gt;
# Irregularity of perception and non-perception&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Types of Saṃśaya===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ideal world of thought must correspond to the outer reality in order to be considered true. The rules and methodology of nyāya are to be applied when doubt arises which necessitates needing to examine reality for confirmation or clarification of the truth. There are four kinds of doubt:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Perception of common properties or failure to perceive the difference - It can be explained when in the dark a lamp-post may be mistaken for a person, or a coiled rope can be mistaken for a snake.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Conflicting testimony of witnesses or news reports or differing opinions on the same subject by two or more people.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Irregularity of perception - This concept is demonstrated when one is unable to determine whether water is perceived when it is seen in a pond where it actually exists or when it is seen in a mirage where it really does not exist. This possibility arises when on hearing the rustle of leaves in the bush there arises a doubt whether it is due to leaves or it could even be an animal or a human.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Irregularity of non-perception - This is exemplified when one is unable to believe that something exists because it was never perceived through an object or thing with qualities as described. It also cannot be perceived through the inability to believe that such a thing exists like a kangaroo which is believed to be a big jumping rat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prayojanaṃ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Yaṃ arthaṃ adhikṛtya pravartatē tat prayōjanaṃ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.24&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prayojanam is a desire which impels one to act. Purpose serves as the motive behind all the action done to attain something pleasurable or to avoid something undesirable. Until there is a purpose, there can be no successful action; therefore, a wise person never engages in any kind of purposeless actions. It is also the purpose or motive which determines if an act is morally right or wrong. No act should be deduced as good or bad, it is the intention with which it is done that determines its moral character. Therefore sincere spiritual aspirants should always examine and reflect upon our motives and clarify the intent of actions performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dṛṣṭāntaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Laukikaparīkṣakāṇāṃ yasminnarthē budhdhisāmyaṃ saḥ dṛṣṭāntaḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.25&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When an expert and layman are of the same opinion this happens. It is also known as the familiar example which is a common observation of both common folk and experts. Both the scientists and laymen accepts the general proposition that whenever there is rain there must be clouds. This type of example can be used in the process of reasoning from the known to the unknown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Siddhāntaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Tantrādhikaraṇābhyupagamasaṃsthitiḥ sidhdhāntaḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.26&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Siddhānta philosophy is a conclusion that is recognized as being logically proven by a certain school of philosophy. There are four kinds of Siddhāntas:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# A commonly accepted truth is a tenet which is not opposed by any school of philosophy and which is claimed by at least one school; e.g. All the schools of Hindu philosophy accept earth, water, light, air and ether as the five base elements and smell, taste, color, touch and sound as the objects of the five senses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# A peculiar truth is a tenet which is accepted by the similar schools, but rejected by the opposite schools. e.g., the 3 Abrahamic schools accepts that God created the world from nothing. All schools of Indian philosophy rejects this conclusion saying that something cannot come into existence out of nothing.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Ex nihilo nihilo fit&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# An implied truth is a tenet which is not explicitly declared, but are finalized on the basis of examination of the particulars concerning it. e.g., The discussion whether certain people should be allowed to vote implies that those people are capable of understanding and making political decisions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# A consequential truth is a tenet which if accepted, leads to the acceptance of another tenet for e.g., the acceptance of the doctrine that there is a Self which is separate from the 5 senses, because it can recognize one and the same object by seeing and touching both. Hence it implies the following mentioned possibilities:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Senses are more than one.&lt;br /&gt;
* Each of the senses has its particular characteristic.&lt;br /&gt;
* Self derives its knowledge through the channels of the senses.&lt;br /&gt;
* Substance which are distinct from its qualities is the locus of them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Avayavaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Pratijñā hētūdāharaṇōpanayanigamanāni avayavāḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.32&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Talk:Nyaya_Introduction_to_Avayava Introduction to Avayavāḥ]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tarkaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Avijñātatvē arthē kāraṇōpapattitaḥ tatvajñānārthaṃ ūhaḥ tarkaḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.40&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tarkaḥ is a process for ascertaining the real nature of a thing of whose character is not known. It is a method of arriving to the right conclusion by showing the absurdity of all the contrary ideas. Tarka is a method of attaining knowledge of the truth about an unknown or uncertain thing by comparing and then gradually eliminating all the competing suppositions; E.g. Is the Self a product or a non-Product? If the Self is a non-product, it will experience the result of its action and on the eradication of the causes of re-birth, will be released; therefore, re-birth and release are indeed possible. If it is a product, these chances would not be possible, because the Self&#039;s connection with the body, mind and senses will not be the result and experience of its own action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The phenomenon of re-birth and release is very well known and established; therefore, the Self must be a non-product. This form of reasoning is also called as Confutation. This is not a method which ascertains, determines and verifies that the Self is a particular thing and nothing else. It simply eliminates all other contesting theories to the supposition it supports; after which truth is established through the application of other means of accurate knowledge. Hence, confutation is considered to be a supporting technique and is therefore mentioned separately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nirṇayaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Vimṛśya pakṣapratipakṣābhyāṃ arthāvadhāraṇaṃ nirṇyaḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.1.41&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The removal of doubts and the resolution of a dispute by examining two opposite views is called as nirṇayaḥ. Dialectic is in the form of a dialogue between two people who may hold differing views, yet wish to establish the truth by seeking agreement with one another. This is in contrast to debate in which two or more people hold differing views and wish to persuade or prove one another wrong and thus a jury or judge is needed to decide the matter. The sequence of investigation is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* First impression&lt;br /&gt;
* Doubt arises&lt;br /&gt;
* Examining the opposite view&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It is called as pūrva pakṣa.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Application of logic&lt;br /&gt;
* Determination of the controversy&lt;br /&gt;
* Ascertainment of Truth&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It is called as nirṇaya.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Doubt is the result of first impression and gives impetus to investigation in order to ascertain the truth.  “Ascertainment” is unnecessary in the case of direct perception or the verbal testimony of a trustworthy authority. But one must be convinced of the authority being trustworthy. In other words, everything should be questioned and not accepted simply because the person holds a degree or title. One must test that individual and once the authenticity is assured then only one can accept the statements without further investigation. Endlessly questioning for the sake of questioning is also not useful for coming to the accurate conclusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vādaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Pramāṇa tarkasādhanōpālaṃbhaḥ sidhdāntāvirudhdaḥ paṃcāvayavōpapannaḥ pakṣapratipakṣa parigrahaḥ vādaḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.1&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A dialogue in which one adopts one of two opposing positions is called as vādaḥ. The purpose of discussion is to come to the truth of the proposition under consideration. This may be achieved by talking about the topic with anyone who is a sincere seeker of truth. In vāda it is not necessary to establish one&#039;s own thesis, it is enough to submit one&#039;s views for examination in order to ascertain the truth. The discussion does not necessarily have to take into consideration the opposite opinion; it is enough to put any proposition to logical reasoning. The usual procedure is to maintain the thesis by means of right knowledge and to counter-thesis by the means of tarka.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jalpaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Yathōktōpapannaḥ chalajātinigrahasthānōpālaṃbhaḥ jalpaḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.2&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A vigorous verbal disputation directed to gain victory in it is called as jalpaḥ. The sole purpose of engaging in a polemic is simply to gain victory over the other party. There’s no desire to either gain further knowledge or to establish one’s own position. Therefore, one can employ any device of debate in order to win. These devices are usually of a negative character, such as attacking the opponent’s character,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It is called as argumentum ad hominem.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; quibbling, advancing futile arguments, behave with absurdity, evading the issue, focusing on examples or metaphors rather than on the actual argument itself etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vitaṇḍā==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Sa pratipakṣa sthāpanāhīnaḥ vitaṇḍā&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.3&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A kind of wrangling, which consists in mere attacks on the opposite side is called as vitaṇḍā. In cavil there is no desire to establish any proposition. The only interest is to heckle the speaker by carping and offering frivolous objections. Polemics and caviling, which are considered as forms of discussion, may be used by an aspirant of truth only as means of protecting one&#039;s young and fragile knowledge which has not yet matured to a full blossomed conviction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One may occasionally encounter objectionable people, who devoid of true knowledge, are puffed up with their academic achievements or are deluded by their own erroneous convictions. These people may try to impose their views and beliefs on others. Under such circumstances the student is urged to make use of these argumentative devices in order to safeguard the development of knowledge in the same way that nature uses thorns on some plants to safeguard the growth of its fruit. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If one’s philosophy or belief system is under attack then one may also employ these negative means for self-defense. One should never gratuitously criticize or attack anyone else’s belief system, ideology or way of life if that person is keeping to themselves. When a person tries to impose their views on others then defense is required. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Hetvābhāsaḥ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;savyabhicāra virudhda prakaraṇasama sādhyasama kālātītā hētvābhāsāḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.4&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click here for details: [[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Hetvabhasa]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chalaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;vacanavighātō arthavikalpōpapatyā chalaṃ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.10&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The opposition offered to a proposition by the assumption of an alternative meaning is called as chalaḥ. Casuistry is classified into three types:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Vacas - It is called as playing upon words. This consists of willfully taking a term to mean something different from that intended by the speaker; e.g., taking the word &#039;quadruped&#039; to mean four-legged table instead of an animal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Sāmānyas - It means generalizations. This consists of asserting the impossibility of a particular part because of the impossibility of the whole; e.g., to deny that a particular cow is black because all cows are not black.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Upacārās - It is denoted by metaphors. This consists of invalidating a word used in a particular context by taking it literally when it was used metaphorically; e.g., the ‘House cheered’ means that the people in the house cheered and not the physical structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jātiḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Sādharmya vaidharmyābhāṃ pratyavasthānaṃ jātiḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Nyāya sūtraṃ - 1.2.18&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Offering objections founded on mere similarity or dissimilarity is called as jātiḥ. The reply is said to be futile if it does not take into consideration the universal connection between the middle term and the major term. Mere similarity or dissimilarity is not sufficient. There are twenty-four kinds of futility which display equality of the arguments of two sides so that neither side can win the argument.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nigraha-sthānaṃ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Vipratipattirapratipattiśca nigrahasthānaṃ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.2.19&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When we do not understand or misunderstand the arguments stated by the opponent we eventually lose the debate. There is no purpose in entering into a debate if one is ignorant about the subject being investigated. Demonstrating ignorance or misunderstanding of the subject under discussion and attaining defeat in a debate is the last element in nyāya darśanaṃ, which is called nigrahasthānaṃ. Here the term &#039;nigrahasthānaṃ&#039; means attaining defeat in a debate. The means for that defeat are shown as Vipratipattiḥ(viparītā vā kutsitā vā pratipattiḥ) and  Apratipattiḥ. &#039;Vipratipattiḥ&#039; is a situation in which one misunderstands and &#039;Apratipattiḥ&#039; is a situation in which does not understand at all.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
{{reflist}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Nyaya&amp;diff=126894</id>
		<title>Nyaya</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Nyaya&amp;diff=126894"/>
		<updated>2019-10-22T15:50:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Author|Shankar Bharadwaj Khandavalli and Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{AlternateSpellings|Nyāyaḥ, Nyāya, Nyaaya}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya is one of the prominent branches of learning in the Indian knowledge system. It primarily deals with logic and it is one of the most widely applied subjects across the Vedic, Tantric, Bauddha and Jaina traditions.  It is considered to be one of the five ‘Vidyā sthānas’ or abodes of learning, one of the six canonical schools of philosophy (Darśana) and also a sub limb (Upaṅga) in the body of Vedic learning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya deals with the structure of knowing, learning and debating. Thus as a subject, it is component to all the schools of formal knowledge in some form. To different degrees, many principles of Nyāya are agreed upon by all schools, such as ascertaining the knowable, validating sources of learning, ascertaining the validity of an argument, setting terms of debate and determining the outcome of a debate. Nyāya is not prevalent as an independent school of philosophy at present, but its influence can be seen in the most extant traditions. Nyāya along with mimāmsā plays a prominent role in many areas like jurisprudence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
Indian theory of knowledge can be described into two metaphors. The first one is of a tree whose root is the Veda and various areas of learning are denoted as the trunk, branches and leaves. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;angāni vēdāścatvārō mīmāmsā nyāyavistaraḥ |&lt;br /&gt;
purāṇaṃ dharmaśāstraṃ ca vidyāhyētāścaturdaśa ||&lt;br /&gt;
āyurvēdō dhanurvēdō gāndharvaścētyanukramāt |&lt;br /&gt;
arthaśāstraṃ paraṃ tasmāt vidyāstvaṣṭādaśa smṛtaḥ ||&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;śivapurāṇaṃ 7.1,1.25-26&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The other metaphor is of a human body, whose limbs (aṅga) and sub-limbs (upānga) are various areas of learning. Darśanas enunciate the worldviews and outlines the philosophy of life that results in fulfilment and happiness. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya is the discipline of logic, which provides methods for an inquiry into the nature of world and knowledge, means of learning and validation. It systematizes knowledge into (a)the knowable, (b)means and methods for knowing and (c)procedures for ascertaining and validating knowledge. The founder of the Nyāya system was Gautama also called as Gotama, who is frequently referred to in the literature as Akṣapāda and Dīrghatapas. Before Gautama, the principles of the nyāya existed as an unsorted body of philosophical thoughts in different types of literature. Gautama codified these generally accepted principles of time into ‘Nyāya Sutram’ or ‘Nyāya Darśnam’ where he introduced the philosophy of Nyāya. He elaborated where ever needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As Nyāya is a traditional philosophy there are some unique concepts introduced to understand the world in a very logical way. Even though Goutama divided everything into sixteen, but a special focus was there on the means, structure and debate of the knowledge i.e pramāṇaṃ and vādaḥ. According to this philosophy, the world should be understood in its true form to liberate an individual from suffering. To know the true sense of anything, one needs to understand the process of knowing the accurate knowledge and its types. Thus epistemology or the study of pramāṇa got a prominent place in the Nyāya sutras. In fact, in the list of the sixteen elements[[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Sixteen_elements_of_Nyāya]] stated in Nyāya sutram, &#039;pramāṇa&#039;[[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Pramanam]] stands first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya is also widely known as Vāda Śāstra as it deals with the concepts of debate. When one understands some principals, at one point in time, one may encounter a difference of opinion. When the difference is very fundamental, there arises the need for a debate. As one wants to seek the truth one must know the structure of the debate. Thus Nyāya elaborated the structure of debate and also its types.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prāchīna Nyāya and Navya Nyāya==&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya Darśnam can be categorized into two schools Prāchīna Nyāya and Navya Nyāya. They are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prāchīna Nyāya - A collection of five books which are called ‘Pancha Granthī’, these are considered to be the authentic source of ‘Prāchīna Nyāya’. These were a series of commentary on the previous work, which complemented and elaborated the priors work. They are:&lt;br /&gt;
# Nyāya Sutram of Gotama&lt;br /&gt;
# Nyāya Bhashyam of Vātsāyana&lt;br /&gt;
# Nyāya Vārtikam of Udyōtakāra&lt;br /&gt;
# Tātparya Tīkā of Vāchaspati Miśrā&lt;br /&gt;
# Tātparya Tīkā Pariśudhi of Udayanāchārya. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Navya Nyāya - Gangēśōpādhyāya’s ‘Tatvachintāmaṇi is considered to be the pioneering work of navya nyaya which began the new era in ‘Nyāya philosophy’. By this time the concepts which were previously dealt with separately in ‘Nyāya’ and ‘Vaiṣeṣka’ philosophies came together. This system was later termed as ‘Navya Nyāya’ or ‘Tarka Śāstram’. ‘Dīdhiti’ of Raghunātha Śrōmaṇi is considered to be the best commentary on ‘Tatvachintāmaṇi’. ‘Dīdhiti’ had the famous three commentaries ‘Māthurī’, ‘Jāgadīśī’ and ‘Gādādharī’ on it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be said that ‘Prāchīna Nyāya’ dealt with all the original concepts which ‘Āstika Darśana&#039;(asti īśwaraḥ iti matiryasay&#039; - one who believes in the existence of īśwara and veda.)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;śabdakalpadṛma(sanskrit encyclopedia)&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;’ needs. Whereas ‘Navya Nyāya’ mainly dealt with only the topics which are useful in a debate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nyāya as a Darśana==&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya is considered to be the one amongst the six canonical Indian philosophies or worldviews along with Vaiśeśika, Sānkhya, Yoga, Mimāmsā and Vedānta. On inquiring about the difference between a normal book and a Darśana, one knows the characteristics of a Darśana. Every Darśana is expected to present its view on the world(saṅsāra) and suggest a permanent solution for the problem faced by all. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nyaya is identifying sources and causes of suffering (duhkha) and it prescribes a theory for liberation from it. To establish its theory, it has to define certain terms and change the perception of the seeker. In this process, a detailed discussion on the means of knowledge(epistemology), which distinguishes the truth from false becomes a critical inquiry, argumentation etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Indian literature, there are four puruśārthas[[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Puruṣārtha]] or motives for men.&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth puruśārtha is considered to be eternal(nitya). The state of ultimate happiness and lack of suffering is a state where there is no birth or death for a being. And every darśana aims at it as a final goal. Goutama describes that final liberation from suffering as moksha, thus the ultimate goal of life. According to him, the world is a chain of consequences starting with illusion, which eventually ends with suffering. It has to be broken in order to attain liberation from suffering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the text, misapprehension/illusion(ajnāna) leads to distorted views(doṣa) that leads to activity(karma), which in turn leads to rebirth(janma). This whole cycle ultimately leads to suffering duhkha. To break this chain Goutama prescribes an antidote to each member. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Duḥkha- janma-pravṛtti-dōṣa-mithyājñānānāṃ uttarōttarāpāyē tadanantarāpāyādapavargaḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.2 Nyāya sūtraṃ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tattvajñāna or the true knowledge obstruct mithyājñāna or misapprehension. As illusion is the root cause of all activity like dōṣa, pāpaṃ, puṇyaṃ, removal of illusion will undo all of them. When there is no dōṣa there is no pravṛtti or cause of birth. When there is no pravṛtti there is no cause for janma or birth. When there is no birth there will be no duḥkha or sorrow. So according to nyāya sūtraṃ, tattvajñāna of the sixteen elements(Goutama divides the world into sixteen elements.)[[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Sixteen_elements_of_Nyāya]] would successively eliminate sorrow.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Elements of Nyāya==&lt;br /&gt;
The elements of Nyāya include identification of the right knowledge(pramā), validation(prāmāṇyaṃ), verifying explanations(nirdhāraṇaṃ), methods to establish an argument(nyāya prayōgaḥ) and means to identify a valid argument from invalid(hētvabhāsa nirūpaṇam). The term nyāya in Sanskrit signifies detailing the subject with an analytical investigation of it through the process of logical reasoning. It can be explained in the following verse:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Nīyatē prāpyatē vivakṣitārthasiḍih anēna iti &#039;nyāyah&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;nyāyakōśaḥ, published by, chaukhamba surabharati prakashan, varanasi, 2015, p:446&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vatsyāyana, the classic commentator on the Nyāya-Sūtra, defines it as a critical examination of the objects of knowledge by the means of logical proof. Nyāya is also called as &#039;Tarka-vidyā&#039;(It means the science of reasoning.) or &#039;Vāda-vidya&#039;(It means the science of argument.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Pramāṇa===&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya is also accounted as &#039;Pramāṇa Śāstra(epistemology)[[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Talk:Nyaya_Introduction_to_Pramanam]]. &#039;Pramā&#039; means true knowledge and the means to it is called &#039;Pramāṇam&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To understand the nature of the world, Goutama accepted four valid means, four types of pramāṇa, to obtain the correct knowledge. They are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Perception - Pratyakṣa: It literally means eye(which we use to see and know), but metaphorically it is applied to any all sence organs. It can be divided into six according to the number of the senses. The cognition resulted because of the relation between an object and a sense organ&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;indriyārtha sannikarṣōtpannaṃ jñanaṃ pratyakṣam&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;tarkasaṃgrahaḥ, published by vavilla ramaswamy and sons, chennai, 1960, p:23&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;. This phenomena is called as perception/ pratyakṣa. This perception is of two kinds.&lt;br /&gt;
(i)Direct perception(laukika pratyaksha) - Seeing a table and knowing that &#039;there is a table&#039; is an example of direct relation. &lt;br /&gt;
(ii)Indirect perception(alaukika pratyaksha) - Seeing a perfume bottle and knowing that &#039;it has aroma&#039;, without opening its lid, is an example of indirect relation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Inference - Anumāna : It is a means of knowledge, knowledge through reasoning. On seeing the smoke coming out from a mountain one could infer that the mountain has fire. In the process of inferring, it is essential to know the invariable relation between the object and the reason i.e., the relation between fire and smoke is very essential. Generally, a debate takes place where the subject is not proved or accepted by both the parties. It has to be proved by good reasoning. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;pratyakṣa parikalitaṃ apyarthaṃ anumānēna bubhutsantē tarkarasikāḥ &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;tatvacintāmaṇiḥ, anumānakhaṇḍaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(Means that one who enjoys logic tries to infer everything even it can be known by sense organs) So the Nyāya scholars like, gangēśōpādhyāya and vācaspati miśrā gave a prominent position for inference in their literature according to its importance in a debate.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Comparison - Upamāna : The valid means to acquire knowledge by comparison or establish a relation between a word and meaning.  When a word is known and not the meaning, the knowledge of similarity helps to establish their relation. For example, when a person does not know the meaning of the word &#039;gavaya&#039;(wild cow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: He knows from a forester that &amp;quot;Gavaya is similar to cow&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: He goes to the forest and sees an animal similar to cow and remembers the sentence of the forester.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3: Then an analogical cognition or upamitiḥ arises such as &amp;quot;This(Here this refers to the animal.) is the referent of the word gavaya.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Source for verbal cognition - Śabda : It is nothing but a meaningful word. This is referred to all the authentic literature like (a)veda, vedanga etc and (b)all the sentences we use to communicate with others. These sentences become a valid source of knowledge until the listener believes in the speaker, unlike veda, vedanga etc., which are considered to be valid always. It delivers a meaning according to its relation with the meaning. This relation may be direct/śaktiḥ or indirect/lakṣaṇā. A word possessing a valid relation could be a means of knowledge.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vāda==&lt;br /&gt;
Vāda means debate and Śāstra means a traditional treatise. A treatise which deals with debate in detail is Vāda Śāstra. The methodology of debate followed by all the Indian traditions is originated in Nyāya. Goutama has given utmost importance to introduce and elaborate the &#039;art of debate&#039; in his work. Out of sixteen elements which are described in his Nyāya sutram, around seven elements are directly related to debate. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A debate is an exchange of verbal statements between at least two opponents. It is done to achieve different results like establishing the truth, winning an opponent, misleading an opponent etc. As per the Nyāya tradition, components which are useful in a debate are hypothetical reasoning/tarkaḥ (Tarkaḥ is a method of attaining correct knowledge about an uncertain thing by showing faults in all the contrary ideas.), discussion/vādaḥ (Vādaḥ is a sincere dialogue in which one adopts the truth in the end.), polemic/jalpaḥ(Jalpaḥ is a verbal interaction done only to be victorious, it is not for the truth.), cavil/vitaṇḍā(Vitaṇḍā is a type of debate where the arguer has no desire to establish his position, but his only interest is to distract the opposition.), casuistry/chalaṃ, futile rejoinder/jāti and clinchers/nigraha sthānaṃ. All these topics are discussed categorically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Causation in Nyāya==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Causation is an important component of every darśana. The world is an effect, and its cause is explained differently by each darśana. There are multiple models explaining the causation of universe - (a) Āraṃbha vāda according to which the universe is created  (b) Satkāryavādaḥ according to which universe is eternal in seed form and the phenomenal world comes into existence as a transformation of the material cause. Nyāya along with Vaiśēṣika upholds Āraṃbha vāda. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;kriyā, vibhāgaḥ, pūrvadēśa saṃyōga nāśaḥ, uttara dēśa saṃyōgaḥ, drvyōtpattiḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;tarkasaṃgraha dīpikā&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Āraṃbhavādaḥ: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Nyāya, inactive atoms(paramāṇu) exist prior to creation and are the material cause (upādāna kāraṇaṃ) of the universe and are inactive before creation. The formal and efficient cause of universe is the will īśwara, which causes action in the atoms. Active atoms combine, giving rise to new objects and complex matter. In this sequence, atoms combine to gradually become all the world that is experienced. The object which is going to take birth does not exist before actually taking birth. It is always totally different from the cause. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Āraṃbha means beginning/effect. As Nyāya accords separate existence to an effect from cause, its causation theory is called āraṃbhavādaḥ. It is also called astkāryavādaḥ, meaning the object created does not exist before its creation. This is different from Sānkhya&#039;s satkārya vādaḥ according to which an object prior to its creation exists in the form of its cause. In ārambha vāda, prior to its creation there is no sat or an essential existence of the world, and it is coming into existence as a result of the act of creation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nyāyaprayōgaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
In a debate, presenting your argument in a systematic way is very important. It should precisely establish an argument without any flaw and redundancy. For this Nyāyasutra introduces a syllogism which consists of five components:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# ‘Pratigyā’ / Pratijyā : It is the proposition or the statement that is going to be inferred or statement of the thesis. Ex: Parvatō vanhimān Mountain is on fire. Here smoke is only seen not the fire, but writer wants to prove the fire which is not seen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# ‘Hētu’/ Hētu : It is the statement consisting the ground of the inference. Ex: Dhūmāt It denotes the action because of smoke.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# ‘Udāharaṇa’/ Udāharaṇam : The sentence of example which demonstrates the invariable relationship between the reason and the claim to be inferred or the statement setting forth an illustration is called as an Udāharaṇa. Ex: Yō Yō Dhūmavān Sa Vanhimān, Yathā Mahānasah Whichever place consists of smoke also consists of fire. Because fire is the reason behind the smoke(Fire and smoke are having a cause-effect relationship.), it also signifies the kitchen in the older times.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
# ‘Upanaya’ / Upanaya: It is the statement showing that the subject of the inference has the ground of the inference which is invariably related to the thing that is sought to be established. Ex: Tathā chāyam Such is this mountain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# ‘Nigamanam’/ Nigamana: It is the conclusion or the sentence which confirms the claim or the statement that the subject of the inference has the thing that is sought to be established as it has the ground of the inference. Ex: Tasmāt tathā Therefore this mountain possesses fire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These five members are called ‘Panchāvayava ’. In a formal debate, an argument with all these five members is considered to be complete. So using these five techniques to prove the merit of their cause can be called as ‘Nyāya’. Since ‘Nyāya’ has a predominant place in ‘Gōtama’s’ work it is called ‘Nyāya Darśanam’ or ‘Nyāya Sūtram’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, an exchange of dialogue is called kathā(Pūrvōttara vākya samdarbhaḥ exchange of dialogues). When it is used in a systematic way to know the truth its called vādaḥ. When the arguer has no desire to establish his position, but his only interest is to distract the opposition its called vitaṇḍā. When the only intention is to win its called jalpaḥ. Generally, one tends to commit flaws while presenting an argument. But to establish the correct principles/ sidhāntaḥ one must be aware of them. To identify the flaws of others and not to commit any is also important. Nyāya explains the types of flaws in the hētvābhāsāḥ section. Hence to equip us with the potentiality in argumentation and to find flaws in others argumentation, Gotama took a very prominent portion of his book Nyāya sutram.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nyāya in Life==&lt;br /&gt;
As a darshana(way of life) nyaya is not extant but nyaya concepts prevalent in Indian culture and found in various forms including regional idioms. Today we may not find many people getting trained in the traditional Nyāya system. But we always find the traditional Nyāya concepts in the Indian culture. These concepts got absorbed by the culture and regional languages according to their merits. Some of the concepts got adapted by the different traditional systems like sāmkhyā, vēdāntaḥ, mīmāmsā etc. Knowingly or unknowingly any logical statement follows some principles of Nyāya. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nyaya became a synonym of logic because of its logical praxis. Nyāyaprayōgaḥ(elaborated above) became a guideline for a systematic dialogue.  For instance, even in a household, it is a common practice to say you are doing vitanda(when a person does not follow logic ) because vitanda is known to common man as an undesirable and unfruitful way of argument. Yuktis(techniques) in argument came to be known as nyaya. For instance &#039;Pradhāna malla nibarhana nyāya&#039;, &#039;pangvandha nyāya&#039;,&#039;sthālī pulāka nyāya&#039; are techies for conveying similarities. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pradhāna malla nibarhana nyāya : The word malla means a wrestler. If a wrestler, who came from another place defeats the most victorious and important wrestler of any region he is considered victorious over the other wrestlers also. In the same way in any argument, if the most important idea or logic of a side is proved wrong then all the other ideas or logics that side is considered to be useless.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
pangvandha nyāya: This idiom is a famous logic used in sānkhya drśanaṃ. Here &#039;pangu&#039; means a person without legs, &#039;andha&#039; means blind. The pangu cannot walk and an andha cannot see. If these both want to accomplish a task like a normal human, then they have to co-operate. The person without legs should climb upon the shoulders of the blind and complete the task. In the same way sankhya describes that &#039;prakṛti and puruṣa&#039; accomplish the task by co-operating to each other.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
{{reflist}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Navya nyaya.jpg]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Nyaya&amp;diff=126891</id>
		<title>Talk:Nyaya</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Nyaya&amp;diff=126891"/>
		<updated>2019-10-18T17:46:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana: Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana moved page Talk:Nyaya to Nyaya&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;#REDIRECT [[Nyaya]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Nyaya&amp;diff=126890</id>
		<title>Nyaya</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Nyaya&amp;diff=126890"/>
		<updated>2019-10-18T17:46:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana: Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana moved page Talk:Nyaya to Nyaya&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Nyāya is one of the prominent branches of learning in the Indian knowledge system. It primarily deals with logic and it is one of the most widely applied subjects across the Vedic, Tantric, Bauddha and Jaina traditions.  It is considered to be one of the five ‘Vidyā sthānas’ or abodes of learning, one of the six canonical schools of philosophy (Darśana) and also a sub limb (Upaṅga) in the body of Vedic learning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya deals with the structure of knowing, learning and debating. Thus as a subject, it is component to all the schools of formal knowledge in some form. To different degrees, many principles of Nyāya are agreed upon by all schools, such as ascertaining the knowable, validating sources of learning, ascertaining the validity of an argument, setting terms of debate and determining the outcome of a debate. Nyāya is not prevalent as an independent school of philosophy at present, but its influence can be seen in the most extant traditions. Nyāya along with mimāmsā plays a prominent role in many areas like jurisprudence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
Indian theory of knowledge can be described into two metaphors. The first one is of a tree whose root is the Veda and various areas of learning are denoted as the trunk, branches and leaves. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;angāni vēdāścatvārō mīmāmsā nyāyavistaraḥ |&lt;br /&gt;
purāṇaṃ dharmaśāstraṃ ca vidyāhyētāścaturdaśa ||&lt;br /&gt;
āyurvēdō dhanurvēdō gāndharvaścētyanukramāt |&lt;br /&gt;
arthaśāstraṃ paraṃ tasmāt vidyāstvaṣṭādaśa smṛtaḥ ||&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;śivapurāṇaṃ 7.1,1.25-26&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The other metaphor is of a human body, whose limbs (aṅga) and sub-limbs (upānga) are various areas of learning. Darśanas enunciate the worldviews and outlines the philosophy of life that results in fulfilment and happiness. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya is the discipline of logic, which provides methods for an inquiry into the nature of world and knowledge, means of learning and validation. It systematizes knowledge into (a)the knowable, (b)means and methods for knowing and (c)procedures for ascertaining and validating knowledge. The founder of the Nyāya system was Gautama also called as Gotama, who is frequently referred to in the literature as Akṣapāda and Dīrghatapas. Before Gautama, the principles of the nyāya existed as an unsorted body of philosophical thoughts in different types of literature. Gautama codified these generally accepted principles of time into ‘Nyāya Sutram’ or ‘Nyāya Darśnam’ where he introduced the philosophy of Nyāya. He elaborated where ever needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As Nyāya is a traditional philosophy there are some unique concepts introduced to understand the world in a very logical way. Even though Goutama divided everything into sixteen, but a special focus was there on the means, structure and debate of the knowledge i.e pramāṇaṃ and vādaḥ. According to this philosophy, the world should be understood in its true form to liberate an individual from suffering. To know the true sense of anything, one needs to understand the process of knowing the accurate knowledge and its types. Thus epistemology or the study of pramāṇa got a prominent place in the Nyāya sutras. In fact, in the list of the sixteen elements[[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Sixteen_elements_of_Nyāya]] stated in Nyāya sutram, &#039;pramāṇa&#039;[[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Pramanam]] stands first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya is also widely known as Vāda Śāstra as it deals with the concepts of debate. When one understands some principals, at one point in time, one may encounter a difference of opinion. When the difference is very fundamental, there arises the need for a debate. As one wants to seek the truth one must know the structure of the debate. Thus Nyāya elaborated the structure of debate and also its types.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prāchīna Nyāya and Navya Nyāya==&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya Darśnam can be categorized into two schools Prāchīna Nyāya and Navya Nyāya. They are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prāchīna Nyāya - A collection of five books which are called ‘Pancha Granthī’, these are considered to be the authentic source of ‘Prāchīna Nyāya’. These were a series of commentary on the previous work, which complemented and elaborated the priors work. They are:&lt;br /&gt;
# Nyāya Sutram of Gotama&lt;br /&gt;
# Nyāya Bhashyam of Vātsāyana&lt;br /&gt;
# Nyāya Vārtikam of Udyōtakāra&lt;br /&gt;
# Tātparya Tīkā of Vāchaspati Miśrā&lt;br /&gt;
# Tātparya Tīkā Pariśudhi of Udayanāchārya. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Navya Nyāya - Gangēśōpādhyāya’s ‘Tatvachintāmaṇi is considered to be the pioneering work of navya nyaya which began the new era in ‘Nyāya philosophy’. By this time the concepts which were previously dealt with separately in ‘Nyāya’ and ‘Vaiṣeṣka’ philosophies came together. This system was later termed as ‘Navya Nyāya’ or ‘Tarka Śāstram’. ‘Dīdhiti’ of Raghunātha Śrōmaṇi is considered to be the best commentary on ‘Tatvachintāmaṇi’. ‘Dīdhiti’ had the famous three commentaries ‘Māthurī’, ‘Jāgadīśī’ and ‘Gādādharī’ on it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be said that ‘Prāchīna Nyāya’ dealt with all the original concepts which ‘Āstika Darśana&#039;(asti īśwaraḥ iti matiryasay&#039; - one who believes in the existence of īśwara and veda.)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;śabdakalpadṛma(sanskrit encyclopedia)&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;’ needs. Whereas ‘Navya Nyāya’ mainly dealt with only the topics which are useful in a debate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nyāya as a Darśana==&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya is considered to be the one amongst the six canonical Indian philosophies or worldviews along with Vaiśeśika, Sānkhya, Yoga, Mimāmsā and Vedānta. On inquiring about the difference between a normal book and a Darśana, one knows the characteristics of a Darśana. Every Darśana is expected to present its view on the world(saṅsāra) and suggest a permanent solution for the problem faced by all. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nyaya is identifying sources and causes of suffering (duhkha) and it prescribes a theory for liberation from it. To establish its theory, it has to define certain terms and change the perception of the seeker. In this process, a detailed discussion on the means of knowledge(epistemology), which distinguishes the truth from false becomes a critical inquiry, argumentation etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Indian literature, there are four puruśārthas[[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Puruṣārtha]] or motives for men.&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth puruśārtha is considered to be eternal(nitya). The state of ultimate happiness and lack of suffering is a state where there is no birth or death for a being. And every darśana aims at it as a final goal. Goutama describes that final liberation from suffering as moksha, thus the ultimate goal of life. According to him, the world is a chain of consequences starting with illusion, which eventually ends with suffering. It has to be broken in order to attain liberation from suffering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the text, misapprehension/illusion(ajnāna) leads to distorted views(doṣa) that leads to activity(karma), which in turn leads to rebirth(janma). This whole cycle ultimately leads to suffering duhkha. To break this chain Goutama prescribes an antidote to each member. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Duḥkha- janma-pravṛtti-dōṣa-mithyājñānānāṃ uttarōttarāpāyē tadanantarāpāyādapavargaḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.2 Nyāya sūtraṃ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tattvajñāna or the true knowledge obstruct mithyājñāna or misapprehension. As illusion is the root cause of all activity like dōṣa, pāpaṃ, puṇyaṃ, removal of illusion will undo all of them. When there is no dōṣa there is no pravṛtti or cause of birth. When there is no pravṛtti there is no cause for janma or birth. When there is no birth there will be no duḥkha or sorrow. So according to nyāya sūtraṃ, tattvajñāna of the sixteen elements(Goutama divides the world into sixteen elements.)[[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Sixteen_elements_of_Nyāya]] would successively eliminate sorrow.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Elements of Nyāya==&lt;br /&gt;
The elements of Nyāya include identification of the right knowledge(pramā), validation(prāmāṇyaṃ), verifying explanations(nirdhāraṇaṃ), methods to establish an argument(nyāya prayōgaḥ) and means to identify a valid argument from invalid(hētvabhāsa nirūpaṇam). The term nyāya in Sanskrit signifies detailing the subject with an analytical investigation of it through the process of logical reasoning. It can be explained in the following verse:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Nīyatē prāpyatē vivakṣitārthasiḍih anēna iti &#039;nyāyah&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;nyāyakōśaḥ, published by, chaukhamba surabharati prakashan, varanasi, 2015, p:446&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vatsyāyana, the classic commentator on the Nyāya-Sūtra, defines it as a critical examination of the objects of knowledge by the means of logical proof. Nyāya is also called as &#039;Tarka-vidyā&#039;(It means the science of reasoning.) or &#039;Vāda-vidya&#039;(It means the science of argument.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Pramāṇa===&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya is also accounted as &#039;Pramāṇa Śāstra(epistemology)[[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Talk:Nyaya_Introduction_to_Pramanam]]. &#039;Pramā&#039; means true knowledge and the means to it is called &#039;Pramāṇam&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To understand the nature of the world, Goutama accepted four valid means, four types of pramāṇa, to obtain the correct knowledge. They are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Perception - Pratyakṣa: It literally means eye(which we use to see and know), but metaphorically it is applied to any all sence organs. It can be divided into six according to the number of the senses. The cognition resulted because of the relation between an object and a sense organ&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;indriyārtha sannikarṣōtpannaṃ jñanaṃ pratyakṣam&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;tarkasaṃgrahaḥ, published by vavilla ramaswamy and sons, chennai, 1960, p:23&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;. This phenomena is called as perception/ pratyakṣa. This perception is of two kinds.&lt;br /&gt;
(i)Direct perception(laukika pratyaksha) - Seeing a table and knowing that &#039;there is a table&#039; is an example of direct relation. &lt;br /&gt;
(ii)Indirect perception(alaukika pratyaksha) - Seeing a perfume bottle and knowing that &#039;it has aroma&#039;, without opening its lid, is an example of indirect relation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Inference - Anumāna : It is a means of knowledge, knowledge through reasoning. On seeing the smoke coming out from a mountain one could infer that the mountain has fire. In the process of inferring, it is essential to know the invariable relation between the object and the reason i.e., the relation between fire and smoke is very essential. Generally, a debate takes place where the subject is not proved or accepted by both the parties. It has to be proved by good reasoning. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;pratyakṣa parikalitaṃ apyarthaṃ anumānēna bubhutsantē tarkarasikāḥ &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;tatvacintāmaṇiḥ, anumānakhaṇḍaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(Means that one who enjoys logic tries to infer everything even it can be known by sense organs) So the Nyāya scholars like, gangēśōpādhyāya and vācaspati miśrā gave a prominent position for inference in their literature according to its importance in a debate.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Comparison - Upamāna : The valid means to acquire knowledge by comparison or establish a relation between a word and meaning.  When a word is known and not the meaning, the knowledge of similarity helps to establish their relation. For example, when a person does not know the meaning of the word &#039;gavaya&#039;(wild cow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: He knows from a forester that &amp;quot;Gavaya is similar to cow&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: He goes to the forest and sees an animal similar to cow and remembers the sentence of the forester.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3: Then an analogical cognition or upamitiḥ arises such as &amp;quot;This(Here this refers to the animal.) is the referent of the word gavaya.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Source for verbal cognition - Śabda : It is nothing but a meaningful word. This is referred to all the authentic literature like (a)veda, vedanga etc and (b)all the sentences we use to communicate with others. These sentences become a valid source of knowledge until the listener believes in the speaker, unlike veda, vedanga etc., which are considered to be valid always. It delivers a meaning according to its relation with the meaning. This relation may be direct/śaktiḥ or indirect/lakṣaṇā. A word possessing a valid relation could be a means of knowledge.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vāda==&lt;br /&gt;
Vāda means debate and Śāstra means a traditional treatise. A treatise which deals with debate in detail is Vāda Śāstra. The methodology of debate followed by all the Indian traditions is originated in Nyāya. Goutama has given utmost importance to introduce and elaborate the &#039;art of debate&#039; in his work. Out of sixteen elements which are described in his Nyāya sutram, around seven elements are directly related to debate. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A debate is an exchange of verbal statements between at least two opponents. It is done to achieve different results like establishing the truth, winning an opponent, misleading an opponent etc. As per the Nyāya tradition, components which are useful in a debate are hypothetical reasoning/tarkaḥ (Tarkaḥ is a method of attaining correct knowledge about an uncertain thing by showing faults in all the contrary ideas.), discussion/vādaḥ (Vādaḥ is a sincere dialogue in which one adopts the truth in the end.), polemic/jalpaḥ(Jalpaḥ is a verbal interaction done only to be victorious, it is not for the truth.), cavil/vitaṇḍā(Vitaṇḍā is a type of debate where the arguer has no desire to establish his position, but his only interest is to distract the opposition.), casuistry/chalaṃ, futile rejoinder/jāti and clinchers/nigraha sthānaṃ. All these topics are discussed categorically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Causation in Nyāya==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Causation is an important component of every darśana. The world is an effect, and its cause is explained differently by each darśana. There are multiple models explaining the causation of universe - (a) Āraṃbha vāda according to which the universe is created  (b) Satkāryavādaḥ according to which universe is eternal in seed form and the phenomenal world comes into existence as a transformation of the material cause. Nyāya along with Vaiśēṣika upholds Āraṃbha vāda. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;kriyā, vibhāgaḥ, pūrvadēśa saṃyōga nāśaḥ, uttara dēśa saṃyōgaḥ, drvyōtpattiḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;tarkasaṃgraha dīpikā&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Āraṃbhavādaḥ: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Nyāya, inactive atoms(paramāṇu) exist prior to creation and are the material cause (upādāna kāraṇaṃ) of the universe and are inactive before creation. The formal and efficient cause of universe is the will īśwara, which causes action in the atoms. Active atoms combine, giving rise to new objects and complex matter. In this sequence, atoms combine to gradually become all the world that is experienced. The object which is going to take birth does not exist before actually taking birth. It is always totally different from the cause. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Āraṃbha means beginning/effect. As Nyāya accords separate existence to an effect from cause, its causation theory is called āraṃbhavādaḥ. It is also called astkāryavādaḥ, meaning the object created does not exist before its creation. This is different from Sānkhya&#039;s satkārya vādaḥ according to which an object prior to its creation exists in the form of its cause. In ārambha vāda, prior to its creation there is no sat or an essential existence of the world, and it is coming into existence as a result of the act of creation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nyāyaprayōgaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
In a debate, presenting your argument in a systematic way is very important. It should precisely establish an argument without any flaw and redundancy. For this Nyāyasutra introduces a syllogism which consists of five components:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# ‘Pratigyā’ / Pratijyā : It is the proposition or the statement that is going to be inferred or statement of the thesis. Ex: Parvatō vanhimān Mountain is on fire. Here smoke is only seen not the fire, but writer wants to prove the fire which is not seen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# ‘Hētu’/ Hētu : It is the statement consisting the ground of the inference. Ex: Dhūmāt It denotes the action because of smoke.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# ‘Udāharaṇa’/ Udāharaṇam : The sentence of example which demonstrates the invariable relationship between the reason and the claim to be inferred or the statement setting forth an illustration is called as an Udāharaṇa. Ex: Yō Yō Dhūmavān Sa Vanhimān, Yathā Mahānasah Whichever place consists of smoke also consists of fire. Because fire is the reason behind the smoke(Fire and smoke are having a cause-effect relationship.), it also signifies the kitchen in the older times.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
# ‘Upanaya’ / Upanaya: It is the statement showing that the subject of the inference has the ground of the inference which is invariably related to the thing that is sought to be established. Ex: Tathā chāyam Such is this mountain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# ‘Nigamanam’/ Nigamana: It is the conclusion or the sentence which confirms the claim or the statement that the subject of the inference has the thing that is sought to be established as it has the ground of the inference. Ex: Tasmāt tathā Therefore this mountain possesses fire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These five members are called ‘Panchāvayava ’. In a formal debate, an argument with all these five members is considered to be complete. So using these five techniques to prove the merit of their cause can be called as ‘Nyāya’. Since ‘Nyāya’ has a predominant place in ‘Gōtama’s’ work it is called ‘Nyāya Darśanam’ or ‘Nyāya Sūtram’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, an exchange of dialogue is called kathā(Pūrvōttara vākya samdarbhaḥ exchange of dialogues). When it is used in a systematic way to know the truth its called vādaḥ. When the arguer has no desire to establish his position, but his only interest is to distract the opposition its called vitaṇḍā. When the only intention is to win its called jalpaḥ. Generally, one tends to commit flaws while presenting an argument. But to establish the correct principles/ sidhāntaḥ one must be aware of them. To identify the flaws of others and not to commit any is also important. Nyāya explains the types of flaws in the hētvābhāsāḥ section. Hence to equip us with the potentiality in argumentation and to find flaws in others argumentation, Gotama took a very prominent portion of his book Nyāya sutram.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nyāya in Life==&lt;br /&gt;
As a darshana(way of life) nyaya is not extant but nyaya concepts prevalent in Indian culture and found in various forms including regional idioms. Today we may not find many people getting trained in the traditional Nyāya system. But we always find the traditional Nyāya concepts in the Indian culture. These concepts got absorbed by the culture and regional languages according to their merits. Some of the concepts got adapted by the different traditional systems like sāmkhyā, vēdāntaḥ, mīmāmsā etc. Knowingly or unknowingly any logical statement follows some principles of Nyāya. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nyaya became a synonym of logic because of its logical praxis. Nyāyaprayōgaḥ(elaborated above) became a guideline for a systematic dialogue.  For instance, even in a household, it is a common practice to say you are doing vitanda(when a person does not follow logic ) because vitanda is known to common man as an undesirable and unfruitful way of argument. Yuktis(techniques) in argument came to be known as nyaya. For instance &#039;Pradhāna malla nibarhana nyāya&#039;, &#039;pangvandha nyāya&#039;,&#039;sthālī pulāka nyāya&#039; are techies for conveying similarities. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pradhāna malla nibarhana nyāya : The word malla means a wrestler. If a wrestler, who came from another place defeats the most victorious and important wrestler of any region he is considered victorious over the other wrestlers also. In the same way in any argument, if the most important idea or logic of a side is proved wrong then all the other ideas or logics that side is considered to be useless.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
pangvandha nyāya: This idiom is a famous logic used in sānkhya drśanaṃ. Here &#039;pangu&#039; means a person without legs, &#039;andha&#039; means blind. The pangu cannot walk and an andha cannot see. If these both want to accomplish a task like a normal human, then they have to co-operate. The person without legs should climb upon the shoulders of the blind and complete the task. In the same way sankhya describes that &#039;prakṛti and puruṣa&#039; accomplish the task by co-operating to each other.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
{{reflist}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Navya nyaya.jpg]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Nyaya&amp;diff=126889</id>
		<title>Nyaya</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Nyaya&amp;diff=126889"/>
		<updated>2019-10-18T17:43:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Nyāya is one of the prominent branches of learning in the Indian knowledge system. It primarily deals with logic and it is one of the most widely applied subjects across the Vedic, Tantric, Bauddha and Jaina traditions.  It is considered to be one of the five ‘Vidyā sthānas’ or abodes of learning, one of the six canonical schools of philosophy (Darśana) and also a sub limb (Upaṅga) in the body of Vedic learning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya deals with the structure of knowing, learning and debating. Thus as a subject, it is component to all the schools of formal knowledge in some form. To different degrees, many principles of Nyāya are agreed upon by all schools, such as ascertaining the knowable, validating sources of learning, ascertaining the validity of an argument, setting terms of debate and determining the outcome of a debate. Nyāya is not prevalent as an independent school of philosophy at present, but its influence can be seen in the most extant traditions. Nyāya along with mimāmsā plays a prominent role in many areas like jurisprudence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
Indian theory of knowledge can be described into two metaphors. The first one is of a tree whose root is the Veda and various areas of learning are denoted as the trunk, branches and leaves. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;angāni vēdāścatvārō mīmāmsā nyāyavistaraḥ |&lt;br /&gt;
purāṇaṃ dharmaśāstraṃ ca vidyāhyētāścaturdaśa ||&lt;br /&gt;
āyurvēdō dhanurvēdō gāndharvaścētyanukramāt |&lt;br /&gt;
arthaśāstraṃ paraṃ tasmāt vidyāstvaṣṭādaśa smṛtaḥ ||&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;śivapurāṇaṃ 7.1,1.25-26&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The other metaphor is of a human body, whose limbs (aṅga) and sub-limbs (upānga) are various areas of learning. Darśanas enunciate the worldviews and outlines the philosophy of life that results in fulfilment and happiness. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya is the discipline of logic, which provides methods for an inquiry into the nature of world and knowledge, means of learning and validation. It systematizes knowledge into (a)the knowable, (b)means and methods for knowing and (c)procedures for ascertaining and validating knowledge. The founder of the Nyāya system was Gautama also called as Gotama, who is frequently referred to in the literature as Akṣapāda and Dīrghatapas. Before Gautama, the principles of the nyāya existed as an unsorted body of philosophical thoughts in different types of literature. Gautama codified these generally accepted principles of time into ‘Nyāya Sutram’ or ‘Nyāya Darśnam’ where he introduced the philosophy of Nyāya. He elaborated where ever needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As Nyāya is a traditional philosophy there are some unique concepts introduced to understand the world in a very logical way. Even though Goutama divided everything into sixteen, but a special focus was there on the means, structure and debate of the knowledge i.e pramāṇaṃ and vādaḥ. According to this philosophy, the world should be understood in its true form to liberate an individual from suffering. To know the true sense of anything, one needs to understand the process of knowing the accurate knowledge and its types. Thus epistemology or the study of pramāṇa got a prominent place in the Nyāya sutras. In fact, in the list of the sixteen elements[[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Sixteen_elements_of_Nyāya]] stated in Nyāya sutram, &#039;pramāṇa&#039;[[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Pramanam]] stands first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya is also widely known as Vāda Śāstra as it deals with the concepts of debate. When one understands some principals, at one point in time, one may encounter a difference of opinion. When the difference is very fundamental, there arises the need for a debate. As one wants to seek the truth one must know the structure of the debate. Thus Nyāya elaborated the structure of debate and also its types.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prāchīna Nyāya and Navya Nyāya==&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya Darśnam can be categorized into two schools Prāchīna Nyāya and Navya Nyāya. They are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prāchīna Nyāya - A collection of five books which are called ‘Pancha Granthī’, these are considered to be the authentic source of ‘Prāchīna Nyāya’. These were a series of commentary on the previous work, which complemented and elaborated the priors work. They are:&lt;br /&gt;
# Nyāya Sutram of Gotama&lt;br /&gt;
# Nyāya Bhashyam of Vātsāyana&lt;br /&gt;
# Nyāya Vārtikam of Udyōtakāra&lt;br /&gt;
# Tātparya Tīkā of Vāchaspati Miśrā&lt;br /&gt;
# Tātparya Tīkā Pariśudhi of Udayanāchārya. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Navya Nyāya - Gangēśōpādhyāya’s ‘Tatvachintāmaṇi is considered to be the pioneering work of navya nyaya which began the new era in ‘Nyāya philosophy’. By this time the concepts which were previously dealt with separately in ‘Nyāya’ and ‘Vaiṣeṣka’ philosophies came together. This system was later termed as ‘Navya Nyāya’ or ‘Tarka Śāstram’. ‘Dīdhiti’ of Raghunātha Śrōmaṇi is considered to be the best commentary on ‘Tatvachintāmaṇi’. ‘Dīdhiti’ had the famous three commentaries ‘Māthurī’, ‘Jāgadīśī’ and ‘Gādādharī’ on it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be said that ‘Prāchīna Nyāya’ dealt with all the original concepts which ‘Āstika Darśana&#039;(asti īśwaraḥ iti matiryasay&#039; - one who believes in the existence of īśwara and veda.)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;śabdakalpadṛma(sanskrit encyclopedia)&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;’ needs. Whereas ‘Navya Nyāya’ mainly dealt with only the topics which are useful in a debate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nyāya as a Darśana==&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya is considered to be the one amongst the six canonical Indian philosophies or worldviews along with Vaiśeśika, Sānkhya, Yoga, Mimāmsā and Vedānta. On inquiring about the difference between a normal book and a Darśana, one knows the characteristics of a Darśana. Every Darśana is expected to present its view on the world(saṅsāra) and suggest a permanent solution for the problem faced by all. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nyaya is identifying sources and causes of suffering (duhkha) and it prescribes a theory for liberation from it. To establish its theory, it has to define certain terms and change the perception of the seeker. In this process, a detailed discussion on the means of knowledge(epistemology), which distinguishes the truth from false becomes a critical inquiry, argumentation etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Indian literature, there are four puruśārthas[[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Puruṣārtha]] or motives for men.&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth puruśārtha is considered to be eternal(nitya). The state of ultimate happiness and lack of suffering is a state where there is no birth or death for a being. And every darśana aims at it as a final goal. Goutama describes that final liberation from suffering as moksha, thus the ultimate goal of life. According to him, the world is a chain of consequences starting with illusion, which eventually ends with suffering. It has to be broken in order to attain liberation from suffering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the text, misapprehension/illusion(ajnāna) leads to distorted views(doṣa) that leads to activity(karma), which in turn leads to rebirth(janma). This whole cycle ultimately leads to suffering duhkha. To break this chain Goutama prescribes an antidote to each member. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Duḥkha- janma-pravṛtti-dōṣa-mithyājñānānāṃ uttarōttarāpāyē tadanantarāpāyādapavargaḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.2 Nyāya sūtraṃ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tattvajñāna or the true knowledge obstruct mithyājñāna or misapprehension. As illusion is the root cause of all activity like dōṣa, pāpaṃ, puṇyaṃ, removal of illusion will undo all of them. When there is no dōṣa there is no pravṛtti or cause of birth. When there is no pravṛtti there is no cause for janma or birth. When there is no birth there will be no duḥkha or sorrow. So according to nyāya sūtraṃ, tattvajñāna of the sixteen elements(Goutama divides the world into sixteen elements.)[[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Sixteen_elements_of_Nyāya]] would successively eliminate sorrow.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Elements of Nyāya==&lt;br /&gt;
The elements of Nyāya include identification of the right knowledge(pramā), validation(prāmāṇyaṃ), verifying explanations(nirdhāraṇaṃ), methods to establish an argument(nyāya prayōgaḥ) and means to identify a valid argument from invalid(hētvabhāsa nirūpaṇam). The term nyāya in Sanskrit signifies detailing the subject with an analytical investigation of it through the process of logical reasoning. It can be explained in the following verse:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Nīyatē prāpyatē vivakṣitārthasiḍih anēna iti &#039;nyāyah&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;nyāyakōśaḥ, published by, chaukhamba surabharati prakashan, varanasi, 2015, p:446&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vatsyāyana, the classic commentator on the Nyāya-Sūtra, defines it as a critical examination of the objects of knowledge by the means of logical proof. Nyāya is also called as &#039;Tarka-vidyā&#039;(It means the science of reasoning.) or &#039;Vāda-vidya&#039;(It means the science of argument.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Pramāṇa===&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya is also accounted as &#039;Pramāṇa Śāstra(epistemology)[[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Talk:Nyaya_Introduction_to_Pramanam]]. &#039;Pramā&#039; means true knowledge and the means to it is called &#039;Pramāṇam&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To understand the nature of the world, Goutama accepted four valid means, four types of pramāṇa, to obtain the correct knowledge. They are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Perception - Pratyakṣa: It literally means eye(which we use to see and know), but metaphorically it is applied to any all sence organs. It can be divided into six according to the number of the senses. The cognition resulted because of the relation between an object and a sense organ&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;indriyārtha sannikarṣōtpannaṃ jñanaṃ pratyakṣam&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;tarkasaṃgrahaḥ, published by vavilla ramaswamy and sons, chennai, 1960, p:23&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;. This phenomena is called as perception/ pratyakṣa. This perception is of two kinds.&lt;br /&gt;
(i)Direct perception(laukika pratyaksha) - Seeing a table and knowing that &#039;there is a table&#039; is an example of direct relation. &lt;br /&gt;
(ii)Indirect perception(alaukika pratyaksha) - Seeing a perfume bottle and knowing that &#039;it has aroma&#039;, without opening its lid, is an example of indirect relation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Inference - Anumāna : It is a means of knowledge, knowledge through reasoning. On seeing the smoke coming out from a mountain one could infer that the mountain has fire. In the process of inferring, it is essential to know the invariable relation between the object and the reason i.e., the relation between fire and smoke is very essential. Generally, a debate takes place where the subject is not proved or accepted by both the parties. It has to be proved by good reasoning. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;pratyakṣa parikalitaṃ apyarthaṃ anumānēna bubhutsantē tarkarasikāḥ &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;tatvacintāmaṇiḥ, anumānakhaṇḍaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(Means that one who enjoys logic tries to infer everything even it can be known by sense organs) So the Nyāya scholars like, gangēśōpādhyāya and vācaspati miśrā gave a prominent position for inference in their literature according to its importance in a debate.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Comparison - Upamāna : The valid means to acquire knowledge by comparison or establish a relation between a word and meaning.  When a word is known and not the meaning, the knowledge of similarity helps to establish their relation. For example, when a person does not know the meaning of the word &#039;gavaya&#039;(wild cow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: He knows from a forester that &amp;quot;Gavaya is similar to cow&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: He goes to the forest and sees an animal similar to cow and remembers the sentence of the forester.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3: Then an analogical cognition or upamitiḥ arises such as &amp;quot;This(Here this refers to the animal.) is the referent of the word gavaya.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Source for verbal cognition - Śabda : It is nothing but a meaningful word. This is referred to all the authentic literature like (a)veda, vedanga etc and (b)all the sentences we use to communicate with others. These sentences become a valid source of knowledge until the listener believes in the speaker, unlike veda, vedanga etc., which are considered to be valid always. It delivers a meaning according to its relation with the meaning. This relation may be direct/śaktiḥ or indirect/lakṣaṇā. A word possessing a valid relation could be a means of knowledge.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vāda==&lt;br /&gt;
Vāda means debate and Śāstra means a traditional treatise. A treatise which deals with debate in detail is Vāda Śāstra. The methodology of debate followed by all the Indian traditions is originated in Nyāya. Goutama has given utmost importance to introduce and elaborate the &#039;art of debate&#039; in his work. Out of sixteen elements which are described in his Nyāya sutram, around seven elements are directly related to debate. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A debate is an exchange of verbal statements between at least two opponents. It is done to achieve different results like establishing the truth, winning an opponent, misleading an opponent etc. As per the Nyāya tradition, components which are useful in a debate are hypothetical reasoning/tarkaḥ (Tarkaḥ is a method of attaining correct knowledge about an uncertain thing by showing faults in all the contrary ideas.), discussion/vādaḥ (Vādaḥ is a sincere dialogue in which one adopts the truth in the end.), polemic/jalpaḥ(Jalpaḥ is a verbal interaction done only to be victorious, it is not for the truth.), cavil/vitaṇḍā(Vitaṇḍā is a type of debate where the arguer has no desire to establish his position, but his only interest is to distract the opposition.), casuistry/chalaṃ, futile rejoinder/jāti and clinchers/nigraha sthānaṃ. All these topics are discussed categorically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Causation in Nyāya==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Causation is an important component of every darśana. The world is an effect, and its cause is explained differently by each darśana. There are multiple models explaining the causation of universe - (a) Āraṃbha vāda according to which the universe is created  (b) Satkāryavādaḥ according to which universe is eternal in seed form and the phenomenal world comes into existence as a transformation of the material cause. Nyāya along with Vaiśēṣika upholds Āraṃbha vāda. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;kriyā, vibhāgaḥ, pūrvadēśa saṃyōga nāśaḥ, uttara dēśa saṃyōgaḥ, drvyōtpattiḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;tarkasaṃgraha dīpikā&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Āraṃbhavādaḥ: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Nyāya, inactive atoms(paramāṇu) exist prior to creation and are the material cause (upādāna kāraṇaṃ) of the universe and are inactive before creation. The formal and efficient cause of universe is the will īśwara, which causes action in the atoms. Active atoms combine, giving rise to new objects and complex matter. In this sequence, atoms combine to gradually become all the world that is experienced. The object which is going to take birth does not exist before actually taking birth. It is always totally different from the cause. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Āraṃbha means beginning/effect. As Nyāya accords separate existence to an effect from cause, its causation theory is called āraṃbhavādaḥ. It is also called astkāryavādaḥ, meaning the object created does not exist before its creation. This is different from Sānkhya&#039;s satkārya vādaḥ according to which an object prior to its creation exists in the form of its cause. In ārambha vāda, prior to its creation there is no sat or an essential existence of the world, and it is coming into existence as a result of the act of creation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nyāyaprayōgaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
In a debate, presenting your argument in a systematic way is very important. It should precisely establish an argument without any flaw and redundancy. For this Nyāyasutra introduces a syllogism which consists of five components:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# ‘Pratigyā’ / Pratijyā : It is the proposition or the statement that is going to be inferred or statement of the thesis. Ex: Parvatō vanhimān Mountain is on fire. Here smoke is only seen not the fire, but writer wants to prove the fire which is not seen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# ‘Hētu’/ Hētu : It is the statement consisting the ground of the inference. Ex: Dhūmāt It denotes the action because of smoke.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# ‘Udāharaṇa’/ Udāharaṇam : The sentence of example which demonstrates the invariable relationship between the reason and the claim to be inferred or the statement setting forth an illustration is called as an Udāharaṇa. Ex: Yō Yō Dhūmavān Sa Vanhimān, Yathā Mahānasah Whichever place consists of smoke also consists of fire. Because fire is the reason behind the smoke(Fire and smoke are having a cause-effect relationship.), it also signifies the kitchen in the older times.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
# ‘Upanaya’ / Upanaya: It is the statement showing that the subject of the inference has the ground of the inference which is invariably related to the thing that is sought to be established. Ex: Tathā chāyam Such is this mountain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# ‘Nigamanam’/ Nigamana: It is the conclusion or the sentence which confirms the claim or the statement that the subject of the inference has the thing that is sought to be established as it has the ground of the inference. Ex: Tasmāt tathā Therefore this mountain possesses fire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These five members are called ‘Panchāvayava ’. In a formal debate, an argument with all these five members is considered to be complete. So using these five techniques to prove the merit of their cause can be called as ‘Nyāya’. Since ‘Nyāya’ has a predominant place in ‘Gōtama’s’ work it is called ‘Nyāya Darśanam’ or ‘Nyāya Sūtram’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, an exchange of dialogue is called kathā(Pūrvōttara vākya samdarbhaḥ exchange of dialogues). When it is used in a systematic way to know the truth its called vādaḥ. When the arguer has no desire to establish his position, but his only interest is to distract the opposition its called vitaṇḍā. When the only intention is to win its called jalpaḥ. Generally, one tends to commit flaws while presenting an argument. But to establish the correct principles/ sidhāntaḥ one must be aware of them. To identify the flaws of others and not to commit any is also important. Nyāya explains the types of flaws in the hētvābhāsāḥ section. Hence to equip us with the potentiality in argumentation and to find flaws in others argumentation, Gotama took a very prominent portion of his book Nyāya sutram.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nyāya in Life==&lt;br /&gt;
As a darshana(way of life) nyaya is not extant but nyaya concepts prevalent in Indian culture and found in various forms including regional idioms. Today we may not find many people getting trained in the traditional Nyāya system. But we always find the traditional Nyāya concepts in the Indian culture. These concepts got absorbed by the culture and regional languages according to their merits. Some of the concepts got adapted by the different traditional systems like sāmkhyā, vēdāntaḥ, mīmāmsā etc. Knowingly or unknowingly any logical statement follows some principles of Nyāya. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nyaya became a synonym of logic because of its logical praxis. Nyāyaprayōgaḥ(elaborated above) became a guideline for a systematic dialogue.  For instance, even in a household, it is a common practice to say you are doing vitanda(when a person does not follow logic ) because vitanda is known to common man as an undesirable and unfruitful way of argument. Yuktis(techniques) in argument came to be known as nyaya. For instance &#039;Pradhāna malla nibarhana nyāya&#039;, &#039;pangvandha nyāya&#039;,&#039;sthālī pulāka nyāya&#039; are techies for conveying similarities. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pradhāna malla nibarhana nyāya : The word malla means a wrestler. If a wrestler, who came from another place defeats the most victorious and important wrestler of any region he is considered victorious over the other wrestlers also. In the same way in any argument, if the most important idea or logic of a side is proved wrong then all the other ideas or logics that side is considered to be useless.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
pangvandha nyāya: This idiom is a famous logic used in sānkhya drśanaṃ. Here &#039;pangu&#039; means a person without legs, &#039;andha&#039; means blind. The pangu cannot walk and an andha cannot see. If these both want to accomplish a task like a normal human, then they have to co-operate. The person without legs should climb upon the shoulders of the blind and complete the task. In the same way sankhya describes that &#039;prakṛti and puruṣa&#039; accomplish the task by co-operating to each other.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
{{reflist}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Navya nyaya.jpg]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Nyaya&amp;diff=126888</id>
		<title>Nyaya</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Nyaya&amp;diff=126888"/>
		<updated>2019-10-17T12:18:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Nyāya is one of the prominent branches of learning in the Indian knowledge system. It primarily deals with logic and it is one of the most widely applied subjects across the Vedic, Tantric, Bauddha and Jaina traditions.  It is considered to be one of the five ‘Vidyā sthānas’ or abodes of learning, one of the six canonical schools of philosophy (Darśana) and also a sub limb (Upaṅga) in the body of Vedic learning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya deals with the structure of knowing, learning and debating. Thus as a subject, it is component to all the schools of formal knowledge in some form. To different degrees, many principles of Nyāya are agreed upon by all schools, such as ascertaining the knowable, validating sources of learning, ascertaining the validity of an argument, setting terms of debate and determining the outcome of a debate. Nyāya is not prevalent as an independent school of philosophy at present, but its influence can be seen in the most extant traditions. Nyāya along with mimāmsā plays a prominent role in many areas like jurisprudence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
Indian theory of knowledge can be described into two metaphors. The first one is of a tree whose root is the Veda and various areas of learning are denoted as the trunk, branches and leaves. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;angāni vēdāścatvārō mīmāmsā nyāyavistaraḥ |&lt;br /&gt;
purāṇaṃ dharmaśāstraṃ ca vidyāhyētāścaturdaśa ||&lt;br /&gt;
āyurvēdō dhanurvēdō gāndharvaścētyanukramāt |&lt;br /&gt;
arthaśāstraṃ paraṃ tasmāt vidyāstvaṣṭādaśa smṛtaḥ ||&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;śivapurāṇaṃ 7.1,1.25-26&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The other metaphor is of a human body, whose limbs (aṅga) and sub-limbs (upānga) are various areas of learning. Darśanas enunciate the worldviews and outlines the philosophy of life that results in fulfilment and happiness. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya is the discipline of logic, which provides methods for an inquiry into the nature of world and knowledge, means of learning and validation. It systematizes knowledge into (a)the knowable, (b)means and methods for knowing and (c)procedures for ascertaining and validating knowledge. The founder of the Nyāya system was Gautama also called as Gotama, who is frequently referred to in the literature as Akṣapāda and Dīrghatapas. Before Gautama, the principles of the nyāya existed as an unsorted body of philosophical thoughts in different types of literature. Gautama codified these generally accepted principles of time into ‘Nyāya Sutram’ or ‘Nyāya Darśnam’ where he introduced the philosophy of Nyāya. He elaborated where ever needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As Nyāya is a traditional philosophy there are some unique concepts introduced to understand the world in a very logical way. Even though Goutama divided everything into sixteen, but a special focus was there on the means, structure and debate of the knowledge i.e pramāṇaṃ and vādaḥ. According to this philosophy, the world should be understood in its true form to liberate an individual from suffering. To know the true sense of anything, one needs to understand the process of knowing the accurate knowledge and its types. Thus epistemology or the study of pramāṇa got a prominent place in the Nyāya sutras. In fact, in the list of the sixteen elements[[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Sixteen_elements_of_Nyāya]] stated in Nyāya sutram, &#039;pramāṇa&#039;[[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Pramanam]] stands first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya is also widely known as Vāda Śāstra as it deals with the concepts of debate. When one understands some principals, at one point in time, one may encounter a difference of opinion. When the difference is very fundamental, there arises the need for a debate. As one wants to seek the truth one must know the structure of the debate. Thus Nyāya elaborated the structure of debate and also its types.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prāchīna Nyāya and Navya Nyāya==&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya Darśnam can be categorized into two schools Prāchīna Nyāya and Navya Nyāya. They are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prāchīna Nyāya - A collection of five books which are called ‘Pancha Granthī’, these are considered to be the authentic source of ‘Prāchīna Nyāya’. These were a series of commentary on the previous work, which complemented and elaborated the priors work. They are:&lt;br /&gt;
# Nyāya Sutram of Gotama&lt;br /&gt;
# Nyāya Bhashyam of Vātsāyana&lt;br /&gt;
# Nyāya Vārtikam of Udyōtakāra&lt;br /&gt;
# Tātparya Tīkā of Vāchaspati Miśrā&lt;br /&gt;
# Tātparya Tīkā Pariśudhi of Udayanāchārya. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Navya Nyāya - Gangēśōpādhyāya’s ‘Tatvachintāmaṇi is considered to be the pioneering work of navya nyaya which began the new era in ‘Nyāya philosophy’. By this time the concepts which were previously dealt with separately in ‘Nyāya’ and ‘Vaiṣeṣka’ philosophies came together. This system was later termed as ‘Navya Nyāya’ or ‘Tarka Śāstram’. ‘Dīdhiti’ of Raghunātha Śrōmaṇi is considered to be the best commentary on ‘Tatvachintāmaṇi’. ‘Dīdhiti’ had the famous three commentaries ‘Māthurī’, ‘Jāgadīśī’ and ‘Gādādharī’ on it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be said that ‘Prāchīna Nyāya’ dealt with all the original concepts which ‘Āstika Darśana&#039;(asti īśwaraḥ iti matiryasay&#039; - one who believes in the existence of īśwara and veda.)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;śabdakalpadṛma(sanskrit encyclopedia)&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;’ needs. Whereas ‘Navya Nyāya’ mainly dealt with only the topics which are useful in a debate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nyāya as a Darśana==&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya is considered to be the one amongst the six canonical Indian philosophies or worldviews along with Vaiśeśika, Sānkhya, Yoga, Mimāmsā and Vedānta. On inquiring about the difference between a normal book and a Darśana, one knows the characteristics of a Darśana. Every Darśana is expected to present its view on the world(saṅsāra) and suggest a permanent solution for the problem faced by all. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nyaya is identifying sources and causes of suffering (duhkha) and it prescribes a theory for liberation from it. To establish its theory, it has to define certain terms and change the perception of the seeker. In this process, a detailed discussion on the means of knowledge(epistemology), which distinguishes the truth from false becomes a critical inquiry, argumentation etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Indian literature, there are four puruśārthas[[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Puruṣārtha]] or motives for men.&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth puruśārtha is considered to be eternal(nitya). The state of ultimate happiness and lack of suffering is a state where there is no birth or death for a being. And every darśana aims at it as a final goal. Goutama describes that final liberation from suffering as moksha, thus the ultimate goal of life. According to him, the world is a chain of consequences starting with illusion, which eventually ends with suffering. It has to be broken in order to attain liberation from suffering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the text, misapprehension/illusion(ajnāna) leads to distorted views(doṣa) that leads to activity(karma), which in turn leads to rebirth(janma). This whole cycle ultimately leads to suffering duhkha. To break this chain Goutama prescribes an antidote to each member. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Duḥkha- janma-pravṛtti-dōṣa-mithyājñānānāṃ uttarōttarāpāyē tadanantarāpāyādapavargaḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.2 Nyāya sūtraṃ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tattvajñāna or the true knowledge obstruct mithyājñāna or misapprehension. As illusion is the root cause of all activity like dōṣa, pāpaṃ, puṇyaṃ, removal of illusion will undo all of them. When there is no dōṣa there is no pravṛtti or cause of birth. When there is no pravṛtti there is no cause for janma or birth. When there is no birth there will be no duḥkha or sorrow. So according to nyāya sūtraṃ, tattvajñāna of the sixteen elements(Goutama divides the world into sixteen elements.)[[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Sixteen_elements_of_Nyāya]] would successively eliminate sorrow.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Elements of Nyāya==&lt;br /&gt;
The elements of Nyāya include identification of the right knowledge(pramā), validation(prāmāṇyaṃ), verifying explanations(nirdhāraṇaṃ), methods to establish an argument(nyāya prayōgaḥ) and means to identify a valid argument from invalid(hētvabhāsa nirūpaṇam). The term nyāya in Sanskrit signifies detailing the subject with an analytical investigation of it through the process of logical reasoning. It can be explained in the following verse:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Nīyatē prāpyatē vivakṣitārthasiḍih anēna iti &#039;nyāyah&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;nyāyakōśaḥ, published by, chaukhamba surabharati prakashan, varanasi, 2015, p:446&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vatsyāyana, the classic commentator on the Nyāya-Sūtra, defines it as a critical examination of the objects of knowledge by the means of logical proof. Nyāya is also called as &#039;Tarka-vidyā&#039;(It means the science of reasoning.) or &#039;Vāda-vidya&#039;(It means the science of argument.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Pramāṇa===&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya is also accounted as &#039;Pramāṇa Śāstra(epistemology)[[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Talk:Nyaya_Introduction_to_Pramanam]]. &#039;Pramā&#039; means true knowledge and the means to it is called &#039;Pramāṇam&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To understand the nature of the world, Goutama accepted four valid means, four types of pramāṇa, to obtain the correct knowledge. They are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Perception - Pratyakṣa: It literally means eye(which we use to see and know), but metaphorically it is applied to any all sence organs. It can be divided into six according to the number of the senses. The cognition resulted because of the relation between an object and a sense organ&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;indriyārtha sannikarṣōtpannaṃ jñanaṃ pratyakṣam&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;tarkasaṃgrahaḥ, published by vavilla ramaswamy and sons, chennai, 1960, p:23&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;. This phenomena is called as perception/ pratyakṣa. This perception is of two kinds.&lt;br /&gt;
(i)Direct perception(laukika pratyaksha) - Seeing a table and knowing that &#039;there is a table&#039; is an example of direct relation. &lt;br /&gt;
(ii)Indirect perception(alaukika pratyaksha) - Seeing a perfume bottle and knowing that &#039;it has aroma&#039;, without opening its lid, is an example of indirect relation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Inference - Anumāna : It is a means of knowledge, knowledge through reasoning. On seeing the smoke coming out from a mountain one could infer that the mountain has fire. In the process of inferring, it is essential to know the invariable relation between the object and the reason i.e., the relation between fire and smoke is very essential. Generally, a debate takes place where the subject is not proved or accepted by both the parties. It has to be proved by good reasoning. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;pratyakṣa parikalitaṃ apyarthaṃ anumānēna bubhutsantē tarkarasikāḥ &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;tatvacintāmaṇiḥ, anumānakhaṇḍaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(Means that one who enjoys logic tries to infer everything even it can be known by sense organs) So the Nyāya scholars like, gangēśōpādhyāya and vācaspati miśrā gave a prominent position for inference in their literature according to its importance in a debate.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Comparison - Upamāna : The valid means to acquire knowledge by comparison or establish a relation between a word and meaning.  When a word is known and not the meaning, the knowledge of similarity helps to establish their relation. For example, when a person does not know the meaning of the word &#039;gavaya&#039;(wild cow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: He knows from a forester that &amp;quot;Gavaya is similar to cow&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: He goes to the forest and sees an animal similar to cow and remembers the sentence of the forester.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3: Then an analogical cognition or upamitiḥ arises such as &amp;quot;This(Here this refers to the animal.) is the referent of the word gavaya.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Source for verbal cognition - Śabda : It is nothing but a meaningful word. This is referred to all the authentic literature like (a)veda, vedanga etc and (b)all the sentences we use to communicate with others. These sentences become a valid source of knowledge until the listener believes in the speaker, unlike veda, vedanga etc., which are considered to be valid always. It delivers a meaning according to its relation with the meaning. This relation may be direct/śaktiḥ or indirect/lakṣaṇā. A word possessing a valid relation could be a means of knowledge.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vāda==&lt;br /&gt;
Vāda means debate and Śāstra means a traditional treatise. A treatise which deals with debate in detail is Vāda Śāstra. The methodology of debate followed by all the Indian traditions is originated in Nyāya. Goutama has given utmost importance to introduce and elaborate the &#039;art of debate&#039; in his work. Out of sixteen elements which are described in his Nyāya sutram, around seven elements are directly related to debate. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A debate is an exchange of verbal statements between at least two opponents. It is done to achieve different results like establishing the truth, winning an opponent, misleading an opponent etc. As per the Nyāya tradition, components which are useful in a debate are hypothetical reasoning/tarkaḥ (Tarkaḥ is a method of attaining correct knowledge about an uncertain thing by showing faults in all the contrary ideas.), discussion/vādaḥ (Vādaḥ is a sincere dialogue in which one adopts the truth in the end.), polemic/jalpaḥ(Jalpaḥ is a verbal interaction done only to be victorious, it is not for the truth.), cavil/vitaṇḍā(Vitaṇḍā is a type of debate where the arguer has no desire to establish his position, but his only interest is to distract the opposition.), casuistry/chalaṃ, futile rejoinder/jāti and clinchers/nigraha sthānaṃ. All these topics are discussed categorically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Causation in Nyāya==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Causation is an important component of every darśana. The world is an effect, and its cause is explained differently by each darśana. There are multiple models explaining the causation of universe - (a) Āraṃbha vāda according to which the universe is created  (b) Satkāryavādaḥ according to which universe is eternal in seed form and the phenomenal world comes into existence as a transformation of the material cause. Nyāya along with Vaiśēṣika upholds Āraṃbha vāda. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;kriyā, vibhāgaḥ, pūrvadēśa saṃyōga nāśaḥ, uttara dēśa saṃyōgaḥ, drvyōtpattiḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;tarkasaṃgraha dīpikā&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Āraṃbhavādaḥ: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Nyāya, inactive atoms(paramāṇu) exist prior to creation and are the material cause (upādāna kāraṇaṃ) of the universe and are inactive before creation. The formal and efficient cause of universe is the will īśwara, which causes action in the atoms. Active atoms combine, giving rise to new objects and complex matter. In this sequence, atoms combine to gradually become all the world that is experienced. The object which is going to take birth does not exist before actually taking birth. It is always totally different from the cause. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Āraṃbha means beginning/effect. As Nyāya accords separate existence to an effect from cause, its causation theory is called āraṃbhavādaḥ. It is also called astkāryavādaḥ, meaning the object created does not exist before its creation. This is different from Sānkhya&#039;s satkārya vādaḥ according to which an object prior to its creation exists in the form of its cause. In ārambha vāda, prior to its creation there is no sat or an essential existence of the world, and it is coming into existence as a result of the act of creation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nyāyaprayōgaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
In a debate, presenting your argument in a systematic way is very important. It should precisely establish an argument without any flaw and redundancy. For this Nyāyasutra introduces a syllogism which consists of five components:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# ‘Pratigyā’ / Pratijyā : It is the proposition or the statement that is going to be inferred or statement of the thesis. Ex: Parvatō vanhimān Mountain is on fire. Here smoke is only seen not the fire, but writer wants to prove the fire which is not seen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# ‘Hētu’/ Hētu : It is the statement consisting the ground of the inference. Ex: Dhūmāt It denotes the action because of smoke.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# ‘Udāharaṇa’/ Udāharaṇam : The sentence of example which demonstrates the invariable relationship between the reason and the claim to be inferred or the statement setting forth an illustration is called as an Udāharaṇa. Ex: Yō Yō Dhūmavān Sa Vanhimān, Yathā Mahānasah Whichever place consists of smoke also consists of fire. Because fire is the reason behind the smoke&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Fire and smoke are having a cause-effect relationship.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, it also signifies the kitchen in the older times.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
# ‘Upanaya’ / Upanaya: It is the statement showing that the subject of the inference has the ground of the inference which is invariably related to the thing that is sought to be established. Ex: Tathā chāyam Such is this mountain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# ‘Nigamanam’/ Nigamana: It is the conclusion or the sentence which confirms the claim or the statement that the subject of the inference has the thing that is sought to be established as it has the ground of the inference. Ex: Tasmāt tathā Therefore this mountain possesses fire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These five members are called ‘Panchāvayava ’. In a formal debate, an argument with all these five members is considered to be complete. So using these five techniques to prove the merit of their cause can be called as ‘Nyāya’. Since ‘Nyāya’ has a predominant place in ‘Gōtama’s’ work it is called ‘Nyāya Darśanam’ or ‘Nyāya Sūtram’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, an exchange of dialogue is called kathā(Pūrvōttara vākya samdarbhaḥ exchange of dialogues). When it is used in a systematic way to know the truth its called vādaḥ. When the arguer has no desire to establish his position, but his only interest is to distract the opposition its called vitaṇḍā. When the only intention is to win its called jalpaḥ. Generally, one tends to commit flaws while presenting an argument. But to establish the correct principles/ sidhāntaḥ one must be aware of them. To identify the flaws of others and not to commit any is also important. Nyāya explains the types of flaws in the hētvābhāsāḥ section. Hence to equip us with the potentiality in argumentation and to find flaws in others argumentation, Gotama took a very prominent portion of his book Nyāya sutram.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nyāya in Life==&lt;br /&gt;
As a darshana(way of life) nyaya is not extant but nyaya concepts prevalent in Indian culture and found in various forms including regional idioms. Today we may not find many people getting trained in the traditional Nyāya system. But we always find the traditional Nyāya concepts in the Indian culture. These concepts got absorbed by the culture and regional languages according to their merits. Some of the concepts got adapted by the different traditional systems like sāmkhyā, vēdāntaḥ, mīmāmsā etc. Knowingly or unknowingly any logical statement follows some principles of Nyāya. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nyaya became a synonym of logic because of its logical praxis. Nyāyaprayōgaḥ(elaborated above) became a guideline for a systematic dialogue.  For instance, even in a household, it is a common practice to say you are doing vitanda(when a person does not follow logic ) because vitanda is known to common man as an undesirable and unfruitful way of argument. Yuktis(techniques) in argument came to be known as nyaya. For instance &#039;Pradhāna malla nibarhana nyāya&#039;, &#039;pangvandha nyāya&#039;,&#039;sthālī pulāka nyāya&#039; are techies for conveying similarities. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pradhāna malla nibarhana nyāya : The word malla means a wrestler. If a wrestler, who came from another place defeats the most victorious and important wrestler of any region he is considered victorious over the other wrestlers also. In the same way in any argument, if the most important idea or logic of a side is proved wrong then all the other ideas or logics that side is considered to be useless.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
pangvandha nyāya: This idiom is a famous logic used in sānkhya drśanaṃ. Here &#039;pangu&#039; means a person without legs, &#039;andha&#039; means blind. The pangu cannot walk and an andha cannot see. If these both want to accomplish a task like a normal human, then they have to co-operate. The person without legs should climb upon the shoulders of the blind and complete the task. In the same way sankhya describes that &#039;prakṛti and puruṣa&#039; accomplish the task by co-operating to each other.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
{{reflist}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Navya nyaya.jpg]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Nyaya&amp;diff=126887</id>
		<title>Nyaya</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Nyaya&amp;diff=126887"/>
		<updated>2019-10-17T11:35:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Nyāya is one of the prominent branches of learning in the Indian knowledge system. It primarily deals with logic and it is one of the most widely applied subjects across the Vedic, Tantric, Bauddha and Jaina traditions.  It is considered to be one of the five ‘Vidyā sthānas’ or abodes of learning, one of the six canonical schools of philosophy (Darśana) and also a sub limb (Upaṅga) in the body of Vedic learning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya deals with the structure of knowing, learning and debating. Thus as a subject, it is component to all the schools of formal knowledge in some form. To different degrees, many principles of Nyāya are agreed upon by all schools, such as ascertaining the knowable, validating sources of learning, ascertaining the validity of an argument, setting terms of debate and determining the outcome of a debate. Nyāya is not prevalent as an independent school of philosophy at present, but its influence can be seen in the most extant traditions. Nyāya along with mimāmsā plays a prominent role in many areas like jurisprudence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
Indian theory of knowledge can be described into two metaphors. The first one is of a tree whose root is the Veda and various areas of learning are denoted as the trunk, branches and leaves. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;angāni vēdāścatvārō mīmāmsā nyāyavistaraḥ |&lt;br /&gt;
purāṇaṃ dharmaśāstraṃ ca vidyāhyētāścaturdaśa ||&lt;br /&gt;
āyurvēdō dhanurvēdō gāndharvaścētyanukramāt |&lt;br /&gt;
arthaśāstraṃ paraṃ tasmāt vidyāstvaṣṭādaśa smṛtaḥ ||&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;śivapurāṇaṃ 7.1,1.25-26&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The other metaphor is of a human body, whose limbs (aṅga) and sub-limbs (upānga) are various areas of learning. Darśanas enunciate the worldviews and outlines the philosophy of life that results in fulfilment and happiness. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya is the discipline of logic, which provides methods for an inquiry into the nature of world and knowledge, means of learning and validation. It systematizes knowledge into (a)the knowable, (b)means and methods for knowing and (c)procedures for ascertaining and validating knowledge. The founder of the Nyāya system was Gautama also called as Gotama, who is frequently referred to in the literature as Akṣapāda and Dīrghatapas. Before Gautama, the principles of the nyāya existed as an unsorted body of philosophical thoughts in different types of literature. Gautama codified these generally accepted principles of time into ‘Nyāya Sutram’ or ‘Nyāya Darśnam’ where he introduced the philosophy of Nyāya. He elaborated where ever needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As Nyāya is a traditional philosophy there are some unique concepts introduced to understand the world in a very logical way. Even though Goutama divided everything into sixteen, but a special focus was there on the means, structure and debate of the knowledge i.e pramāṇaṃ and vādaḥ. According to this philosophy, the world should be understood in its true form to liberate an individual from suffering. To know the true sense of anything, one needs to understand the process of knowing the accurate knowledge and its types. Thus epistemology or the study of pramāṇa got a prominent place in the Nyāya sutras. In fact, in the list of the sixteen elements[[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Sixteen_elements_of_Nyāya]] stated in Nyāya sutram, &#039;pramāṇa&#039;[[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Pramanam]] stands first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya is also widely known as Vāda Śāstra as it deals with the concepts of debate. When one understands some principals, at one point in time, one may encounter a difference of opinion. When the difference is very fundamental, there arises the need for a debate. As one wants to seek the truth one must know the structure of the debate. Thus Nyāya elaborated the structure of debate and also its types.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prāchīna Nyāya and Navya Nyāya==&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya Darśnam can be categorized into two schools Prāchīna Nyāya and Navya Nyāya. They are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prāchīna Nyāya - A collection of five books which are called ‘Pancha Granthī’, these are considered to be the authentic source of ‘Prāchīna Nyāya’. These were a series of commentary on the previous work, which complemented and elaborated the priors work. They are:&lt;br /&gt;
# Nyāya Sutram of Gotama&lt;br /&gt;
# Nyāya Bhashyam of Vātsāyana&lt;br /&gt;
# Nyāya Vārtikam of Udyōtakāra&lt;br /&gt;
# Tātparya Tīkā of Vāchaspati Miśrā&lt;br /&gt;
# Tātparya Tīkā Pariśudhi of Udayanāchārya. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Navya Nyāya - Gangēśōpādhyāya’s ‘Tatvachintāmaṇi is considered to be the pioneering work of navya nyaya which began the new era in ‘Nyāya philosophy’. By this time the concepts which were previously dealt with separately in ‘Nyāya’ and ‘Vaiṣeṣka’ philosophies came together. This system was later termed as ‘Navya Nyāya’ or ‘Tarka Śāstram’. ‘Dīdhiti’ of Raghunātha Śrōmaṇi is considered to be the best commentary on ‘Tatvachintāmaṇi’. ‘Dīdhiti’ had the famous three commentaries ‘Māthurī’, ‘Jāgadīśī’ and ‘Gādādharī’ on it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be said that ‘Prāchīna Nyāya’ dealt with all the original concepts which ‘Āstika Darśana&#039;(asti īśwaraḥ iti matiryasay&#039; - one who believes in the existence of īśwara and veda.)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;śabdakalpadṛma(sanskrit encyclopedia)&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;’ needs. Whereas ‘Navya Nyāya’ mainly dealt with only the topics which are useful in a debate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nyāya as a Darśana==&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya is considered to be the one amongst the six canonical Indian philosophies or worldviews along with Vaiśeśika, Sānkhya, Yoga, Mimāmsā and Vedānta. On inquiring about the difference between a normal book and a Darśana, one knows the characteristics of a Darśana. Every Darśana is expected to present its view on the world(saṅsāra) and suggest a permanent solution for the problem faced by all. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nyaya is identifying sources and causes of suffering (duhkha) and it prescribes a theory for liberation from it. To establish its theory, it has to define certain terms and change the perception of the seeker. In this process, a detailed discussion on the means of knowledge(epistemology), which distinguishes the truth from false becomes a critical inquiry, argumentation etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Indian literature, there are four puruśārthas[[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Puruṣārtha]] or motives for men.&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth puruśārtha is considered to be eternal(nitya). The state of ultimate happiness and lack of suffering is a state where there is no birth or death for a being. And every darśana aims at it as a final goal. Goutama describes that final liberation from suffering as moksha, thus the ultimate goal of life. According to him, the world is a chain of consequences starting with illusion, which eventually ends with suffering. It has to be broken in order to attain liberation from suffering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the text: &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;duḥkha- janma- pravṛtti- dōṣa- mithyājñānānāṃ uttarōttarāpāyē tadanantarāpāyādapavargaḥ&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.2 Nyāya sūtraṃ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
misapprehension/illusion(ajnāna) leads to distorted views(doṣa) that leads to activity(karma), which in turn leads to rebirth(janma). This whole cycle ultimately leads to suffering duhkha. To break this chain Goutama prescribes an antidote to each member. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Duḥkha- janma-pravṛtti-dōṣa-mithyājñānānāṃ uttarōttarāpāyē tadanantarāpāyādapavargaḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.2 Nyāya sutram&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tattvajñāna or the true knowledge obstruct mithyājñāna or misapprehension. As illusion is the root cause of all activity like dōṣa, pāpaṃ, puṇyaṃ, removal of illusion will undo all of them. When there is no dōṣa there is no pravṛtti or cause of birth. When there is no pravṛtti there is no cause for janma or birth. When there is no birth there will be no duḥkha or sorrow. So according to nyāya sūtraṃ, tattvajñāna of the sixteen elements(Goutama divides the world into sixteen elements.)[[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Sixteen_elements_of_Nyāya]] would successively eliminate sorrow.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Elements of Nyāya==&lt;br /&gt;
The elements of Nyāya include identification of the right knowledge(pramā), validation(prāmāṇyaṃ), verifying explanations(nirdhāraṇaṃ), methods to establish an argument(nyāya prayōgaḥ) and means to identify a valid argument from invalid(hētvabhāsa nirūpaṇam). The term nyāya in Sanskrit signifies detailing the subject with an analytical investigation of it through the process of logical reasoning. It can be explained in the following verse:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;‘नीयते प्राप्यते विवक्षितार्थसिद्धिः अनेन इति न्यायः’&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Nīyatē prāpyatē vivakṣitārthasiḍih anēna iti &#039;nyāyah&#039;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vatsyāyana, the classic commentator on the Nyāya-Sūtra, defines it as a critical examination of the objects of knowledge by the means of logical proof. Nyāya is also called as &#039;Tarka-vidyā&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It means science of reasoning.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; or &#039;Vāda-vidya&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It means science of argument.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Pramāṇa===&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya is also accounted as &#039;Pramāṇa Śāstra(epistemology)[[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Talk:Nyaya_Introduction_to_Pramanam]]. &#039;Pramā&#039; means true knowledge and the means to it is called &#039;Pramāṇam&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To understand the nature of the world, Goutama accepted four valid means, four types of pramāṇa, to obtain the correct knowledge. They are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Perception - Pratyakṣa : It literally means eye(which we use to see and know), but metaphorically it is applied to any all sence organs. It can be divided into six according to the number of the senses. The cognition resulted because of the relation between an object and a sense organ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;indriyārtha sannikarṣōtpannaṃ jñanaṃ pratyakṣam&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. This phenomena is called as perception/ pratyakṣa. This perception is of two kinds.&lt;br /&gt;
(i)Direct perception(laukika pratyaksha) - Seeing a table and knowing that &#039;there is a table&#039; is an example of direct relation. &lt;br /&gt;
(ii)Indirect perception(alaukika pratyaksha) - Seeing a perfume bottle and knowing that &#039;it has aroma&#039;, without opening its lid, is an example of indirect relation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Inference - Anumāna : It is a means of knowledge, knowledge through reasoning. On seeing the smoke coming out from a mountain one could infer that the mountain has fire. In the process of inferring, it is essential to know the invariable relation between the object and the reason i.e., the relation between fire and smoke is very essential. Generally, a debate takes place where the subject is not proved or accepted by both the parties. It has to be proved by good reasoning. So the Nyāya scholars like, vācaspati miśrā&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;pratyakṣa parikalitaṃ apyarthaṃ anumānēna bubhutsantē tarkarasikāḥ, Means that one who enjoy logic, tries to infer everything even it can be known by sense organs&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; gave a prominent position for inference in their literature according to its importance in a debate.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Comparison - Upamāna : The valid means to acquire knowledge by comparison or establish a relation between a word and meaning.  When a word is known and not the meaning, the knowledge of similarity helps to establish their relation. For example, when a person does not know the meaning of the word &#039;gavaya&#039;(wild cow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: He knows from a forester that &amp;quot;Gavaya is similar to cow&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: He goes to the forest and sees an animal similar to cow and remembers the sentence of the forester.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3: Then an analogical cognition or upamitiḥ arises such as &amp;quot;This(Here this refers to the animal.) is the referent of the word gavaya.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Source for verbal cognition - Śabda : It is nothing but a meaningful word. This is referred to all the authentic literature like (a)veda, vedanga etc and (b)all the sentences we use to communicate with others. These sentences become a valid source of knowledge until the listener believes in the speaker, unlike veda, vedanga etc., which are considered to be valid always. It delivers a meaning according to its relation with the meaning. This relation may be direct/śaktiḥ or indirect/lakṣaṇā. A word possessing a valid relation could be a means of knowledge.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vāda==&lt;br /&gt;
Vāda means debate and Śāstra means a traditional treatise. A treatise which deals with debate in detail is Vāda Śāstra. The methodology of debate followed by all the Indian traditions is originated in Nyāya. Goutama has given utmost importance to introduce and elaborate the &#039;art of debate&#039; in his work. Out of sixteen elements which are described in his Nyāya sutram&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.1&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, around seven elements are directly related to debate. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A debate is an exchange of verbal statements between at least two opponents. It is done to achieve different results like establishing the truth, winning an opponent, misleading an opponent etc. As per the Nyāya tradition, components which are useful in a debate are hypothetical reasoning/tarkaḥ (Tarkaḥ is a method of attaining correct knowledge about an uncertain thing by showing faults in all the contrary ideas.), discussion/vādaḥ (Vādaḥ is a sincere dialogue in which one adopts the truth in the end.), polemic/jalpaḥ(Jalpaḥ is a verbal interaction done only to be victorious, it is not for the truth.), cavil/vitaṇḍā(Vitaṇḍā is a type of debate where the arguer has no desire to establish his position, but his only interest is to distract the opposition.), casuistry/chalaṃ, futile rejoinder/jāti and clinchers/nigraha sthānaṃ. All these topics are discussed categorically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Causation in Nyāya==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Causation is an important component of every darśana. The world is an effect, and its cause is explained differently by each darśana. There are multiple models explaining the causation of universe - (a) Āraṃbha vāda according to which the universe is created  (b) Satkāryavādaḥ according to which universe is eternal in seed form and the phenomenal world comes into existence as a transformation of the material cause. Nyāya along with Vaiśēṣika upholds Āraṃbha vāda. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;kriyā, vibhāgaḥ, pūrvadēśa saṃyōga nāśaḥ, uttara dēśa saṃyōgaḥ, drvyōtpattiḥ&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Āraṃbhavādaḥ: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Nyāya, inactive atoms(paramāṇu) exist prior to creation and are the material cause (upādāna kāraṇaṃ) of the universe and are inactive before creation. The formal and efficient cause of universe is the will īśwara, which causes action in the atoms. Active atoms combine, giving rise to new objects and complex matter. In this sequence atoms combine to gradually become all the world that is experienced. The object which is going to take birth does not exist before actually taking birth. It is always totally different from the cause. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Āraṃbha means beginning/effect. As Nyāya accords separate existence to an effect from cause, its causation theory is called āraṃbhavādaḥ. It is also called astkāryavādaḥ, meaning the object created does not exist before its creation. This is different from Sānkhya&#039;s satkārya vādaḥ according to which an object prior to its creation exists in the form of its cause. In ārambha vāda, prior to its creation there is no sat or an essential existence of the world, and it is coming into existence as a result of the act of creation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nyāyaprayōgaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
In a debate, presenting your argument in a systematic way is very important. It should precisely establish an argument without any flaw and redundancy. For this Nyāyasutra introduces a syllogism which consists of five components:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# ‘Pratigyā’ / Pratijyā : It is the proposition or the statement that is going to be inferred or statement of the thesis. Ex: ‘पर्वतो वह्निमान्’&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Parvatō vanhimān&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Mountain is on fire. Here smoke is only seen not the fire, but writer wants to prove the fire which is not seen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# ‘Hētu’/ Hētu : It is the statement consisting the ground of the inference. Ex: ‘धूमात्’&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Dhūmāt&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; It denotes the action because of smoke.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# ‘Udāharaṇa’/ Udāharaṇam : The sentence of example which demonstrates the invariable relationship between the reason and the claim to be inferred or the statement setting forth an illustration is called as an Udāharaṇa. Ex: ‘यो यो धूमवान् सः वह्निमान ्, यथा महानसः’&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Yō Yō Dhūmavān Sa Vanhimān, Yathā Mahānasah&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Whichever place consists of smoke also consists of fire. Because fire is the reason behind the smoke&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Fire and smoke are having a cause-effect relationship.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, it also signifies the kitchen in the older times.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
# ‘Upanaya’ / Upanaya: It is the statement showing that the subject of the inference has the ground of the inference which is invariably related to the thing that is sought to be established. Ex: ‘तथा चायम्’&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Tathā chāyam&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Such is this mountain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# ‘Nigamanam’/ Nigamana: It is the conclusion or the sentence which confirms the claim or the statement that the subject of the inference has the thing that is sought to be established as it has the ground of the inference. Ex: ‘तस्मात् तथा’&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Tasmāt tathā&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Therefore this mountain possesses fire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These five members are called ‘Panchāvayava ’. In a formal debate, an argument with all these five members is considered to be complete. So using these five techniques to prove the merit of their cause can be called as ‘Nyāya’. Since ‘Nyāya’ has a predominant place in ‘Gōtama’s’ work it is called ‘Nyāya Darśanam’ or ‘Nyāya Sūtram’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, an exchange of dialogue is called kathā(Pūrvōttara vākya samdarbhaḥ: exchange of dialogues). When it is used in a systematic way to know the truth its called vādaḥ. When the arguer has no desire to establish his position, but his only interest is to distract the opposition its called vitaṇḍā. When the only intention is to win its called jalpaḥ. Generally, one tends to commit flaws while presenting an argument. But to establish the correct principles/ sidhāntaḥ one must be aware of them. To identify the flaws of others and not to commit any is also important. Nyāya explains the types of flaws in the hētvābhāsāḥ section. Hence to equip us with the potentiality in argumentation and to find flaws in others argumentation, Gotama took a very prominent portion of his book Nyāya sutram.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nyāya in Life==&lt;br /&gt;
As a darshana(way of life) nyaya is not extant but nyaya concepts prevalent in Indian culture and found in various forms including regional idioms. Today we may not find many people getting trained in the traditional Nyāya system. But we always find the traditional Nyāya concepts in the Indian culture. These concepts got absorbed by the culture and regional languages according to their merits. Some of the concepts got adapted by the different traditional systems like sāmkhyā, vēdāntaḥ, mīmāmsā etc. Knowingly or unknowingly any logical statement follows some principles of Nyāya. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nyaya became a synonym of logic because of its logical praxis. Nyāyaprayōgaḥ(elaborated above) became a guideline for a systematic dialogue.  For instance, even in a household, it is a common practice to say you are doing vitanda(when a person does not follow logic ) because vitanda is known to common man as an undesirable and unfruitful way of argument. Yuktis(techniques) in argument came to be known as nyaya. For instance &#039;Pradhāna malla nibarhana nyāya&#039;, &#039;pangvandha nyāya&#039;,&#039;sthālī pulāka nyāya&#039; are techies for conveying similarities. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pradhāna malla nibarhana nyāya : The word malla means a wrestler. If a wrestler, who came from another place defeats the most victorious and important wrestler of any region he is considered victorious over the other wrestlers also. In the same way in any argument, if the most important idea or logic of a side is proved wrong then all the other ideas or logics that side is considered to be useless.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
pangvandha nyāya: This idiom is a famous logic used in sānkhya drśanaṃ. Here &#039;pangu&#039; means a person without legs, &#039;andha&#039; means blind. The pangu cannot walk and an andha cannot see. If these both want to accomplish a task like a normal human, then they have to co-operate. The person without legs should climb upon the shoulders of the blind and complete the task. In the same way sankhya describes that &#039;prakṛti and puruṣa&#039; accomplish the task by co-operating to each other.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
{{reflist}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Navya nyaya.jpg]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Nyaya&amp;diff=126884</id>
		<title>Nyaya</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Nyaya&amp;diff=126884"/>
		<updated>2019-10-16T17:37:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana: /* Causation in Nyāya */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Nyāya is one of the prominent branches of learning in the Indian knowledge system. It primarily deals with logic and it is one of the most widely applied subjects across the Vedic, Tantric, Bauddha and Jaina traditions.  It is considered to be one of the five ‘Vidyā sthānas’ or abodes of learning, one of the six canonical schools of philosophy (Darśana) and also a sub limb (Upaṅga) in the body of Vedic learning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya deals with the structure of knowing, learning and debating. Thus as a subject, it is component to all the schools of formal knowledge in some form. To different degrees, many principles of Nyāya are agreed upon by all schools, such as ascertaining the knowable, validating sources of learning, ascertaining the validity of an argument, setting terms of debate and determining the outcome of a debate. Nyāya is not prevalent as an independent school of philosophy at present, but its influence can be seen in the most extant traditions. Nyāya along with mimāmsā plays a prominent role in many areas like jurisprudence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
Indian theory of knowledge can be described into two metaphors. The first one is of a tree whose root is the Veda and various areas of learning are denoted as the trunk, branches and leaves. The other metaphor is of a human body, whose limbs (aṅga)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;angāni vēdāścatvārō mīmāmsā nyāyavistaraḥ |&lt;br /&gt;
purāṇaṃ dharmaśāstraṃ ca vidyāhyētāścaturdaśa ||&lt;br /&gt;
āyurvēdō dhanurvēdō gāndharvaścētyanukramāt |&lt;br /&gt;
arthaśāstraṃ paraṃ tasmāt vidyāstvaṣṭādaśa smṛtaḥ ||&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and sub-limbs (upānga) are various areas of learning. Darśanas enunciate the worldviews and outlines the philosophy of life that results in fulfilment and happiness. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya is the discipline of logic, which provides methods for inquiry into the nature of world and knowledge, means of learning and validation. It systematizes knowledge into (a)the knowable, (b)means and methods for knowing and (c)procedures for ascertaining and validating knowledge. The founder of the Nyāya system was Gautama also called as Gotama, who is frequently referred to in the literature as Akṣapāda and Dīrghatapas. Before Gautama, the principles of the nyāya existed as an unsorted body of philosophical thoughts in different types of literature. Gautama codified these generally accepted principles of time into ‘Nyāya Sutram’ or ‘Nyāya Darśnam’ where he introduced the philosophy of Nyāya. He elaborated where ever needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As Nyāya is a traditional philosophy there are some unique concepts introduced to understand the world in a very logical way. Even though Goutama divided everything into sixteen, but a special focus was there on the means, structure and debate of the knowledge i.e pramāṇaṃ and vādaḥ. According to this philosophy, the world should be understood in its true form to liberate an individual from suffering. To know the true sense of anything, one needs to understand the process of knowing the accurate knowledge and its types. Thus epistemology or the study of pramāṇa got a prominent place in the Nyāya sutras. In fact, in the list of the sixteen elements[[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Sixteen_elements_of_Nyāya]] stated in Nyāya sutram, &#039;pramāṇa&#039;[[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Pramanam]] stands first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya is also widely known as Vāda Śāstra as it deals with the concepts of debate. When one understands some principals, at one point in time, one may encounter a difference of opinion. When the difference is very fundamental, there arises the need for a debate. As one wants to seek the truth one must know the structure of the debate. Thus Nyāya elaborated the structure of debate and also its types.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prāchīna Nyāya and Navya Nyāya==&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya Darśnam can be categorized into two schools Prāchīna Nyāya and Navya Nyāya. They are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prāchīna Nyāya - A collection of five books which are called ‘Pancha Granthī’, these are considered to be the authentic source of ‘Prāchīna Nyāya’. These were a series of commentary on the previous work, which complemented and elaborated the priors work. They are:&lt;br /&gt;
# Nyāya Sutram of Gotama&lt;br /&gt;
# Nyāya Bhashyam of Vātsāyana&lt;br /&gt;
# Nyāya Vārtikam of Udyōtakāra&lt;br /&gt;
# Tātparya Tīkā of Vāchaspati Miśrā&lt;br /&gt;
# Tātparya Tīkā Pariśudhi of Udayanāchārya. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Navya Nyāya - Gangēśōpādhyāya’s ‘Tatvachintāmaṇi is considered to be the pioneering work of navya nyaya which began the new era in ‘Nyāya philosophy’. By this time the concepts which were previously dealt with separately in ‘Nyāya’ and ‘Vaiṣeṣka’ philosophies came together. This system was later termed as ‘Navya Nyāya’ or ‘Tarka Śāstram’. ‘Dīdhiti’ of Raghunātha Śrōmaṇi is considered to be the best commentary on ‘Tatvachintāmaṇi’. ‘Dīdhiti’ had the famous three commentaries ‘Māthurī’, ‘Jāgadīśī’ and ‘Gādādharī’ on it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be said that ‘Prāchīna Nyāya’ dealt with all the original concepts which ‘Āstika Darśana&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&#039;asti parō lōkaḥ iti yē  manyantē tē āstikāḥ&#039; - one who believes that there is another life after death and believes in veda.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;’ needs. Whereas ‘Navya Nyāya’ mainly dealt with only the topics which are useful in a debate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nyāya as a Darśana==&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya is considered to be the one amongst the six canonical Indian philosophies or worldviews along with Vaiśeśika, Sānkhya, Yoga, Mimāmsā and Vedānta. On inquiring about the difference between a normal book and a Darśana, one knows the characteristics of a Darśana. Every Darśana is expected to present its view on the world(saṅsāra) and suggest a permanent solution for the problem faced by all. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nyaya is identifying sources and causes of suffering (duhkha) and it prescribes a theory for liberation from it. To establish its theory, it has to define certain terms and change the perception of the seeker. In this process, a detailed discussion on the means of knowledge(epistemology), which distinguishes the truth from false becomes a critical inquiry, argumentation etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Indian literature, there are four puruśārthas[[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Puruṣārtha]] or motives for men.&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth puruśārtha is considered to be eternal(nitya). The state of ultimate happiness and lack of suffering is a state where there is no birth or death for a being. And every darshana aims at it as a final goal. Goutama describes that final liberation from suffering as moksha, thus the ultimate goal of life. According to him, the world is a chain of consequences starting with illusion, which eventually ends with suffering. It has to be broken in order to attain liberation from suffering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the text&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.2 Nyāya sutram&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, misapprehension/illusion(ajnāna) leads to distorted views(doṣa) that leads to activity(karma), which in turn leads to rebirth(janma). This whole cycle ultimately leads to suffering duhkha. To break this chain Goutama prescribes an antidote to each member. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Duḥkha- janma-pravṛtti-dōṣa-mithyājñānānāṃ uttarōttarāpāyē tadanantarāpāyādapavargaḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.2 Nyāya sutram&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tattvajñāna or the true knowledge obstruct mithyājñāna or misapprehension. As illusion is the root cause of all activity like dōṣa, pāpaṃ, puṇyaṃ, removal of illusion will undo all of them. When there is no dōṣa there is no pravṛtti or cause of birth. When there is no pravṛtti there is no cause for janma or birth. When there is no birth there will be no duḥkha or sorrow. So according to nyāya sūtraṃ, tattvajñāna of the sixteen elements(Goutama divides the world into sixteen elements.)[[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Sixteen_elements_of_Nyāya]] would successively eliminate sorrow.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Elements of Nyāya==&lt;br /&gt;
The elements of Nyāya include identification of the right knowledge(pramā), validation(prāmāṇyaṃ), verifying explanations(nirdhāraṇaṃ), methods to establish an argument(nyāya prayōgaḥ) and means to identify a valid argument from invalid(hētvabhāsa nirūpaṇam). The term nyāya in Sanskrit signifies detailing the subject with an analytical investigation of it through the process of logical reasoning. It can be explained in the following verse:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;‘नीयते प्राप्यते विवक्षितार्थसिद्धिः अनेन इति न्यायः’&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Nīyatē prāpyatē vivakṣitārthasiḍih anēna iti &#039;nyāyah&#039;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vatsyāyana, the classic commentator on the Nyāya-Sūtra, defines it as a critical examination of the objects of knowledge by the means of logical proof. Nyāya is also called as &#039;Tarka-vidyā&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It means science of reasoning.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; or &#039;Vāda-vidya&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It means science of argument.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Pramāṇa===&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya is also accounted as &#039;Pramāṇa Śāstra(epistemology)[[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Talk:Nyaya_Introduction_to_Pramanam]]. &#039;Pramā&#039; means true knowledge and the means to it is called &#039;Pramāṇam&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To understand the nature of the world, Goutama accepted four valid means, four types of pramāṇa, to obtain the correct knowledge. They are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Perception - Pratyakṣa : It literally means eye(which we use to see and know), but metaphorically it is applied to any all sence organs. It can be divided into six according to the number of the senses. The cognition resulted because of the relation between an object and a sense organ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;indriyārtha sannikarṣōtpannaṃ jñanaṃ pratyakṣam&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. This phenomena is called as perception/ pratyakṣa. This perception is of two kinds.&lt;br /&gt;
(i)Direct perception(laukika pratyaksha) - Seeing a table and knowing that &#039;there is a table&#039; is an example of direct relation. &lt;br /&gt;
(ii)Indirect perception(alaukika pratyaksha) - Seeing a perfume bottle and knowing that &#039;it has aroma&#039;, without opening its lid, is an example of indirect relation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Inference - Anumāna : It is a means of knowledge, knowledge through reasoning. On seeing the smoke coming out from a mountain one could infer that the mountain has fire. In the process of inferring, it is essential to know the invariable relation between the object and the reason i.e., the relation between fire and smoke is very essential. Generally, a debate takes place where the subject is not proved or accepted by both the parties. It has to be proved by good reasoning. So the Nyāya scholars like, vācaspati miśrā&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;pratyakṣa parikalitaṃ apyarthaṃ anumānēna bubhutsantē tarkarasikāḥ, Means that one who enjoy logic, tries to infer everything even it can be known by sense organs&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; gave a prominent position for inference in their literature according to its importance in a debate.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Comparison - Upamāna : The valid means to acquire knowledge by comparison or establish a relation between a word and meaning.  When a word is known and not the meaning, the knowledge of similarity helps to establish their relation. For example, when a person does not know the meaning of the word &#039;gavaya&#039;(wild cow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: He knows from a forester that &amp;quot;Gavaya is similar to cow&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: He goes to the forest and sees an animal similar to cow and remembers the sentence of the forester.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3: Then an analogical cognition or upamitiḥ arises such as &amp;quot;This(Here this refers to the animal.) is the referent of the word gavaya.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Source for verbal cognition - Śabda : It is nothing but a meaningful word. This is referred to all the authentic literature like (a)veda, vedanga etc and (b)all the sentences we use to communicate with others. These sentences become a valid source of knowledge until the listener believes in the speaker, unlike veda, vedanga etc., which are considered to be valid always. It delivers a meaning according to its relation with the meaning. This relation may be direct/śaktiḥ or indirect/lakṣaṇā. A word possessing a valid relation could be a means of knowledge.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vāda==&lt;br /&gt;
Vāda means debate and Śāstra means a traditional treatise. A treatise which deals with debate in detail is Vāda Śāstra. The methodology of debate followed by all the Indian traditions is originated in Nyāya. Goutama has given utmost importance to introduce and elaborate the &#039;art of debate&#039; in his work. Out of sixteen elements which are described in his Nyāya sutram&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.1&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, around seven elements are directly related to debate. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A debate is an exchange of verbal statements between at least two opponents. It is done to achieve different results like establishing the truth, winning an opponent, misleading an opponent etc. As per the Nyāya tradition, components which are useful in a debate are hypothetical reasoning/tarkaḥ (Tarkaḥ is a method of attaining correct knowledge about an uncertain thing by showing faults in all the contrary ideas.), discussion/vādaḥ (Vādaḥ is a sincere dialogue in which one adopts the truth in the end.), polemic/jalpaḥ(Jalpaḥ is a verbal interaction done only to be victorious, it is not for the truth.), cavil/vitaṇḍā(Vitaṇḍā is a type of debate where the arguer has no desire to establish his position, but his only interest is to distract the opposition.), casuistry/chalaṃ, futile rejoinder/jāti and clinchers/nigraha sthānaṃ. All these topics are discussed categorically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Causation in Nyāya==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Causation is an important component of every darśana. The universe is an effect of a cause, so each darśana explain the source of the universe. Each darśana have a different idea in explaining the phenomenon of the creation of the universe. Nāstikās(Who do not believe in Veda), Naiyyayikas(one who follow nyāya darśanaṃ) and vaiśēṣikās(one who follow vaiśēṣika darśanaṃ) uphold the Theory of Creation(āraṃbhavādaḥ/ astkāryavādaḥ), which is that the effect does not have an identity before its creation. The followers of sānkhya and vēdānta maintain the Theory of Evolution(satkāryavādaḥ), which is that the effect has an identity before its creation.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;kriyā, vibhāgaḥ, pūrvadēśa saṃyōga nāśaḥ, uttara dēśa saṃyōgaḥ, drvyōtpattiḥ&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Āraṃbhavādaḥ: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Nyāya, atoms(paramāṇu) are considered to be eternal. These are the base-cause(upādānakāraṇaṃ) of the universe. Because of the will of īśwara an action is initiated in the atom. Because of the action it gets separated(from the previous base), then its relation with the previous base is broken, then a new relation is established with another similar atom, then a new object is formed. In this sequence atoms gradually create everything we have here. The object which is going to take birth does not exist before actually taking birth. It is always totally different from the cause. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Āraṃbha means effect. As Nyāya advocates separate existence to an effect their theory is called āraṃbhavādaḥ. It is also called astkāryavādaḥ. Which is the opposite of stkāryavādaḥ established by sānkya. According to sankhya &#039;the object which is going to take birth exists in the form of the cause&#039;. For them, the effect does not have a different existence than a cause. But, before anythings creation, as one can not see the existence of an effect Nyaya advocates asatkāryavādaḥ.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nyāyaprayōgaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
In a debate, presenting your argument in a systematic way is very important. It should precisely establish an argument without any flaw and redundancy. For this Nyāyasutra introduces a syllogism which consists of five components:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# ‘Pratigyā’ / Pratijyā : It is the proposition or the statement that is going to be inferred or statement of the thesis. Ex: ‘पर्वतो वह्निमान्’&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Parvatō vanhimān&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Mountain is on fire. Here smoke is only seen not the fire, but writer wants to prove the fire which is not seen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# ‘Hētu’/ Hētu : It is the statement consisting the ground of the inference. Ex: ‘धूमात्’&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Dhūmāt&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; It denotes the action because of smoke.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# ‘Udāharaṇa’/ Udāharaṇam : The sentence of example which demonstrates the invariable relationship between the reason and the claim to be inferred or the statement setting forth an illustration is called as an Udāharaṇa. Ex: ‘यो यो धूमवान् सः वह्निमान ्, यथा महानसः’&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Yō Yō Dhūmavān Sa Vanhimān, Yathā Mahānasah&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Whichever place consists of smoke also consists of fire. Because fire is the reason behind the smoke&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Fire and smoke are having a cause-effect relationship.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, it also signifies the kitchen in the older times.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
# ‘Upanaya’ / Upanaya: It is the statement showing that the subject of the inference has the ground of the inference which is invariably related to the thing that is sought to be established. Ex: ‘तथा चायम्’&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Tathā chāyam&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Such is this mountain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# ‘Nigamanam’/ Nigamana: It is the conclusion or the sentence which confirms the claim or the statement that the subject of the inference has the thing that is sought to be established as it has the ground of the inference. Ex: ‘तस्मात् तथा’&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Tasmāt tathā&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Therefore this mountain possesses fire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These five members are called ‘Panchāvayava ’. In a formal debate, an argument with all these five members is considered to be complete. So using these five techniques to prove the merit of their cause can be called as ‘Nyāya’. Since ‘Nyāya’ has a predominant place in ‘Gōtama’s’ work it is called ‘Nyāya Darśanam’ or ‘Nyāya Sūtram’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, an exchange of dialogue is called kathā(Pūrvōttara vākya samdarbhaḥ: exchange of dialogues). When it is used in a systematic way to know the truth its called vādaḥ. When the arguer has no desire to establish his position, but his only interest is to distract the opposition its called vitaṇḍā. When the only intention is to win its called jalpaḥ. Generally, one tends to commit flaws while presenting an argument. But to establish the correct principles/ sidhāntaḥ one must be aware of them. To identify the flaws of others and not to commit any is also important. Nyāya explains the types of flaws in the hētvābhāsāḥ section. Hence to equip us with the potentiality in argumentation and to find flaws in others argumentation, Gotama took a very prominent portion of his book Nyāya sutram.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nyāya in Life==&lt;br /&gt;
As a darshana(way of life) nyaya is not extant but nyaya concepts prevalent in Indian culture and found in various forms including regional idioms. Today we may not find many people getting trained in the traditional Nyāya system. But we always find the traditional Nyāya concepts in the Indian culture. These concepts got absorbed by the culture and regional languages according to their merits. Some of the concepts got adapted by the different traditional systems like sāmkhyā, vēdāntaḥ, mīmāmsā etc. Knowingly or unknowingly any logical statement follows some principles of Nyāya. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nyaya became a synonym of logic because of its logical praxis. Nyāyaprayōgaḥ(elaborated above) became a guideline for a systematic dialogue.  For instance, even in a household, it is a common practice to say you are doing vitanda(when a person does not follow logic ) because vitanda is known to common man as an undesirable and unfruitful way of argument. Yuktis(techniques) in argument came to be known as nyaya. For instance &#039;Pradhāna malla nibarhana nyāya&#039;, &#039;pangvandha nyāya&#039;,&#039;sthālī pulāka nyāya&#039; are techies for conveying similarities. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pradhāna malla nibarhana nyāya : The word malla means a wrestler. If a wrestler, who came from another place defeats the most victorious and important wrestler of any region he is considered victorious over the other wrestlers also. In the same way in any argument, if the most important idea or logic of a side is proved wrong then all the other ideas or logics that side is considered to be useless.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
pangvandha nyāya: This idiom is a famous logic used in sānkhya drśanaṃ. Here &#039;pangu&#039; means a person without legs, &#039;andha&#039; means blind. The pangu cannot walk and an andha cannot see. If these both want to accomplish a task like a normal human, then they have to co-operate. The person without legs should climb upon the shoulders of the blind and complete the task. In the same way sankhya describes that &#039;prakṛti and puruṣa&#039; accomplish the task by co-operating to each other.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
{{reflist}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Navya nyaya.jpg]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Nyaya&amp;diff=126883</id>
		<title>Nyaya</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Nyaya&amp;diff=126883"/>
		<updated>2019-10-16T17:09:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana: /* Causation in Nyāya */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Nyāya is one of the prominent branches of learning in the Indian knowledge system. It primarily deals with logic and it is one of the most widely applied subjects across the Vedic, Tantric, Bauddha and Jaina traditions.  It is considered to be one of the five ‘Vidyā sthānas’ or abodes of learning, one of the six canonical schools of philosophy (Darśana) and also a sub limb (Upaṅga) in the body of Vedic learning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya deals with the structure of knowing, learning and debating. Thus as a subject, it is component to all the schools of formal knowledge in some form. To different degrees, many principles of Nyāya are agreed upon by all schools, such as ascertaining the knowable, validating sources of learning, ascertaining the validity of an argument, setting terms of debate and determining the outcome of a debate. Nyāya is not prevalent as an independent school of philosophy at present, but its influence can be seen in the most extant traditions. Nyāya along with mimāmsā plays a prominent role in many areas like jurisprudence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
Indian theory of knowledge can be described into two metaphors. The first one is of a tree whose root is the Veda and various areas of learning are denoted as the trunk, branches and leaves. The other metaphor is of a human body, whose limbs (aṅga)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;angāni vēdāścatvārō mīmāmsā nyāyavistaraḥ |&lt;br /&gt;
purāṇaṃ dharmaśāstraṃ ca vidyāhyētāścaturdaśa ||&lt;br /&gt;
āyurvēdō dhanurvēdō gāndharvaścētyanukramāt |&lt;br /&gt;
arthaśāstraṃ paraṃ tasmāt vidyāstvaṣṭādaśa smṛtaḥ ||&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and sub-limbs (upānga) are various areas of learning. Darśanas enunciate the worldviews and outlines the philosophy of life that results in fulfilment and happiness. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya is the discipline of logic, which provides methods for inquiry into the nature of world and knowledge, means of learning and validation. It systematizes knowledge into (a)the knowable, (b)means and methods for knowing and (c)procedures for ascertaining and validating knowledge. The founder of the Nyāya system was Gautama also called as Gotama, who is frequently referred to in the literature as Akṣapāda and Dīrghatapas. Before Gautama, the principles of the nyāya existed as an unsorted body of philosophical thoughts in different types of literature. Gautama codified these generally accepted principles of time into ‘Nyāya Sutram’ or ‘Nyāya Darśnam’ where he introduced the philosophy of Nyāya. He elaborated where ever needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As Nyāya is a traditional philosophy there are some unique concepts introduced to understand the world in a very logical way. Even though Goutama divided everything into sixteen, but a special focus was there on the means, structure and debate of the knowledge i.e pramāṇaṃ and vādaḥ. According to this philosophy, the world should be understood in its true form to liberate an individual from suffering. To know the true sense of anything, one needs to understand the process of knowing the accurate knowledge and its types. Thus epistemology or the study of pramāṇa got a prominent place in the Nyāya sutras. In fact, in the list of the sixteen elements[[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Sixteen_elements_of_Nyāya]] stated in Nyāya sutram, &#039;pramāṇa&#039;[[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Pramanam]] stands first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya is also widely known as Vāda Śāstra as it deals with the concepts of debate. When one understands some principals, at one point in time, one may encounter a difference of opinion. When the difference is very fundamental, there arises the need for a debate. As one wants to seek the truth one must know the structure of the debate. Thus Nyāya elaborated the structure of debate and also its types.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prāchīna Nyāya and Navya Nyāya==&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya Darśnam can be categorized into two schools Prāchīna Nyāya and Navya Nyāya. They are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prāchīna Nyāya - A collection of five books which are called ‘Pancha Granthī’, these are considered to be the authentic source of ‘Prāchīna Nyāya’. These were a series of commentary on the previous work, which complemented and elaborated the priors work. They are:&lt;br /&gt;
# Nyāya Sutram of Gotama&lt;br /&gt;
# Nyāya Bhashyam of Vātsāyana&lt;br /&gt;
# Nyāya Vārtikam of Udyōtakāra&lt;br /&gt;
# Tātparya Tīkā of Vāchaspati Miśrā&lt;br /&gt;
# Tātparya Tīkā Pariśudhi of Udayanāchārya. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Navya Nyāya - Gangēśōpādhyāya’s ‘Tatvachintāmaṇi is considered to be the pioneering work of navya nyaya which began the new era in ‘Nyāya philosophy’. By this time the concepts which were previously dealt with separately in ‘Nyāya’ and ‘Vaiṣeṣka’ philosophies came together. This system was later termed as ‘Navya Nyāya’ or ‘Tarka Śāstram’. ‘Dīdhiti’ of Raghunātha Śrōmaṇi is considered to be the best commentary on ‘Tatvachintāmaṇi’. ‘Dīdhiti’ had the famous three commentaries ‘Māthurī’, ‘Jāgadīśī’ and ‘Gādādharī’ on it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be said that ‘Prāchīna Nyāya’ dealt with all the original concepts which ‘Āstika Darśana&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&#039;asti parō lōkaḥ iti yē  manyantē tē āstikāḥ&#039; - one who believes that there is another life after death and believes in veda.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;’ needs. Whereas ‘Navya Nyāya’ mainly dealt with only the topics which are useful in a debate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nyāya as a Darśana==&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya is considered to be the one amongst the six canonical Indian philosophies or worldviews along with Vaiśeśika, Sānkhya, Yoga, Mimāmsā and Vedānta. On inquiring about the difference between a normal book and a Darśana, one knows the characteristics of a Darśana. Every Darśana is expected to present its view on the world(saṅsāra) and suggest a permanent solution for the problem faced by all. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nyaya is identifying sources and causes of suffering (duhkha) and it prescribes a theory for liberation from it. To establish its theory, it has to define certain terms and change the perception of the seeker. In this process, a detailed discussion on the means of knowledge(epistemology), which distinguishes the truth from false becomes a critical inquiry, argumentation etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Indian literature, there are four puruśārthas[[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Puruṣārtha]] or motives for men.&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth puruśārtha is considered to be eternal(nitya). The state of ultimate happiness and lack of suffering is a state where there is no birth or death for a being. And every darshana aims at it as a final goal. Goutama describes that final liberation from suffering as moksha, thus the ultimate goal of life. According to him, the world is a chain of consequences starting with illusion, which eventually ends with suffering. It has to be broken in order to attain liberation from suffering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the text&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.2 Nyāya sutram&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, misapprehension/illusion(ajnāna) leads to distorted views(doṣa) that leads to activity(karma), which in turn leads to rebirth(janma). This whole cycle ultimately leads to suffering duhkha. To break this chain Goutama prescribes an antidote to each member. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Duḥkha- janma-pravṛtti-dōṣa-mithyājñānānāṃ uttarōttarāpāyē tadanantarāpāyādapavargaḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.2 Nyāya sutram&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tattvajñāna or the true knowledge obstruct mithyājñāna or misapprehension. As illusion is the root cause of all activity like dōṣa, pāpaṃ, puṇyaṃ, removal of illusion will undo all of them. When there is no dōṣa there is no pravṛtti or cause of birth. When there is no pravṛtti there is no cause for janma or birth. When there is no birth there will be no duḥkha or sorrow. So according to nyāya sūtraṃ, tattvajñāna of the sixteen elements(Goutama divides the world into sixteen elements.)[[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Sixteen_elements_of_Nyāya]] would successively eliminate sorrow.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Elements of Nyāya==&lt;br /&gt;
The elements of Nyāya include identification of the right knowledge(pramā), validation(prāmāṇyaṃ), verifying explanations(nirdhāraṇaṃ), methods to establish an argument(nyāya prayōgaḥ) and means to identify a valid argument from invalid(hētvabhāsa nirūpaṇam). The term nyāya in Sanskrit signifies detailing the subject with an analytical investigation of it through the process of logical reasoning. It can be explained in the following verse:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;‘नीयते प्राप्यते विवक्षितार्थसिद्धिः अनेन इति न्यायः’&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Nīyatē prāpyatē vivakṣitārthasiḍih anēna iti &#039;nyāyah&#039;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vatsyāyana, the classic commentator on the Nyāya-Sūtra, defines it as a critical examination of the objects of knowledge by the means of logical proof. Nyāya is also called as &#039;Tarka-vidyā&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It means science of reasoning.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; or &#039;Vāda-vidya&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It means science of argument.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Pramāṇa===&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya is also accounted as &#039;Pramāṇa Śāstra(epistemology)[[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Talk:Nyaya_Introduction_to_Pramanam]]. &#039;Pramā&#039; means true knowledge and the means to it is called &#039;Pramāṇam&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To understand the nature of the world, Goutama accepted four valid means, four types of pramāṇa, to obtain the correct knowledge. They are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Perception - Pratyakṣa : It literally means eye(which we use to see and know), but metaphorically it is applied to any all sence organs. It can be divided into six according to the number of the senses. The cognition resulted because of the relation between an object and a sense organ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;indriyārtha sannikarṣōtpannaṃ jñanaṃ pratyakṣam&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. This phenomena is called as perception/ pratyakṣa. This perception is of two kinds.&lt;br /&gt;
(i)Direct perception(laukika pratyaksha) - Seeing a table and knowing that &#039;there is a table&#039; is an example of direct relation. &lt;br /&gt;
(ii)Indirect perception(alaukika pratyaksha) - Seeing a perfume bottle and knowing that &#039;it has aroma&#039;, without opening its lid, is an example of indirect relation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Inference - Anumāna : It is a means of knowledge, knowledge through reasoning. On seeing the smoke coming out from a mountain one could infer that the mountain has fire. In the process of inferring, it is essential to know the invariable relation between the object and the reason i.e., the relation between fire and smoke is very essential. Generally, a debate takes place where the subject is not proved or accepted by both the parties. It has to be proved by good reasoning. So the Nyāya scholars like, vācaspati miśrā&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;pratyakṣa parikalitaṃ apyarthaṃ anumānēna bubhutsantē tarkarasikāḥ, Means that one who enjoy logic, tries to infer everything even it can be known by sense organs&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; gave a prominent position for inference in their literature according to its importance in a debate.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Comparison - Upamāna : The valid means to acquire knowledge by comparison or establish a relation between a word and meaning.  When a word is known and not the meaning, the knowledge of similarity helps to establish their relation. For example, when a person does not know the meaning of the word &#039;gavaya&#039;(wild cow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: He knows from a forester that &amp;quot;Gavaya is similar to cow&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: He goes to the forest and sees an animal similar to cow and remembers the sentence of the forester.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3: Then an analogical cognition or upamitiḥ arises such as &amp;quot;This(Here this refers to the animal.) is the referent of the word gavaya.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Source for verbal cognition - Śabda : It is nothing but a meaningful word. This is referred to all the authentic literature like (a)veda, vedanga etc and (b)all the sentences we use to communicate with others. These sentences become a valid source of knowledge until the listener believes in the speaker, unlike veda, vedanga etc., which are considered to be valid always. It delivers a meaning according to its relation with the meaning. This relation may be direct/śaktiḥ or indirect/lakṣaṇā. A word possessing a valid relation could be a means of knowledge.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vāda==&lt;br /&gt;
Vāda means debate and Śāstra means a traditional treatise. A treatise which deals with debate in detail is Vāda Śāstra. The methodology of debate followed by all the Indian traditions is originated in Nyāya. Goutama has given utmost importance to introduce and elaborate the &#039;art of debate&#039; in his work. Out of sixteen elements which are described in his Nyāya sutram&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.1&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, around seven elements are directly related to debate. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A debate is an exchange of verbal statements between at least two opponents. It is done to achieve different results like establishing the truth, winning an opponent, misleading an opponent etc. As per the Nyāya tradition, components which are useful in a debate are hypothetical reasoning/tarkaḥ (Tarkaḥ is a method of attaining correct knowledge about an uncertain thing by showing faults in all the contrary ideas.), discussion/vādaḥ (Vādaḥ is a sincere dialogue in which one adopts the truth in the end.), polemic/jalpaḥ(Jalpaḥ is a verbal interaction done only to be victorious, it is not for the truth.), cavil/vitaṇḍā(Vitaṇḍā is a type of debate where the arguer has no desire to establish his position, but his only interest is to distract the opposition.), casuistry/chalaṃ, futile rejoinder/jāti and clinchers/nigraha sthānaṃ. All these topics are discussed categorically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Causation in Nyāya==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Causation is an important component of every darśana. The universe is an effect of a cause, so each darśana explain the source of the universe. Darśanas have a different idea in explaining the phenomenon of the creation of the universe. Nāstikās(Who do not believe in Veda), Naiyyayikas(one who follow nyāya darśanaṃ) and vaiśēṣikās(one who follow vaiśēṣika darśanaṃ) uphold the Theory of Creation(āraṃbhavādaḥ/ astkāryavādaḥ), The followers of sānkhya and vēdānta maintain the Theory of Evolution(satkāryavādaḥ).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;kriyā, vibhāgaḥ, pūrvadēśa saṃyōga nāśaḥ, uttara dēśa saṃyōgaḥ, drvyōtpattiḥ&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Āraṃbhavādaḥ: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Nyāya, atoms(paramāṇu) are considered to be eternal. These are considered to be base-cause(upādānakāraṇaṃ) of the universe. &lt;br /&gt;
the creation of the universe started with an action in the atoms(paramāṇu). Because of the action it gets separated(from the previous base), then its relation with the previous base is broken, then a new relation is established with another similar atom, then a new object is formed. In this sequence atoms gradually create everything we have here. The object which is going to take birth does not exist before actually taking birth. It is always totally different from the cause. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Āraṃbha means effect. As Nyāya advocates separate existence to an effect their theory is called āraṃbhavādaḥ. It is also called astkāryavādaḥ. Which is the opposite of stkāryavādaḥ established by sānkya. According to sankhya &#039;the object which is going to take birth exists in the form of the cause&#039;. For them, the effect does not have a different existence than a cause. But, before anythings creation, as one can not see the existence of an effect Nyaya advocates asatkāryavādaḥ.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nyāyaprayōgaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
In a debate, presenting your argument in a systematic way is very important. It should precisely establish an argument without any flaw and redundancy. For this Nyāyasutra introduces a syllogism which consists of five components:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# ‘Pratigyā’ / Pratijyā : It is the proposition or the statement that is going to be inferred or statement of the thesis. Ex: ‘पर्वतो वह्निमान्’&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Parvatō vanhimān&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Mountain is on fire. Here smoke is only seen not the fire, but writer wants to prove the fire which is not seen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# ‘Hētu’/ Hētu : It is the statement consisting the ground of the inference. Ex: ‘धूमात्’&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Dhūmāt&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; It denotes the action because of smoke.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# ‘Udāharaṇa’/ Udāharaṇam : The sentence of example which demonstrates the invariable relationship between the reason and the claim to be inferred or the statement setting forth an illustration is called as an Udāharaṇa. Ex: ‘यो यो धूमवान् सः वह्निमान ्, यथा महानसः’&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Yō Yō Dhūmavān Sa Vanhimān, Yathā Mahānasah&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Whichever place consists of smoke also consists of fire. Because fire is the reason behind the smoke&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Fire and smoke are having a cause-effect relationship.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, it also signifies the kitchen in the older times.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
# ‘Upanaya’ / Upanaya: It is the statement showing that the subject of the inference has the ground of the inference which is invariably related to the thing that is sought to be established. Ex: ‘तथा चायम्’&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Tathā chāyam&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Such is this mountain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# ‘Nigamanam’/ Nigamana: It is the conclusion or the sentence which confirms the claim or the statement that the subject of the inference has the thing that is sought to be established as it has the ground of the inference. Ex: ‘तस्मात् तथा’&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Tasmāt tathā&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Therefore this mountain possesses fire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These five members are called ‘Panchāvayava ’. In a formal debate, an argument with all these five members is considered to be complete. So using these five techniques to prove the merit of their cause can be called as ‘Nyāya’. Since ‘Nyāya’ has a predominant place in ‘Gōtama’s’ work it is called ‘Nyāya Darśanam’ or ‘Nyāya Sūtram’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, an exchange of dialogue is called kathā(Pūrvōttara vākya samdarbhaḥ: exchange of dialogues). When it is used in a systematic way to know the truth its called vādaḥ. When the arguer has no desire to establish his position, but his only interest is to distract the opposition its called vitaṇḍā. When the only intention is to win its called jalpaḥ. Generally, one tends to commit flaws while presenting an argument. But to establish the correct principles/ sidhāntaḥ one must be aware of them. To identify the flaws of others and not to commit any is also important. Nyāya explains the types of flaws in the hētvābhāsāḥ section. Hence to equip us with the potentiality in argumentation and to find flaws in others argumentation, Gotama took a very prominent portion of his book Nyāya sutram.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nyāya in Life==&lt;br /&gt;
As a darshana(way of life) nyaya is not extant but nyaya concepts prevalent in Indian culture and found in various forms including regional idioms. Today we may not find many people getting trained in the traditional Nyāya system. But we always find the traditional Nyāya concepts in the Indian culture. These concepts got absorbed by the culture and regional languages according to their merits. Some of the concepts got adapted by the different traditional systems like sāmkhyā, vēdāntaḥ, mīmāmsā etc. Knowingly or unknowingly any logical statement follows some principles of Nyāya. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nyaya became a synonym of logic because of its logical praxis. Nyāyaprayōgaḥ(elaborated above) became a guideline for a systematic dialogue.  For instance, even in a household, it is a common practice to say you are doing vitanda(when a person does not follow logic ) because vitanda is known to common man as an undesirable and unfruitful way of argument. Yuktis(techniques) in argument came to be known as nyaya. For instance &#039;Pradhāna malla nibarhana nyāya&#039;, &#039;pangvandha nyāya&#039;,&#039;sthālī pulāka nyāya&#039; are techies for conveying similarities. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pradhāna malla nibarhana nyāya : The word malla means a wrestler. If a wrestler, who came from another place defeats the most victorious and important wrestler of any region he is considered victorious over the other wrestlers also. In the same way in any argument, if the most important idea or logic of a side is proved wrong then all the other ideas or logics that side is considered to be useless.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
pangvandha nyāya: This idiom is a famous logic used in sānkhya drśanaṃ. Here &#039;pangu&#039; means a person without legs, &#039;andha&#039; means blind. The pangu cannot walk and an andha cannot see. If these both want to accomplish a task like a normal human, then they have to co-operate. The person without legs should climb upon the shoulders of the blind and complete the task. In the same way sankhya describes that &#039;prakṛti and puruṣa&#039; accomplish the task by co-operating to each other.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
{{reflist}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Navya nyaya.jpg]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Nyaya&amp;diff=126874</id>
		<title>Nyaya</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Nyaya&amp;diff=126874"/>
		<updated>2019-10-10T14:54:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana: /* Causation in Nyāya */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Nyāya is one of the prominent branches of learning in the Indian knowledge system. It primarily deals with logic and it is one of the most widely applied subjects across the Vedic, Tantric, Bauddha and Jaina traditions.  It is considered to be one of the five ‘Vidyā sthānas’ or abodes of learning, one of the six canonical schools of philosophy (Darśana) and also a sub limb (Upaṅga) in the body of Vedic learning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya deals with the structure of knowing, learning and debating. Thus as a subject, it is component to all the schools of formal knowledge in some form. To different degrees, many principles of Nyāya are agreed upon by all schools, such as ascertaining the knowable, validating sources of learning, ascertaining the validity of an argument, setting terms of debate and determining the outcome of a debate. Nyāya is not prevalent as an independent school of philosophy at present, but its influence can be seen in the most extant traditions. Nyāya along with mimāmsā plays a prominent role in many areas like jurisprudence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
Indian theory of knowledge can be described into two metaphors. The first one is of a tree whose root is the Veda and various areas of learning are denoted as the trunk, branches and leaves. The other metaphor is of a human body, whose limbs (aṅga)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;angāni vēdāścatvārō mīmāmsā nyāyavistaraḥ |&lt;br /&gt;
purāṇaṃ dharmaśāstraṃ ca vidyāhyētāścaturdaśa ||&lt;br /&gt;
āyurvēdō dhanurvēdō gāndharvaścētyanukramāt |&lt;br /&gt;
arthaśāstraṃ paraṃ tasmāt vidyāstvaṣṭādaśa smṛtaḥ ||&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and sub-limbs (upānga) are various areas of learning. Darśanas enunciate the worldviews and outlines the philosophy of life that results in fulfilment and happiness. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya is the discipline of logic, which provides methods for inquiry into the nature of world and knowledge, means of learning and validation. It systematizes knowledge into (a)the knowable, (b)means and methods for knowing and (c)procedures for ascertaining and validating knowledge. The founder of the Nyāya system was Gautama also called as Gotama, who is frequently referred to in the literature as Akṣapāda and Dīrghatapas. Before Gautama, the principles of the nyāya existed as an unsorted body of philosophical thoughts in different types of literature. Gautama codified these generally accepted principles of time into ‘Nyāya Sutram’ or ‘Nyāya Darśnam’ where he introduced the philosophy of Nyāya. He elaborated where ever needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As Nyāya is a traditional philosophy there are some unique concepts introduced to understand the world in a very logical way. Even though Goutama divided everything into sixteen, but a special focus was there on the means, structure and debate of the knowledge i.e pramāṇaṃ and vādaḥ. According to this philosophy, the world should be understood in its true form to liberate an individual from suffering. To know the true sense of anything, one needs to understand the process of knowing the accurate knowledge and its types. Thus epistemology or the study of pramāṇa got a prominent place in the Nyāya sutras. In fact, in the list of the sixteen elements[[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Sixteen_elements_of_Nyāya]] stated in Nyāya sutram, &#039;pramāṇa&#039;[[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Pramanam]] stands first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya is also widely known as Vāda Śāstra as it deals with the concepts of debate. When one understands some principals, at one point in time, one may encounter a difference of opinion. When the difference is very fundamental, there arises the need for a debate. As one wants to seek the truth one must know the structure of the debate. Thus Nyāya elaborated the structure of debate and also its types.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prāchīna Nyāya and Navya Nyāya==&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya Darśnam can be categorized into two schools Prāchīna Nyāya and Navya Nyāya. They are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prāchīna Nyāya - A collection of five books which are called ‘Pancha Granthī’, these are considered to be the authentic source of ‘Prāchīna Nyāya’. These were a series of commentary on the previous work, which complemented and elaborated the priors work. They are:&lt;br /&gt;
# Nyāya Sutram of Gotama&lt;br /&gt;
# Nyāya Bhashyam of Vātsāyana&lt;br /&gt;
# Nyāya Vārtikam of Udyōtakāra&lt;br /&gt;
# Tātparya Tīkā of Vāchaspati Miśrā&lt;br /&gt;
# Tātparya Tīkā Pariśudhi of Udayanāchārya. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Navya Nyāya - Gangēśōpādhyāya’s ‘Tatvachintāmaṇi is considered to be the pioneering work of navya nyaya which began the new era in ‘Nyāya philosophy’. By this time the concepts which were previously dealt with separately in ‘Nyāya’ and ‘Vaiṣeṣka’ philosophies came together. This system was later termed as ‘Navya Nyāya’ or ‘Tarka Śāstram’. ‘Dīdhiti’ of Raghunātha Śrōmaṇi is considered to be the best commentary on ‘Tatvachintāmaṇi’. ‘Dīdhiti’ had the famous three commentaries ‘Māthurī’, ‘Jāgadīśī’ and ‘Gādādharī’ on it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be said that ‘Prāchīna Nyāya’ dealt with all the original concepts which ‘Āstika Darśana&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&#039;asti parō lōkaḥ iti yē  manyantē tē āstikāḥ&#039; - one who believes that there is another life after death and believes in veda.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;’ needs. Whereas ‘Navya Nyāya’ mainly dealt with only the topics which are useful in a debate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nyāya as a Darśana==&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya is considered to be the one amongst the six canonical Indian philosophies or worldviews along with Vaiśeśika, Sānkhya, Yoga, Mimāmsā and Vedānta. On inquiring about the difference between a normal book and a Darśana, one knows the characteristics of a Darśana. Every Darśana is expected to present its view on the world(saṅsāra) and suggest a permanent solution for the problem faced by all. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nyaya is identifying sources and causes of suffering (duhkha) and it prescribes a theory for liberation from it. To establish its theory, it has to define certain terms and change the perception of the seeker. In this process, a detailed discussion on the means of knowledge(epistemology), which distinguishes the truth from false becomes a critical inquiry, argumentation etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Indian literature, there are four puruśārthas[[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Puruṣārtha]] or motives for men.&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth puruśārtha is considered to be eternal(nitya). The state of ultimate happiness and lack of suffering is a state where there is no birth or death for a being. And every darshana aims at it as a final goal. Goutama describes that final liberation from suffering as moksha, thus the ultimate goal of life. According to him, the world is a chain of consequences starting with illusion, which eventually ends with suffering. It has to be broken in order to attain liberation from suffering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the text&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.2 Nyāya sutram&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, misapprehension/illusion(ajnāna) leads to distorted views(doṣa) that leads to activity(karma), which in turn leads to rebirth(janma). This whole cycle ultimately leads to suffering duhkha. To break this chain Goutama prescribes an antidote to each member. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Duḥkha- janma-pravṛtti-dōṣa-mithyājñānānāṃ uttarōttarāpāyē tadanantarāpāyādapavargaḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.2 Nyāya sutram&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tattvajñāna or the true knowledge obstruct mithyājñāna or misapprehension. As illusion is the root cause of all activity like dōṣa, pāpaṃ, puṇyaṃ, removal of illusion will undo all of them. When there is no dōṣa there is no pravṛtti or cause of birth. When there is no pravṛtti there is no cause for janma or birth. When there is no birth there will be no duḥkha or sorrow. So according to nyāya sūtraṃ, tattvajñāna of the sixteen elements(Goutama divides the world into sixteen elements.)[[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Sixteen_elements_of_Nyāya]] would successively eliminate sorrow.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Elements of Nyāya==&lt;br /&gt;
The elements of Nyāya include identification of the right knowledge(pramā), validation(prāmāṇyaṃ), verifying explanations(nirdhāraṇaṃ), methods to establish an argument(nyāya prayōgaḥ) and means to identify a valid argument from invalid(hētvabhāsa nirūpaṇam). The term nyāya in Sanskrit signifies detailing the subject with an analytical investigation of it through the process of logical reasoning. It can be explained in the following verse:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;‘नीयते प्राप्यते विवक्षितार्थसिद्धिः अनेन इति न्यायः’&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Nīyatē prāpyatē vivakṣitārthasiḍih anēna iti &#039;nyāyah&#039;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vatsyāyana, the classic commentator on the Nyāya-Sūtra, defines it as a critical examination of the objects of knowledge by the means of logical proof. Nyāya is also called as &#039;Tarka-vidyā&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It means science of reasoning.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; or &#039;Vāda-vidya&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It means science of argument.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Pramāṇa===&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya is also accounted as &#039;Pramāṇa Śāstra(epistemology)[[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Talk:Nyaya_Introduction_to_Pramanam]]. &#039;Pramā&#039; means true knowledge and the means to it is called &#039;Pramāṇam&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To understand the nature of the world, Goutama accepted four valid means, four types of pramāṇa, to obtain the correct knowledge. They are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Perception - Pratyakṣa : It literally means eye(which we use to see and know), but metaphorically it is applied to any all sence organs. It can be divided into six according to the number of the senses. The cognition resulted because of the relation between an object and a sense organ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;indriyārtha sannikarṣōtpannaṃ jñanaṃ pratyakṣam&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. This phenomena is called as perception/ pratyakṣa. This perception is of two kinds.&lt;br /&gt;
(i)Direct perception(laukika pratyaksha) - Seeing a table and knowing that &#039;there is a table&#039; is an example of direct relation. &lt;br /&gt;
(ii)Indirect perception(alaukika pratyaksha) - Seeing a perfume bottle and knowing that &#039;it has aroma&#039;, without opening its lid, is an example of indirect relation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Inference - Anumāna : It is a means of knowledge, knowledge through reasoning. On seeing the smoke coming out from a mountain one could infer that the mountain has fire. In the process of inferring, it is essential to know the invariable relation between the object and the reason i.e., the relation between fire and smoke is very essential. Generally, a debate takes place where the subject is not proved or accepted by both the parties. It has to be proved by good reasoning. So the Nyāya scholars like, vācaspati miśrā&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;pratyakṣa parikalitaṃ apyarthaṃ anumānēna bubhutsantē tarkarasikāḥ, Means that one who enjoy logic, tries to infer everything even it can be known by sense organs&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; gave a prominent position for inference in their literature according to its importance in a debate.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Comparison - Upamāna : The valid means to acquire knowledge by comparison or establish a relation between a word and meaning.  When a word is known and not the meaning, the knowledge of similarity helps to establish their relation. For example, when a person does not know the meaning of the word &#039;gavaya&#039;(wild cow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: He knows from a forester that &amp;quot;Gavaya is similar to cow&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: He goes to the forest and sees an animal similar to cow and remembers the sentence of the forester.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3: Then an analogical cognition or upamitiḥ arises such as &amp;quot;This(Here this refers to the animal.) is the referent of the word gavaya.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Source for verbal cognition - Śabda : It is nothing but a meaningful word. This is referred to all the authentic literature like (a)veda, vedanga etc and (b)all the sentences we use to communicate with others. These sentences become a valid source of knowledge until the listener believes in the speaker, unlike veda, vedanga etc., which are considered to be valid always. It delivers a meaning according to its relation with the meaning. This relation may be direct/śaktiḥ or indirect/lakṣaṇā. A word possessing a valid relation could be a means of knowledge.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vāda==&lt;br /&gt;
Vāda means debate and Śāstra means a traditional treatise. A treatise which deals with debate in detail is Vāda Śāstra. The methodology of debate followed by all the Indian traditions is originated in Nyāya. Goutama has given utmost importance to introduce and elaborate the &#039;art of debate&#039; in his work. Out of sixteen elements which are described in his Nyāya sutram&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.1&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, around seven elements are directly related to debate. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A debate is an exchange of verbal statements between at least two opponents. It is done to achieve different results like establishing the truth, winning an opponent, misleading an opponent etc. As per the Nyāya tradition, components which are useful in a debate are hypothetical reasoning/tarkaḥ (Tarkaḥ is a method of attaining correct knowledge about an uncertain thing by showing faults in all the contrary ideas.), discussion/vādaḥ (Vādaḥ is a sincere dialogue in which one adopts the truth in the end.), polemic/jalpaḥ(Jalpaḥ is a verbal interaction done only to be victorious, it is not for the truth.), cavil/vitaṇḍā(Vitaṇḍā is a type of debate where the arguer has no desire to establish his position, but his only interest is to distract the opposition.), casuistry/chalaṃ, futile rejoinder/jāti and clinchers/nigraha sthānaṃ. All these topics are discussed categorically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Causation in Nyāya==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sṛṣṭi(origin of the world) is a concept that was dealt with in almost every darśana. These darśanas have a different idea in explaining the phenomenon of the creation of the universe. Nāstikās(Who do not believe in Veda), Naiyyayikas(one who follow nyāya darśanaṃ) and vaiśēṣikās(one who follow vaiśēṣika darśanaṃ) uphold the Theory of Creation(āraṃbhavādaḥ/ astkāryavādaḥ), The followers of sānkhya and vēdānta maintain the Theory of Evolution(satkāryavādaḥ).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;kriyā, vibhāgaḥ, pūrvadēśa saṃyōga nāśaḥ, uttara dēśa saṃyōgaḥ, drvyōtpattiḥ&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Āraṃbhavādaḥ: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Nyāya the creation of the universe started with an action in the atoms(paramāṇu). Because of the action it gets separated(from the previous base), then its relation with the previous base is broken, then a new relation is established with another similar atom, then a new object is formed. In this sequence atoms gradually create everything we have here. The object which is going to take birth does not exist before actually taking birth. It is always totally different from the cause. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Āraṃbha means effect. As Nyāya advocates separate existence to an effect their theory is called āraṃbhavādaḥ. It is also called astkāryavādaḥ. Which is the opposite of stkāryavādaḥ established by sānkya. According to sankhya &#039;the object which is going to take birth exists in the form of the cause&#039;. For them, the effect does not have a different existence than a cause. But, before anythings creation, as one can not see the existence of an effect Nyaya advocates asatkāryavādaḥ.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nyāyaprayōgaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
In a debate, presenting your argument in a systematic way is very important. It should precisely establish an argument without any flaw and redundancy. For this Nyāyasutra introduces a syllogism which consists of five components:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# ‘Pratigyā’ / Pratijyā : It is the proposition or the statement that is going to be inferred or statement of the thesis. Ex: ‘पर्वतो वह्निमान्’&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Parvatō vanhimān&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Mountain is on fire. Here smoke is only seen not the fire, but writer wants to prove the fire which is not seen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# ‘Hētu’/ Hētu : It is the statement consisting the ground of the inference. Ex: ‘धूमात्’&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Dhūmāt&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; It denotes the action because of smoke.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# ‘Udāharaṇa’/ Udāharaṇam : The sentence of example which demonstrates the invariable relationship between the reason and the claim to be inferred or the statement setting forth an illustration is called as an Udāharaṇa. Ex: ‘यो यो धूमवान् सः वह्निमान ्, यथा महानसः’&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Yō Yō Dhūmavān Sa Vanhimān, Yathā Mahānasah&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Whichever place consists of smoke also consists of fire. Because fire is the reason behind the smoke&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Fire and smoke are having a cause-effect relationship.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, it also signifies the kitchen in the older times.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
# ‘Upanaya’ / Upanaya: It is the statement showing that the subject of the inference has the ground of the inference which is invariably related to the thing that is sought to be established. Ex: ‘तथा चायम्’&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Tathā chāyam&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Such is this mountain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# ‘Nigamanam’/ Nigamana: It is the conclusion or the sentence which confirms the claim or the statement that the subject of the inference has the thing that is sought to be established as it has the ground of the inference. Ex: ‘तस्मात् तथा’&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Tasmāt tathā&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Therefore this mountain possesses fire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These five members are called ‘Panchāvayava ’. In a formal debate, an argument with all these five members is considered to be complete. So using these five techniques to prove the merit of their cause can be called as ‘Nyāya’. Since ‘Nyāya’ has a predominant place in ‘Gōtama’s’ work it is called ‘Nyāya Darśanam’ or ‘Nyāya Sūtram’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, an exchange of dialogue is called kathā(Pūrvōttara vākya samdarbhaḥ: exchange of dialogues). When it is used in a systematic way to know the truth its called vādaḥ. When the arguer has no desire to establish his position, but his only interest is to distract the opposition its called vitaṇḍā. When the only intention is to win its called jalpaḥ. Generally, one tends to commit flaws while presenting an argument. But to establish the correct principles/ sidhāntaḥ one must be aware of them. To identify the flaws of others and not to commit any is also important. Nyāya explains the types of flaws in the hētvābhāsāḥ section. Hence to equip us with the potentiality in argumentation and to find flaws in others argumentation, Gotama took a very prominent portion of his book Nyāya sutram.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nyāya in Life==&lt;br /&gt;
As a darshana(way of life) nyaya is not extant but nyaya concepts prevalent in Indian culture and found in various forms including regional idioms. Today we may not find many people getting trained in the traditional Nyāya system. But we always find the traditional Nyāya concepts in the Indian culture. These concepts got absorbed by the culture and regional languages according to their merits. Some of the concepts got adapted by the different traditional systems like sāmkhyā, vēdāntaḥ, mīmāmsā etc. Knowingly or unknowingly any logical statement follows some principles of Nyāya. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nyaya became a synonym of logic because of its logical praxis. Nyāyaprayōgaḥ(elaborated above) became a guideline for a systematic dialogue.  For instance, even in a household, it is a common practice to say you are doing vitanda(when a person does not follow logic ) because vitanda is known to common man as an undesirable and unfruitful way of argument. Yuktis(techniques) in argument came to be known as nyaya. For instance &#039;Pradhāna malla nibarhana nyāya&#039;, &#039;pangvandha nyāya&#039;,&#039;sthālī pulāka nyāya&#039; are techies for conveying similarities. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pradhāna malla nibarhana nyāya : The word malla means a wrestler. If a wrestler, who came from another place defeats the most victorious and important wrestler of any region he is considered victorious over the other wrestlers also. In the same way in any argument, if the most important idea or logic of a side is proved wrong then all the other ideas or logics that side is considered to be useless.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
pangvandha nyāya: This idiom is a famous logic used in sānkhya drśanaṃ. Here &#039;pangu&#039; means a person without legs, &#039;andha&#039; means blind. The pangu cannot walk and an andha cannot see. If these both want to accomplish a task like a normal human, then they have to co-operate. The person without legs should climb upon the shoulders of the blind and complete the task. In the same way sankhya describes that &#039;prakṛti and puruṣa&#039; accomplish the task by co-operating to each other.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
{{reflist}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Navya nyaya.jpg]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Sanyasa&amp;diff=126838</id>
		<title>Sanyasa</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Sanyasa&amp;diff=126838"/>
		<updated>2019-10-06T16:39:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana: Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana moved page Sanyasa to Talk:Sanyasa&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;#REDIRECT [[Talk:Sanyasa]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Sanyasa&amp;diff=126837</id>
		<title>Talk:Sanyasa</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Sanyasa&amp;diff=126837"/>
		<updated>2019-10-06T16:39:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana: Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana moved page Sanyasa to Talk:Sanyasa&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Brahmacarya, gārhasthya, vānaprastha and sanyāsa are the four āśramas we find in the tradition. Among these, the fourth one is the most important because it deals with mōkṣa(a state where there is no sorrow or rebirth). In tradition, we find six types of it. We have an extensive detail in the 108 upanishads with commentary by upanishad brahmendra.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Sanyasa&amp;diff=126836</id>
		<title>Talk:Sanyasa</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Sanyasa&amp;diff=126836"/>
		<updated>2019-10-06T16:39:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana: Created page with &amp;quot;Brahmacarya, gārhasthya, vānaprastha and sanyāsa are the four āśramas we find in the tradition. Among these, the fourth one is the most important because it deals with m...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Brahmacarya, gārhasthya, vānaprastha and sanyāsa are the four āśramas we find in the tradition. Among these, the fourth one is the most important because it deals with mōkṣa(a state where there is no sorrow or rebirth). In tradition, we find six types of it. We have an extensive detail in the 108 upanishads with commentary by upanishad brahmendra.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Pram%C4%81%E1%B9%87a_(Ny%C4%81ya)&amp;diff=126835</id>
		<title>Pramāṇa (Nyāya)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Pram%C4%81%E1%B9%87a_(Ny%C4%81ya)&amp;diff=126835"/>
		<updated>2019-10-06T16:01:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Author|Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{AlternateSpellings|pramāṇam, pramānaṃ, pramana, pratyaksha, anumana, upamana, shabda}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Indian tradition almost all branches of knowledge like vyākaraṇaṃ, mīmāṃsā have some insight on epistemology, but nyāya is a discipline, where it is dealt with extensively. That is why Nyāya is considered as pramāṇa śāstraṃ, the study related to knowledge source. Pramā is nothing but the logically legitimate knowledge and the source of that is pramānaṃ. (a)Legitimate knowledge related to anything leads to it actually. (b)It can be identified as valid knowledge when it corresponds to the actual nature of the object. (c)One can also know that it is valid when the object stated is obtained successfully. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;प्रत्यक्षानुमानोपमानशब्दाः प्रमाणानि।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.३&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Pratyakha- anumāna-  upamāna- śabdāḥ pramāṇāni.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.3&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Concepts of Different Indian Schools for Inference of Knowledge==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each school of Indian thought has its own theory of the means to obtain correct knowledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;pratyakṣamēkaṃ cārvākāḥ kaṇādasugatau punaḥ |&lt;br /&gt;
anumānanca taccātha sāṃkhyāḥ śabdanca tē api ||&lt;br /&gt;
nyāyaikadēśinōpyēvaṃ upamānaṃ ca kēcana |&lt;br /&gt;
arthāpatyā sahaitāni catvāryāha prabhākarāḥ ||&lt;br /&gt;
abhāva ṣaṣṭhānyētāni bhāṭṭā vēdāntinastathā |&lt;br /&gt;
sambhavaitihyayuktāni tāni paurāṇikā jaguḥ||&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||School||Theory 1||Theory 2||Theory 3||Theory 4||Theory 5||Theory 6||Theory 7||Theory 8&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Cārvāka||Perception/Pratyakṣaṃ||-||-||-||-||-||-||-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Mīmāmsaka||Verbal Testimony/Śabdaḥ||-||-||-||-||-||-||-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Vaiśeṣika &amp;amp; Buddhists||-||Inference/Anumānaṃ||-||-||-||-||-||-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Saṅkhya||-||Inference/Anumānaṃ|||Verbal Testimony/Śabdaḥ||-||-||-||-||-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Naiyāyika||-||Inference/Anumānaṃ|||Comparison/Upamānaṃ||Verbal testimony/Śabdaḥ||-||-||-||-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Prābhākara||-||Inference/Anumānaṃ||Comparison/Upamānaṃ||Verbal testimony/Ṣabdaḥ||Presumption/Arthāpattiḥ||-||-||-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Bhāṭṭas &amp;amp; Vedāntins||-|||Inference/Anumānaṃ||Comparison/Upamānaṃ||Verbal testimony/Ṣabdaḥ||Presumption/Arthāpattiḥ||Non-existence/Abhāvaḥ||-||-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Paurāṇika||-||Inference/Anumānaṃ||Comparison/Upamānaṃ||Verbal testimony/Ṣabdaḥ||Presumption/Arthāpattiḥ||Non-existence/Abhāvaḥ||Probability/Saṃbhavaḥ||Tradition/Aitihyaṃ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Classification of Pramāṇāni==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Nyāya tradition, there are four pramāṇās namely:&lt;br /&gt;
# Pratyakhaṃ - It is called as the source of perceptual cognition. &lt;br /&gt;
# Anumānaṃ - It is called as the source of inferential cognition. &lt;br /&gt;
# Upamānaṃ - It is the source of analogical cognition.&lt;br /&gt;
# Śabdāḥ - It is the source of verbal cognition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pratyakhaṃ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;इन्द्रियार्थसन्निकर्षोत्पन्नं ज्ञानं अव्यपदेश्यं अव्यभिचारि व्यवसायात्मकं प्रत्यक्षम्।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.४&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Indriyārthasannikarṣōtpannaṃ jñānaṃ avyapadēṣyaṃ avyabhicāri  vyavasāyātmakaṃ  pratyakshaṃ.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.4&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Nyāya tradition, there are six sense organs or indriyāṇi. Namely, cakṣuḥ(eye), tvak(skin), śrōtraṃ(ear), ghrāṇaṃ(nose), jihvā(tongue)and manaḥ. All these organs have different type of relationships with different objects. For example, an eye can see a pot with a different relationship and know its colour with a different relationship. To know the pot the eye or cakṣurindriya has a relation called samyōgaḥ with the pot. To know the pot’s colour it has samyutasamavāyaḥ as a relation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here in the sūtraṃ we have three adjectives to the word pratyakshaṃ.&lt;br /&gt;
# Avyapadēṣyaṃ - It means non-verbal cognition.&lt;br /&gt;
# Avyabhicāri - It means non-illusion.&lt;br /&gt;
# Vyavasāyātmakaṃ - It means the undoubted cognition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So the true perceptual cognition(pratyakṣaṃ) occurs because of a special relation between sense organs and its object. We can conclude it as a pratyakhaṃ or perceptual cognition when it is not a verbal cognition, illusion and doubtful.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Anumānaṃ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;अथ तत्पूर्वकं त्रिविधं अनुमानं पूर्ववत्शेषवत्सामान्यतोदृष्टं च।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.५&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Tha tatpūrvakaṃ trividhaṃ anumānaṃ pūrvavat- śēṣavat- sāmānyatōdṛṣṭaṃ ca.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.5&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The instrument or the process which produces the inferential cognition is called as anumānaṃ. For example, we can infer that there is fire on the mountain if we see smoke on it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Anumānaṃ as per Nyāya Tradition===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Nyāya tradition explains this process in detail as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1:  Acquiring the knowledge that &#039;Smoke and fire are having an invariable relationship&#039;. This requires the knowledge of their co-existence at many places and not having any contradiction of the above statement. This is called vyāpti jñānaṃ. This is not always consciously known by the pramātā.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2:  Seeing the smoke on the mountain and knowing that the mountain possesses the smoke.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3: Remembering the invariable relationship between smoke and the fire. &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&#039;ēka sambandhi jñānaṃ apara sambandhi smārakaṃ&#039;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; According to this logic, one will automatically remind you the other. Like if we see a tigers tail, we can affirm the presence of the tiger. Here, as the person knows this invariable relationship between smoke and fire, by seeing smoke he would remind fire.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* Step 4: Confirming that such a smoke with such a relationship exists on the mountain. The difference between the second step and fourth one is that in the primary stage he would just know smoke, but in the later stage, he could definitely know that the smoke possesses an invariable relationship with fire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 5: Concluding that the mountain possesses fire. This is called anumitiḥ.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Types of Anumānaṃ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the above sūtraṃ, anumānaṃ is of three types:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Pūrvavat - Inferring an effect by knowing the cause. Here pūrva means cause. Like we can forecast rain by seeing the height and colour of the clouds. The clouds become heavier and black in colour when it is going to rain. So here we are inferring the effect i.e., rain by knowing the cause i.e., particular height and colour of the clouds. Here the anumānaṃ is, &#039;The clouds may rain because its lower than usual and black in colour.&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Śēṣavat - Inferring a cause by knowing an effect. Here śēṣa means effect. Like we can know that the place has fire by seeing smoke in it because smoke is the effect of fire. So here we are inferring cause i.e., fire by knowing the effect i.e., smoke. The statement for this is, &#039;The place has fire, because of the smoke that we can see.&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Sāmānyatōdṛṣṭaṃ - It can be simply explained as &#039;commonly seen&#039;. It is the knowledge of one thing derived from the perception of another thing with which it is commonly seen. The statement for this is, &#039;on seeing rain, one infers that there are clouds&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Upamāna==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;प्रसिद्धसाधर्म्यात्साध्यसाधनं उपमानम् ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.६&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Prasidhdhasādharmyāt sādhyasādhanaṃ upamānaṃ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.6&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An analogical cognition is a cognition of the relationship between a word and its meaning. The instrument of that is the knowledge of similarity. To explain this concept in detail, when a person dose not know the meaning of the word &#039;gavaya&#039; then,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1: He knows from a forester that &amp;quot;gavaya is similar to cow&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2: He goes to the forest and sees an animal similar to cow and remembers the sentence of the forester.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3: Then an analogical cognition or upamitiḥ arises such as &amp;quot;This&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Here this refers to the animal.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; is the referent of the word gavaya&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here if the man did not know from the forester that the &amp;quot;gavaya is similar to cow&amp;quot;, even though seeing gavaya in the forest he could not come to the conclusion that &amp;quot;This is the reference of the word gavaya&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Śabda==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;आप्तोपदेशः शब्दः।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.७&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockqute&amp;gt;Āptōpadēśaśśabdaḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.7&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;सः द्विविधः दृष्टादृष्टार्थत्वात्।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.८&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Saḥ dvividhaḥ dṛṣṭādṛṣṭārthatvāt।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.8&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The cognition derived from a set of words uttered by a reliable person or literature like veda is called śābdabōdhaḥ and its source is called śabdaḥ.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Types of Śabdaḥ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is divided into two types as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Dṛṣṭārthaḥ - It is the source for the cognition which deals with all the worldly subjects, like the instructions given by a doctor as a treatment.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
# Adṛśṭārthaḥ - It is the source for the cognition which deals with all the supernatural subjects, like the instructions given by the Veda to attain the heaven or svargaḥ.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
{{reflist}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Pramanam&amp;diff=126834</id>
		<title>Pramanam</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Pramanam&amp;diff=126834"/>
		<updated>2019-10-05T07:38:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana: Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana moved page Pramanam to Pramana (Nyaya): Disambiguation&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;#REDIRECT [[Pramana (Nyaya)]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Pram%C4%81%E1%B9%87a_(Ny%C4%81ya)&amp;diff=126833</id>
		<title>Pramāṇa (Nyāya)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Pram%C4%81%E1%B9%87a_(Ny%C4%81ya)&amp;diff=126833"/>
		<updated>2019-10-05T07:38:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana: Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana moved page Pramanam to Pramana (Nyaya): Disambiguation&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Author|Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{AlternateSpellings|pramāṇam, pramānaṃ, pramana, pratyaksha, anumana, upamana, shabda}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Indian tradition almost all branches of knowledge like vyākaraṇaṃ, mīmāṃsā have some insight on epistemology, but nyāya is discipline, where it is dealt with extensively. That is why Nyāya is considered as pramāṇa śāstraṃ, the study related to knowledge source. Pramā is nothing but the logically legitimate knowledge and the source of that is pramānaṃ. Legitimate knowledge brings out a thing used daily as it actually is. It can be identified as valid knowledge when it corresponds to the actual nature of the object. One can also know that it is valid when the object stated is obtained successfully. This correspondence between the knowledge or pramā and nature of object leads to the successful utilization thereof. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;प्रत्यक्षानुमानोपमानशब्दाः प्रमाणानि।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.३&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Pratyakha- anumāna-  upamāna- śabdāḥ pramāṇāni.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.3&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Concepts of Different Indian Schools for Inference of Knowledge==&lt;br /&gt;
Each school of Indian thought has its own theory of the means to obtain correct knowledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;pratyakṣamēkaṃ cārvākāḥ kaṇādasugatau punaḥ |&lt;br /&gt;
anumānanca taccātha sāṃkhyāḥ śabdanca tē api ||&lt;br /&gt;
nyāyaikadēśinōpyēvaṃ upamānaṃ ca kēcana |&lt;br /&gt;
arthāpatyā sahaitāni catvāryāha prabhākarāḥ ||&lt;br /&gt;
abhāva ṣaṣṭhānyētāni bhāṭṭā vēdāntinastathā |&lt;br /&gt;
sambhavaitihyayuktāni tāni paurāṇikā jaguḥ||&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||School||Theory 1||Theory 2||Theory 3||Theory 4||Theory 5||Theory 6||Theory 7||Theory 8&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Cārvāka||Perception/Pratyakṣaṃ||-||-||-||-||-||-||-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Mīmāmsaka||Verbal Testimony/Śabdaḥ||-||-||-||-||-||-||-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Vaiśeṣika &amp;amp; Buddhists||-||Inference/Anumānaṃ||-||-||-||-||-||-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Saṅkhya||-||Inference/Anumānaṃ|||Verbal Testimony/Śabdaḥ||-||-||-||-||-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Naiyāyika||-||Inference/Anumānaṃ|||Comparison/Upamānaṃ||Verbal testimony/Śabdaḥ||-||-||-||-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Prābhākara||-||Inference/Anumānaṃ||Comparison/Upamānaṃ||Verbal testimony/Ṣabdaḥ||Presumption/Arthāpattiḥ||-||-||-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Bhāṭṭas &amp;amp; Vedāntins||-|||Inference/Anumānaṃ||Comparison/Upamānaṃ||Verbal testimony/Ṣabdaḥ||Presumption/Arthāpattiḥ||Non-existence/Abhāvaḥ||-||-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Paurāṇika||-||Inference/Anumānaṃ||Comparison/Upamānaṃ||Verbal testimony/Ṣabdaḥ||Presumption/Arthāpattiḥ||Non-existence/Abhāvaḥ||Probability/Saṃbhavaḥ||Tradition/Aitihyaṃ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Classification of Pramāṇāni==&lt;br /&gt;
According to Nyāya tradition, there are four pramāṇāni namely:&lt;br /&gt;
# Pratyakhaṃ - It is called as the source of perceptual cognition. &lt;br /&gt;
# Anumānaṃ - It is called as the source of inferential cognition. &lt;br /&gt;
# Upamānaṃ - It is the source of analogical cognition.&lt;br /&gt;
# Śabdāḥ - It is the source of  verbal cognition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pratyakhaṃ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;इन्द्रियार्थसन्निकर्षोत्पन्नं ज्ञानं अव्यपदेश्यं अव्यभिचारि व्यवसायात्मकं प्रत्यक्षम्।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.४&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Indriyārthasannikarṣōtpannaṃ jñānaṃ avyapadēṣyaṃ avyabhicāri  vyavasāyātmakaṃ  pratyakshaṃ.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.4&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Nyāya tradition, there are six sense organs or indriyāṇi. All these organs have a different type of relationships with different objects. For example, an eye can see a pot with a different relation and know its color with a different relation. To know the pot the eye or cakṣurindriya has a relation called samyōgaḥ with the pot. To know the pot’s color it has samyutasamavāyaḥ as a relation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here in the sūtraṃ we have three adjectives to the word pratyakshaṃ.&lt;br /&gt;
# Avyapadēṣyaṃ - It means non-verbal cognition.&lt;br /&gt;
# Avyabhicāri - It means non-illusion.&lt;br /&gt;
# Vyavasāyātmakaṃ - It means the undoubted cognition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So the true cognition occurs because of a special relation between sense organs and its object. We can conclude it as a pratyakhaṃ or perceptual cognition when it is not a verbal cognition, illusion and doubtful.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Anumānaṃ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;अथ तत्पूर्वकं त्रिविधं अनुमानं पूर्ववत्शेषवत्सामान्यतोदृष्टं च।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.५&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Tha tatpūrvakaṃ trividhaṃ anumānaṃ pūrvavat- śēṣavat- sāmānyatōdṛṣṭaṃ ca.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.5&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The instrument or the process which produces the inferential cognition is called as anumānaṃ. For example we can infer that there is fire on the mountain if we see smoke on it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Types of Anumānaṃ===&lt;br /&gt;
According to the above sūtraṃ, anumānaṃ is of three types:&lt;br /&gt;
# Pūrvavat - Inferring an effect by knowing the cause. Here pūrva means cause. Like we can forecast rain by seeing the clouds height and color. The clouds become heavier and black in color when it is going to rain. So here we are inferring the effect i.e., rain by knowing the cause i.e., particular height and color of the clouds. The statement for this is, &#039;The clouds may rain because its lower than usual and black in color.&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# Śēṣavat - Inferring a cause by knowing an effect. Here śēṣa means effect. Like we can know that the place has fire by seeing smoke in it because smoke is the effect of fire. So here we are inferring cause i.e., fire by knowing the effect i.e., smoke. The statement for this is, &#039;The place has fire, because of the smoke that we can see.&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# Sāmānyatōdṛṣṭaṃ - It can be simply explained as &#039;commonly seen&#039;. It is the knowledge of one thing derived from the perception of another thing with which it is commonly seen. The statement for this is, &#039;on seeing rain, one infers that there are clouds&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Anumānaṃ as per Nyāya Tradition===&lt;br /&gt;
The Nyāya tradition explains this process in detail as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1:  Acquiring the knowledge that &#039;Smoke and fire are having an invariable relationship&#039;. This requires the knowledge of their co-existence at many places and not having any contradiction of the above statement. This is called vyāpti jñānaṃ. This is not always consciously known by the pramātā.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2:  Seeing the smoke on the mountain and knowing that the mountain possesses the smoke.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3: Remembering the invariable relationship between smoke and the fire. &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&#039;ēka sambandhi jñānaṃ apara sambandhi smārakaṃ&#039;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; According to this logic, one will automatically remind you the other. Like if we see a tigers tail, we can affirm the presence of the tiger. Here, as the person knows this invariable relationship between smoke and fire, by seeing smoke he would remind fire.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* Step 4: Conforming that such a smoke with such a relationship exists on the mountain. The difference between the second step and fourth one is that in the primary stage he would just know smoke, but in the later stage, he could definitely know that the smoke possesses an invariable relationship with fire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 5: Concluding that the mountain possesses fire. This is called anumitiḥ.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Upamāna==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;प्रसिद्धसाधर्म्यात्साध्यसाधनं उपमानम् ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.६&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Prasidhdhasādharmyāt sādhyasādhanaṃ upamānaṃ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.6&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An analogical cognition is a cognition of the relationship between a word and its meaning. The instrument of that is the knowledge of similarity. To explain this concept in detail, when a person dose not know the meaning of the word &#039;gavaya&#039; then,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1: He knows from a forester that &amp;quot;gavaya is similar to cow&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2: He goes to the forest and sees an animal similar to cow and remembers the sentence of the forester.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3: Then an analogical cognition or upamitiḥ arises such as &amp;quot;This&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Here this refers to the animal.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; is the referent of the word gavaya&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here if the man did not knew from the forester that the &amp;quot;gavaya is similar to cow&amp;quot;, even though seeing gavaya in the forest he could not come to the conclusion that &amp;quot;This is the reference of the word gavaya&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Śabda==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;आप्तोपदेशः शब्दः।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.७&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockqute&amp;gt;Āptōpadēśaśśabdaḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.7&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;सः द्विविधः दृष्टादृष्टार्थत्वात्।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.८&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Saḥ dvividhaḥ dṛṣṭādṛṣṭārthatvāt।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.8&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The cognition derived from a set of words uttered by a reliable person is called śābdabōdhaḥ and its is called śabdaḥ. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Types of Śabdaḥ===&lt;br /&gt;
This is divided into two types as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
# Dṛṣṭārthaḥ - It is the source for the cognition which deals with all the worldly subjects, like the instructions given by a doctor as a treatment. &lt;br /&gt;
# Adṛśṭārthaḥ - It is the source for the cognition which deals with all the supernatural subjects, like the instructions given by the Veda to attain the heaven or svargaḥ.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
{{reflist}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Nyaya&amp;diff=126832</id>
		<title>Nyaya</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Nyaya&amp;diff=126832"/>
		<updated>2019-10-04T17:39:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Nyāya is one of the prominent branches of learning in the Indian knowledge system. It primarily deals with logic and it is one of the most widely applied subjects across the Vedic, Tantric, Bauddha and Jaina traditions.  It is considered to be one of the five ‘Vidyā sthānas’ or abodes of learning, one of the six canonical schools of philosophy (Darśana) and also a sub limb (Upaṅga) in the body of Vedic learning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya deals with the structure of knowing, learning and debating. Thus as a subject, it is component to all the schools of formal knowledge in some form. To different degrees, many principles of Nyāya are agreed upon by all schools, such as ascertaining the knowable, validating sources of learning, ascertaining the validity of an argument, setting terms of debate and determining the outcome of a debate. Nyāya is not prevalent as an independent school of philosophy at present, but its influence can be seen in the most extant traditions. Nyāya along with mimāmsā plays a prominent role in many areas like jurisprudence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
Indian theory of knowledge can be described into two metaphors. The first one is of a tree whose root is the Veda and various areas of learning are denoted as the trunk, branches and leaves. The other metaphor is of a human body, whose limbs (aṅga)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;angāni vēdāścatvārō mīmāmsā nyāyavistaraḥ |&lt;br /&gt;
purāṇaṃ dharmaśāstraṃ ca vidyāhyētāścaturdaśa ||&lt;br /&gt;
āyurvēdō dhanurvēdō gāndharvaścētyanukramāt |&lt;br /&gt;
arthaśāstraṃ paraṃ tasmāt vidyāstvaṣṭādaśa smṛtaḥ ||&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and sub-limbs (upānga) are various areas of learning. Darśanas enunciate the worldviews and outlines the philosophy of life that results in fulfilment and happiness. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya is the discipline of logic, which provides methods for inquiry into the nature of world and knowledge, means of learning and validation. It systematizes knowledge into (a)the knowable, (b)means and methods for knowing and (c)procedures for ascertaining and validating knowledge. The founder of the Nyāya system was Gautama also called as Gotama, who is frequently referred to in the literature as Akṣapāda and Dīrghatapas. Before Gautama, the principles of the nyāya existed as an unsorted body of philosophical thoughts in different types of literature. Gautama codified these generally accepted principles of time into ‘Nyāya Sutram’ or ‘Nyāya Darśnam’ where he introduced the philosophy of Nyāya. He elaborated where ever needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As Nyāya is a traditional philosophy there are some unique concepts introduced to understand the world in a very logical way. Even though Goutama divided everything into sixteen, but a special focus was there on the means, structure and debate of the knowledge i.e pramāṇaṃ and vādaḥ. According to this philosophy, the world should be understood in its true form to liberate an individual from suffering. To know the true sense of anything, one needs to understand the process of knowing the accurate knowledge and its types. Thus epistemology or the study of pramāṇa got a prominent place in the Nyāya sutras. In fact, in the list of the sixteen elements[[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Sixteen_elements_of_Nyāya]] stated in Nyāya sutram, &#039;pramāṇa&#039;[[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Pramanam]] stands first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya is also widely known as Vāda Śāstra as it deals with the concepts of debate. When one understands some principals, at one point in time, one may encounter a difference of opinion. When the difference is very fundamental, there arises the need for a debate. As one wants to seek the truth one must know the structure of the debate. Thus Nyāya elaborated the structure of debate and also its types.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prāchīna Nyāya and Navya Nyāya==&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya Darśnam can be categorized into two schools Prāchīna Nyāya and Navya Nyāya. They are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prāchīna Nyāya - A collection of five books which are called ‘Pancha Granthī’, these are considered to be the authentic source of ‘Prāchīna Nyāya’. These were a series of commentary on the previous work, which complemented and elaborated the priors work. They are:&lt;br /&gt;
# Nyāya Sutram of Gotama&lt;br /&gt;
# Nyāya Bhashyam of Vātsāyana&lt;br /&gt;
# Nyāya Vārtikam of Udyōtakāra&lt;br /&gt;
# Tātparya Tīkā of Vāchaspati Miśrā&lt;br /&gt;
# Tātparya Tīkā Pariśudhi of Udayanāchārya. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Navya Nyāya - Gangēśōpādhyāya’s ‘Tatvachintāmaṇi is considered to be the pioneering work of navya nyaya which began the new era in ‘Nyāya philosophy’. By this time the concepts which were previously dealt with separately in ‘Nyāya’ and ‘Vaiṣeṣka’ philosophies came together. This system was later termed as ‘Navya Nyāya’ or ‘Tarka Śāstram’. ‘Dīdhiti’ of Raghunātha Śrōmaṇi is considered to be the best commentary on ‘Tatvachintāmaṇi’. ‘Dīdhiti’ had the famous three commentaries ‘Māthurī’, ‘Jāgadīśī’ and ‘Gādādharī’ on it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be said that ‘Prāchīna Nyāya’ dealt with all the original concepts which ‘Āstika Darśana&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&#039;asti parō lōkaḥ iti yē  manyantē tē āstikāḥ&#039; - one who believes that there is another life after death and believes in veda.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;’ needs. Whereas ‘Navya Nyāya’ mainly dealt with only the topics which are useful in a debate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nyāya as a Darśana==&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya is considered to be the one amongst the six canonical Indian philosophies or worldviews along with Vaiśeśika, Sānkhya, Yoga, Mimāmsā and Vedānta. On inquiring about the difference between a normal book and a Darśana, one knows the characteristics of a Darśana. Every Darśana is expected to present its view on the world(saṅsāra) and suggest a permanent solution for the problem faced by all. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nyaya is identifying sources and causes of suffering (duhkha) and it prescribes a theory for liberation from it. To establish its theory, it has to define certain terms and change the perception of the seeker. In this process, a detailed discussion on the means of knowledge(epistemology), which distinguishes the truth from false becomes a critical inquiry, argumentation etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Indian literature, there are four puruśārthas[[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Puruṣārtha]] or motives for men.&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth puruśārtha is considered to be eternal(nitya). The state of ultimate happiness and lack of suffering is a state where there is no birth or death for a being. And every darshana aims at it as a final goal. Goutama describes that final liberation from suffering as moksha, thus the ultimate goal of life. According to him, the world is a chain of consequences starting with illusion, which eventually ends with suffering. It has to be broken in order to attain liberation from suffering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the text&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.2 Nyāya sutram&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, misapprehension/illusion(ajnāna) leads to distorted views(doṣa) that leads to activity(karma), which in turn leads to rebirth(janma). This whole cycle ultimately leads to suffering duhkha. To break this chain Goutama prescribes an antidote to each member. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Duḥkha- janma-pravṛtti-dōṣa-mithyājñānānāṃ uttarōttarāpāyē tadanantarāpāyādapavargaḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.2 Nyāya sutram&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tattvajñāna or the true knowledge obstruct mithyājñāna or misapprehension. As illusion is the root cause of all activity like dōṣa, pāpaṃ, puṇyaṃ, removal of illusion will undo all of them. When there is no dōṣa there is no pravṛtti or cause of birth. When there is no pravṛtti there is no cause for janma or birth. When there is no birth there will be no duḥkha or sorrow. So according to nyāya sūtraṃ, tattvajñāna of the sixteen elements(Goutama divides the world into sixteen elements.)[[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Sixteen_elements_of_Nyāya]] would successively eliminate sorrow.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Elements of Nyāya==&lt;br /&gt;
The elements of Nyāya include identification of the right knowledge(pramā), validation(prāmāṇyaṃ), verifying explanations(nirdhāraṇaṃ), methods to establish an argument(nyāya prayōgaḥ) and means to identify a valid argument from invalid(hētvabhāsa nirūpaṇam). The term nyāya in Sanskrit signifies detailing the subject with an analytical investigation of it through the process of logical reasoning. It can be explained in the following verse:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;‘नीयते प्राप्यते विवक्षितार्थसिद्धिः अनेन इति न्यायः’&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Nīyatē prāpyatē vivakṣitārthasiḍih anēna iti &#039;nyāyah&#039;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vatsyāyana, the classic commentator on the Nyāya-Sūtra, defines it as a critical examination of the objects of knowledge by the means of logical proof. Nyāya is also called as &#039;Tarka-vidyā&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It means science of reasoning.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; or &#039;Vāda-vidya&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It means science of argument.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Pramāṇa===&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya is also accounted as &#039;Pramāṇa Śāstra(epistemology)[[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Talk:Nyaya_Introduction_to_Pramanam]]. &#039;Pramā&#039; means true knowledge and the means to it is called &#039;Pramāṇam&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To understand the nature of the world, Goutama accepted four valid means, four types of pramāṇa, to obtain the correct knowledge. They are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Perception - Pratyakṣa : It literally means eye(which we use to see and know), but metaphorically it is applied to any all sence organs. It can be divided into six according to the number of the senses. The cognition resulted because of the relation between an object and a sense organ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;indriyārtha sannikarṣōtpannaṃ jñanaṃ pratyakṣam&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. This phenomena is called as perception/ pratyakṣa. This perception is of two kinds.&lt;br /&gt;
(i)Direct perception(laukika pratyaksha) - Seeing a table and knowing that &#039;there is a table&#039; is an example of direct relation. &lt;br /&gt;
(ii)Indirect perception(alaukika pratyaksha) - Seeing a perfume bottle and knowing that &#039;it has aroma&#039;, without opening its lid, is an example of indirect relation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Inference - Anumāna : It is a means of knowledge, knowledge through reasoning. On seeing the smoke coming out from a mountain one could infer that the mountain has fire. In the process of inferring, it is essential to know the invariable relation between the object and the reason i.e., the relation between fire and smoke is very essential. Generally, a debate takes place where the subject is not proved or accepted by both the parties. It has to be proved by good reasoning. So the Nyāya scholars like, vācaspati miśrā&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;pratyakṣa parikalitaṃ apyarthaṃ anumānēna bubhutsantē tarkarasikāḥ, Means that one who enjoy logic, tries to infer everything even it can be known by sense organs&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; gave a prominent position for inference in their literature according to its importance in a debate.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Comparison - Upamāna : The valid means to acquire knowledge by comparison or establish a relation between a word and meaning.  When a word is known and not the meaning, the knowledge of similarity helps to establish their relation. For example, when a person does not know the meaning of the word &#039;gavaya&#039;(wild cow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: He knows from a forester that &amp;quot;Gavaya is similar to cow&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: He goes to the forest and sees an animal similar to cow and remembers the sentence of the forester.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3: Then an analogical cognition or upamitiḥ arises such as &amp;quot;This(Here this refers to the animal.) is the referent of the word gavaya.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Source for verbal cognition - Śabda : It is nothing but a meaningful word. This is referred to all the authentic literature like (a)veda, vedanga etc and (b)all the sentences we use to communicate with others. These sentences become a valid source of knowledge until the listener believes in the speaker, unlike veda, vedanga etc., which are considered to be valid always. It delivers a meaning according to its relation with the meaning. This relation may be direct/śaktiḥ or indirect/lakṣaṇā. A word possessing a valid relation could be a means of knowledge.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vāda==&lt;br /&gt;
Vāda means debate and Śāstra means a traditional treatise. A treatise which deals with debate in detail is Vāda Śāstra. The methodology of debate followed by all the Indian traditions is originated in Nyāya. Goutama has given utmost importance to introduce and elaborate the &#039;art of debate&#039; in his work. Out of sixteen elements which are described in his Nyāya sutram&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.1&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, around seven elements are directly related to debate. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A debate is an exchange of verbal statements between at least two opponents. It is done to achieve different results like establishing the truth, winning an opponent, misleading an opponent etc. As per the Nyāya tradition, components which are useful in a debate are hypothetical reasoning/tarkaḥ (Tarkaḥ is a method of attaining correct knowledge about an uncertain thing by showing faults in all the contrary ideas.), discussion/vādaḥ (Vādaḥ is a sincere dialogue in which one adopts the truth in the end.), polemic/jalpaḥ(Jalpaḥ is a verbal interaction done only to be victorious, it is not for the truth.), cavil/vitaṇḍā(Vitaṇḍā is a type of debate where the arguer has no desire to establish his position, but his only interest is to distract the opposition.), casuistry/chalaṃ, futile rejoinder/jāti and clinchers/nigraha sthānaṃ. All these topics are discussed categorically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Causation in Nyāya==&lt;br /&gt;
Every darśana(philosophy) has its own view of the theory of causation. For instance according to sankhya &#039;the object which is going take birth exists in the form of the cause&#039;, this idea is called satkāryavādaḥ. For them, the effect is not a totally different the cause. For example, we all know that mud is the cause of a pot. According to this idea, the pot is not totally different from the mud. It is just an another form of mud.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To the contrary of Sankhyas, Nyaya advocates asatkāryavādaḥ or ārambhavādaḥ. Which is &#039;the object which is going take birth does not exist before actually taking birth. It is always totally different from the cause&#039;. If it is a form of the cause, then why don&#039;t we see that before its birth? So, as we are knowing it only after its birth it should be different from the cause.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nyāyaprayōgaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
In a debate, presenting your argument in a systematic way is very important. It should precisely establish an argument without any flaw and redundancy. For this Nyāyasutra introduces a syllogism which consists of five components:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# ‘Pratigyā’ / Pratijyā : It is the proposition or the statement that is going to be inferred or statement of the thesis. Ex: ‘पर्वतो वह्निमान्’&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Parvatō vanhimān&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Mountain is on fire. Here smoke is only seen not the fire, but writer wants to prove the fire which is not seen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# ‘Hētu’/ Hētu : It is the statement consisting the ground of the inference. Ex: ‘धूमात्’&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Dhūmāt&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; It denotes the action because of smoke.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# ‘Udāharaṇa’/ Udāharaṇam : The sentence of example which demonstrates the invariable relationship between the reason and the claim to be inferred or the statement setting forth an illustration is called as an Udāharaṇa. Ex: ‘यो यो धूमवान् सः वह्निमान ्, यथा महानसः’&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Yō Yō Dhūmavān Sa Vanhimān, Yathā Mahānasah&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Whichever place consists of smoke also consists of fire. Because fire is the reason behind the smoke&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Fire and smoke are having a cause-effect relationship.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, it also signifies the kitchen in the older times.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
# ‘Upanaya’ / Upanaya: It is the statement showing that the subject of the inference has the ground of the inference which is invariably related to the thing that is sought to be established. Ex: ‘तथा चायम्’&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Tathā chāyam&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Such is this mountain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# ‘Nigamanam’/ Nigamana: It is the conclusion or the sentence which confirms the claim or the statement that the subject of the inference has the thing that is sought to be established as it has the ground of the inference. Ex: ‘तस्मात् तथा’&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Tasmāt tathā&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Therefore this mountain possesses fire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These five members are called ‘Panchāvayava ’. In a formal debate, an argument with all these five members is considered to be complete. So using these five techniques to prove the merit of their cause can be called as ‘Nyāya’. Since ‘Nyāya’ has a predominant place in ‘Gōtama’s’ work it is called ‘Nyāya Darśanam’ or ‘Nyāya Sūtram’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, an exchange of dialogue is called kathā(Pūrvōttara vākya samdarbhaḥ: exchange of dialogues). When it is used in a systematic way to know the truth its called vādaḥ. When the arguer has no desire to establish his position, but his only interest is to distract the opposition its called vitaṇḍā. When the only intention is to win its called jalpaḥ. Generally, one tends to commit flaws while presenting an argument. But to establish the correct principles/ sidhāntaḥ one must be aware of them. To identify the flaws of others and not to commit any is also important. Nyāya explains the types of flaws in the hētvābhāsāḥ section. Hence to equip us with the potentiality in argumentation and to find flaws in others argumentation, Gotama took a very prominent portion of his book Nyāya sutram.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nyāya in Life==&lt;br /&gt;
As a darshana(way of life) nyaya is not extant but nyaya concepts prevalent in Indian culture and found in various forms including regional idioms. Today we may not find many people getting trained in the traditional Nyāya system. But we always find the traditional Nyāya concepts in the Indian culture. These concepts got absorbed by the culture and regional languages according to their merits. Some of the concepts got adapted by the different traditional systems like sāmkhyā, vēdāntaḥ, mīmāmsā etc. Knowingly or unknowingly any logical statement follows some principles of Nyāya. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nyaya became a synonym of logic because of its logical praxis. Nyāyaprayōgaḥ(elaborated above) became a guideline for a systematic dialogue.  For instance, even in a household, it is a common practice to say you are doing vitanda(when a person does not follow logic ) because vitanda is known to common man as an undesirable and unfruitful way of argument. Yuktis(techniques) in argument came to be known as nyaya. For instance &#039;Pradhāna malla nibarhana nyāya&#039;, &#039;pangvandha nyāya&#039;,&#039;sthālī pulāka nyāya&#039; are techies for conveying similarities. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pradhāna malla nibarhana nyāya : The word malla means a wrestler. If a wrestler, who came from another place defeats the most victorious and important wrestler of any region he is considered victorious over the other wrestlers also. In the same way in any argument, if the most important idea or logic of a side is proved wrong then all the other ideas or logics that side is considered to be useless.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
pangvandha nyāya: This idiom is a famous logic used in sānkhya drśanaṃ. Here &#039;pangu&#039; means a person without legs, &#039;andha&#039; means blind. The pangu cannot walk and an andha cannot see. If these both want to accomplish a task like a normal human, then they have to co-operate. The person without legs should climb upon the shoulders of the blind and complete the task. In the same way sankhya describes that &#039;prakṛti and puruṣa&#039; accomplish the task by co-operating to each other.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
{{reflist}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Navya nyaya.jpg]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Nyaya&amp;diff=126831</id>
		<title>Nyaya</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Nyaya&amp;diff=126831"/>
		<updated>2019-10-04T17:38:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Nyāya is one of the prominent branches of learning in the Indian knowledge system. It primarily deals with logic and it is one of the most widely applied subjects across the Vedic, Tantric, Bauddha and Jaina traditions.  It is considered to be one of the five ‘Vidyā sthānas’ or abodes of learning, one of the six canonical schools of philosophy (Darśana) and also a sub limb (Upaṅga) in the body of Vedic learning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya deals with the structure of knowing, learning and debating. Thus as a subject, it is component to all the schools of formal knowledge in some form. To different degrees, many principles of Nyāya are agreed upon by all schools, such as ascertaining the knowable, validating sources of learning, ascertaining the validity of an argument, setting terms of debate and determining the outcome of a debate. Nyāya is not prevalent as an independent school of philosophy at present, but its influence can be seen in the most extant traditions. Nyāya along with mimāmsā plays a prominent role in many areas like jurisprudence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
Indian theory of knowledge can be described into two metaphors. The first one is of a tree whose root is the Veda and various areas of learning are denoted as the trunk, branches and leaves. The other metaphor is of a human body, whose limbs (aṅga)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;angāni vēdāścatvārō mīmāmsā nyāyavistaraḥ |&lt;br /&gt;
purāṇaṃ dharmaśāstraṃ ca vidyāhyētāścaturdaśa ||&lt;br /&gt;
āyurvēdō dhanurvēdō gāndharvaścētyanukramāt |&lt;br /&gt;
arthaśāstraṃ paraṃ tasmāt vidyāstvaṣṭādaśa smṛtaḥ ||&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and sub-limbs (upānga) are various areas of learning. Darśanas enunciate the worldviews and outlines the philosophy of life that results in fulfilment and happiness. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya is the discipline of logic, which provides methods for inquiry into the nature of world and knowledge, means of learning and validation. It systematizes knowledge into (a)the knowable, (b)means and methods for knowing and (c)procedures for ascertaining and validating knowledge. The founder of the Nyāya system was Gautama also called as Gotama, who is frequently referred to in the literature as Akṣapāda and Dīrghatapas. Before Gautama, the principles of the nyāya existed as an unsorted body of philosophical thoughts in different types of literature. Gautama codified these generally accepted principles of time into ‘Nyāya Sutram’ or ‘Nyāya Darśnam’ where he introduced the philosophy of Nyāya. He elaborated where ever needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As Nyāya is a traditional philosophy there are some unique concepts introduced to understand the world in a very logical way. Even though Goutama divided everything into sixteen, but a special focus was there on the means, structure and debate of the knowledge i.e pramāṇaṃ and vādaḥ. According to this philosophy, the world should be understood in its true form to liberate an individual from suffering. To know the true sense of anything, one needs to understand the process of knowing the accurate knowledge and its types. Thus epistemology or the study of pramāṇa got a prominent place in the Nyāya sutras. In fact, in the list of the sixteen elements[[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Sixteen_elements_of_Nyāya]] stated in Nyāya sutram, &#039;pramāṇa&#039;[[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Pramanam]] stands first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya is also widely known as Vāda Śāstra as it deals with the concepts of debate. When one understands some principals, at one point in time, one may encounter a difference of opinion. When the difference is very fundamental, there arises the need for a debate. As one wants to seek the truth one must know the structure of the debate. Thus Nyāya elaborated the structure of debate and also its types.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prāchīna Nyāya and Navya Nyāya==&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya Darśnam can be categorized into two schools Prāchīna Nyāya and Navya Nyāya. They are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prāchīna Nyāya - A collection of five books which are called ‘Pancha Granthī’, these are considered to be the authentic source of ‘Prāchīna Nyāya’. These were a series of commentary on the previous work, which complemented and elaborated the priors work. They are:&lt;br /&gt;
# Nyāya Sutram of Gotama&lt;br /&gt;
# Nyāya Bhashyam of Vātsāyana&lt;br /&gt;
# Nyāya Vārtikam of Udyōtakāra&lt;br /&gt;
# Tātparya Tīkā of Vāchaspati Miśrā&lt;br /&gt;
# Tātparya Tīkā Pariśudhi of Udayanāchārya. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Navya Nyāya - Gangēśōpādhyāya’s ‘Tatvachintāmaṇi is considered to be the pioneering work of navya nyaya which began the new era in ‘Nyāya philosophy’. By this time the concepts which were previously dealt with separately in ‘Nyāya’ and ‘Vaiṣeṣka’ philosophies came together. This system was later termed as ‘Navya Nyāya’ or ‘Tarka Śāstram’. ‘Dīdhiti’ of Raghunātha Śrōmaṇi is considered to be the best commentary on ‘Tatvachintāmaṇi’. ‘Dīdhiti’ had the famous three commentaries ‘Māthurī’, ‘Jāgadīśī’ and ‘Gādādharī’ on it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be said that ‘Prāchīna Nyāya’ dealt with all the original concepts which ‘Āstika Darśana&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&#039;asti parō lōkaḥ iti yē  manyantē tē āstikāḥ&#039; - one who believes that there is another life after death and believes in veda.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;’ needs. Whereas ‘Navya Nyāya’ mainly dealt with only the topics which are useful in a debate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nyāya as a Darśana==&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya is considered to be the one amongst the six canonical Indian philosophies or worldviews along with Vaiśeśika, Sānkhya, Yoga, Mimāmsā and Vedānta. On inquiring about the difference between a normal book and a Darśana, one knows the characteristics of a Darśana. Every Darśana is expected to present its view on the world(saṅsāra) and suggest a permanent solution for the problem faced by all. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nyaya is identifying sources and causes of suffering (duhkha) and it prescribes a theory for liberation from it. To establish its theory, it has to define certain terms and change the perception of the seeker. In this process, a detailed discussion on the means of knowledge(epistemology), which distinguishes the truth from false becomes a critical inquiry, argumentation etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Indian literature, there are four puruśārthas[[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Puruṣārtha]] or motives for men.&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth puruśārtha is considered to be eternal(nitya). The state of ultimate happiness and lack of suffering is a state where there is no birth or death for a being. And every darshana aims at it as a final goal. Goutama describes that final liberation from suffering as moksha, thus the ultimate goal of life. According to him, the world is a chain of consequences starting with illusion, which eventually ends with suffering. It has to be broken in order to attain liberation from suffering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the text&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.2 Nyāya sutram&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, misapprehension/illusion(ajnāna) leads to distorted views(doṣa) that leads to activity(karma), which in turn leads to rebirth(janma). This whole cycle ultimately leads to suffering duhkha. To break this chain Goutama prescribes an antidote to each member. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Duḥkha- janma-pravṛtti-dōṣa-mithyājñānānāṃ uttarōttarāpāyē tadanantarāpāyādapavargaḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.2 Nyāya sutram&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tattvajñāna or the true knowledge obstruct mithyājñāna or misapprehension. As illusion is the root cause of all activity like dōṣa, pāpaṃ, puṇyaṃ, removal of illusion will undo all of them. When there is no dōṣa there is no pravṛtti or cause of birth. When there is no pravṛtti there is no cause for janma or birth. When there is no birth there will be no duḥkha or sorrow. So according to nyāya sūtraṃ, tattvajñāna of the sixteen elements(Goutama divides the world into sixteen elements.)[[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Sixteen_elements_of_Nyāya]] would successively eliminate sorrow.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Elements of Nyāya==&lt;br /&gt;
The elements of Nyāya include identification of the right knowledge(pramā), validation(prāmāṇyaṃ), verifying explanations(nirdhāraṇaṃ), methods to establish an argument(nyāya prayōgaḥ) and means to identify a valid argument from invalid(hētvabhāsa nirūpaṇam). The term nyāya in Sanskrit signifies detailing the subject with an analytical investigation of it through the process of logical reasoning. It can be explained in the following verse:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;‘नीयते प्राप्यते विवक्षितार्थसिद्धिः अनेन इति न्यायः’&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Nīyatē prāpyatē vivakṣitārthasiḍih anēna iti &#039;nyāyah&#039;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vatsyāyana, the classic commentator on the Nyāya-Sūtra, defines it as a critical examination of the objects of knowledge by the means of logical proof. Nyāya is also called as &#039;Tarka-vidyā&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It means science of reasoning.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; or &#039;Vāda-vidya&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It means science of argument.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Pramāṇa===&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya is also accounted as &#039;Pramāṇa Śāstra(epistemology)[[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Talk:Nyaya_Introduction_to_Pramanam]]. &#039;Pramā&#039; means true knowledge and the means to it is called &#039;Pramāṇam&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To understand the nature of the world, Goutama accepted four valid means, four types of pramāṇa, to obtain the correct knowledge. They are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Perception - Pratyakṣa : It literally means eye(which we use to see and know), but metaphorically it is applied to any all sence organs. It can be divided into six according to the number of the senses. The cognition resulted because of the relation between an object and a sense organ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;indriyārtha sannikarṣōtpannaṃ jñanaṃ pratyakṣam&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. This phenomena is called as perception/ pratyakṣa. This perception is of two kinds.&lt;br /&gt;
 (i)Direct perception(laukika pratyaksha) - Seeing a table and knowing that &#039;there is a table&#039; is an example of direct relation. &lt;br /&gt;
 (ii)Indirect perception(alaukika pratyaksha) - Seeing a perfume bottle and knowing that &#039;it has aroma&#039;, without opening its lid, is an example of indirect relation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Inference - Anumāna : It is a means of knowledge, knowledge through reasoning. On seeing the smoke coming out from a mountain one could infer that the mountain has fire. In the process of inferring, it is essential to know the invariable relation between the object and the reason i.e., the relation between fire and smoke is very essential. Generally, a debate takes place where the subject is not proved or accepted by both the parties. It has to be proved by good reasoning. So the Nyāya scholars like, vācaspati miśrā&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;pratyakṣa parikalitaṃ apyarthaṃ anumānēna bubhutsantē tarkarasikāḥ, Means that one who enjoy logic, tries to infer everything even it can be known by sense organs&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; gave a prominent position for inference in their literature according to its importance in a debate.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Comparison - Upamāna : The valid means to acquire knowledge by comparison or establish a relation between a word and meaning.  When a word is known and not the meaning, the knowledge of similarity helps to establish their relation. For example, when a person does not know the meaning of the word &#039;gavaya&#039;(wild cow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: He knows from a forester that &amp;quot;Gavaya is similar to cow&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: He goes to the forest and sees an animal similar to cow and remembers the sentence of the forester.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3: Then an analogical cognition or upamitiḥ arises such as &amp;quot;This(Here this refers to the animal.) is the referent of the word gavaya.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Source for verbal cognition - Śabda : It is nothing but a meaningful word. This is referred to all the authentic literature like (a)veda, vedanga etc and (b)all the sentences we use to communicate with others. These sentences become a valid source of knowledge until the listener believes in the speaker, unlike veda, vedanga etc., which are considered to be valid always. It delivers a meaning according to its relation with the meaning. This relation may be direct/śaktiḥ or indirect/lakṣaṇā. A word possessing a valid relation could be a means of knowledge.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vāda==&lt;br /&gt;
Vāda means debate and Śāstra means a traditional treatise. A treatise which deals with debate in detail is Vāda Śāstra. The methodology of debate followed by all the Indian traditions is originated in Nyāya. Goutama has given utmost importance to introduce and elaborate the &#039;art of debate&#039; in his work. Out of sixteen elements which are described in his Nyāya sutram&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.1&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, around seven elements are directly related to debate. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A debate is an exchange of verbal statements between at least two opponents. It is done to achieve different results like establishing the truth, winning an opponent, misleading an opponent etc. As per the Nyāya tradition, components which are useful in a debate are hypothetical reasoning/tarkaḥ (Tarkaḥ is a method of attaining correct knowledge about an uncertain thing by showing faults in all the contrary ideas.), discussion/vādaḥ (Vādaḥ is a sincere dialogue in which one adopts the truth in the end.), polemic/jalpaḥ(Jalpaḥ is a verbal interaction done only to be victorious, it is not for the truth.), cavil/vitaṇḍā(Vitaṇḍā is a type of debate where the arguer has no desire to establish his position, but his only interest is to distract the opposition.), casuistry/chalaṃ, futile rejoinder/jāti and clinchers/nigraha sthānaṃ. All these topics are discussed categorically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Causation in Nyāya==&lt;br /&gt;
Every darśana(philosophy) has its own view of the theory of causation. For instance according to sankhya &#039;the object which is going take birth exists in the form of the cause&#039;, this idea is called satkāryavādaḥ. For them, the effect is not a totally different the cause. For example, we all know that mud is the cause of a pot. According to this idea, the pot is not totally different from the mud. It is just an another form of mud.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To the contrary of Sankhyas, Nyaya advocates asatkāryavādaḥ or ārambhavādaḥ. Which is &#039;the object which is going take birth does not exist before actually taking birth. It is always totally different from the cause&#039;. If it is a form of the cause, then why don&#039;t we see that before its birth? So, as we are knowing it only after its birth it should be different from the cause.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nyāyaprayōgaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
In a debate, presenting your argument in a systematic way is very important. It should precisely establish an argument without any flaw and redundancy. For this Nyāyasutra introduces a syllogism which consists of five components:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# ‘Pratigyā’ / Pratijyā : It is the proposition or the statement that is going to be inferred or statement of the thesis. Ex: ‘पर्वतो वह्निमान्’&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Parvatō vanhimān&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Mountain is on fire. Here smoke is only seen not the fire, but writer wants to prove the fire which is not seen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# ‘Hētu’/ Hētu : It is the statement consisting the ground of the inference. Ex: ‘धूमात्’&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Dhūmāt&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; It denotes the action because of smoke.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# ‘Udāharaṇa’/ Udāharaṇam : The sentence of example which demonstrates the invariable relationship between the reason and the claim to be inferred or the statement setting forth an illustration is called as an Udāharaṇa. Ex: ‘यो यो धूमवान् सः वह्निमान ्, यथा महानसः’&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Yō Yō Dhūmavān Sa Vanhimān, Yathā Mahānasah&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Whichever place consists of smoke also consists of fire. Because fire is the reason behind the smoke&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Fire and smoke are having a cause-effect relationship.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, it also signifies the kitchen in the older times.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
# ‘Upanaya’ / Upanaya: It is the statement showing that the subject of the inference has the ground of the inference which is invariably related to the thing that is sought to be established. Ex: ‘तथा चायम्’&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Tathā chāyam&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Such is this mountain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# ‘Nigamanam’/ Nigamana: It is the conclusion or the sentence which confirms the claim or the statement that the subject of the inference has the thing that is sought to be established as it has the ground of the inference. Ex: ‘तस्मात् तथा’&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Tasmāt tathā&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Therefore this mountain possesses fire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These five members are called ‘Panchāvayava ’. In a formal debate, an argument with all these five members is considered to be complete. So using these five techniques to prove the merit of their cause can be called as ‘Nyāya’. Since ‘Nyāya’ has a predominant place in ‘Gōtama’s’ work it is called ‘Nyāya Darśanam’ or ‘Nyāya Sūtram’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, an exchange of dialogue is called kathā(Pūrvōttara vākya samdarbhaḥ: exchange of dialogues). When it is used in a systematic way to know the truth its called vādaḥ. When the arguer has no desire to establish his position, but his only interest is to distract the opposition its called vitaṇḍā. When the only intention is to win its called jalpaḥ. Generally, one tends to commit flaws while presenting an argument. But to establish the correct principles/ sidhāntaḥ one must be aware of them. To identify the flaws of others and not to commit any is also important. Nyāya explains the types of flaws in the hētvābhāsāḥ section. Hence to equip us with the potentiality in argumentation and to find flaws in others argumentation, Gotama took a very prominent portion of his book Nyāya sutram.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nyāya in Life==&lt;br /&gt;
As a darshana(way of life) nyaya is not extant but nyaya concepts prevalent in Indian culture and found in various forms including regional idioms. Today we may not find many people getting trained in the traditional Nyāya system. But we always find the traditional Nyāya concepts in the Indian culture. These concepts got absorbed by the culture and regional languages according to their merits. Some of the concepts got adapted by the different traditional systems like sāmkhyā, vēdāntaḥ, mīmāmsā etc. Knowingly or unknowingly any logical statement follows some principles of Nyāya. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nyaya became a synonym of logic because of its logical praxis. Nyāyaprayōgaḥ(elaborated above) became a guideline for a systematic dialogue.  For instance, even in a household, it is a common practice to say you are doing vitanda(when a person does not follow logic ) because vitanda is known to common man as an undesirable and unfruitful way of argument. Yuktis(techniques) in argument came to be known as nyaya. For instance &#039;Pradhāna malla nibarhana nyāya&#039;, &#039;pangvandha nyāya&#039;,&#039;sthālī pulāka nyāya&#039; are techies for conveying similarities. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pradhāna malla nibarhana nyāya : The word malla means a wrestler. If a wrestler, who came from another place defeats the most victorious and important wrestler of any region he is considered victorious over the other wrestlers also. In the same way in any argument, if the most important idea or logic of a side is proved wrong then all the other ideas or logics that side is considered to be useless.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
pangvandha nyāya: This idiom is a famous logic used in sānkhya drśanaṃ. Here &#039;pangu&#039; means a person without legs, &#039;andha&#039; means blind. The pangu cannot walk and an andha cannot see. If these both want to accomplish a task like a normal human, then they have to co-operate. The person without legs should climb upon the shoulders of the blind and complete the task. In the same way sankhya describes that &#039;prakṛti and puruṣa&#039; accomplish the task by co-operating to each other.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
{{reflist}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Navya nyaya.jpg]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Nyaya&amp;diff=126830</id>
		<title>Nyaya</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Nyaya&amp;diff=126830"/>
		<updated>2019-10-04T16:01:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Nyāya is one of the prominent branches of learning in the Indian knowledge system. It primarily deals with logic and it is one of the most widely applied subjects across the Vedic, Tantric, Bauddha and Jaina traditions.  It is considered to be one of the five ‘Vidyā sthānas’ or abodes of learning, one of the six canonical schools of philosophy (Darśana) and also a sub limb (Upaṅga) in the body of Vedic learning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya deals with the structure of knowing, learning and debating. Thus as a subject, it is component to all the schools of formal knowledge in some form. To different degrees, many principles of Nyāya are agreed upon by all schools, such as ascertaining the knowable, validating sources of learning, ascertaining the validity of an argument, setting terms of debate and determining the outcome of a debate. Nyāya is not prevalent as an independent school of philosophy at present, but its influence can be seen in the most extant traditions. Nyāya along with mimāmsā plays a prominent role in many areas like jurisprudence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
Indian theory of knowledge can be described into two metaphors. The first one is of a tree whose root is the Veda and various areas of learning are denoted as the trunk, branches and leaves. The other metaphor is of a human body, whose limbs (aṅga) and sub-limbs (upānga) are various areas of learning. Darśanas enunciate the worldviews and outlines the philosophy of life that results in fulfilment and happiness. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya is the discipline of logic, which provides methods for inquiry into the nature of world and knowledge, means of learning and validation. It systematizes knowledge into (a)the knowable, (b)means and methods for knowing and (c)procedures for ascertaining and validating knowledge. The founder of the Nyāya system was Gautama also called as Gotama, who is frequently referred to in the literature as Akṣapāda and Dīrghatapas. Before Gautama, the principles of the nyāya existed as an unsorted body of philosophical thoughts in different types of literature. Gautama codified these generally accepted principles of time into ‘Nyāya Sutram’ or ‘Nyāya Darśnam’ where he introduced the philosophy of Nyāya. He elaborated where ever needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As Nyāya is a traditional philosophy there are some unique concepts introduced to understand the world in a very logical way. Even though Goutama divided everything into sixteen, but a special focus was there on the means, structure and debate of the knowledge i.e pramāṇaṃ and vādaḥ. According to this philosophy, the world should be understood in its true form to liberate an individual from suffering. To know the true sense of anything, one needs to understand the process of knowing the accurate knowledge and its types. Thus epistemology or the study of pramāṇa got a prominent place in the Nyāya sutras. In fact, in the list of the sixteen elements[[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Sixteen_elements_of_Nyāya]] stated in Nyāya sutram, &#039;pramāṇa&#039;[[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Pramanam]] stands first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya is also widely known as Vāda Śāstra as it deals with the concepts of debate. When one understands some principals, at one point in time, one may encounter a difference of opinion. When the difference is very fundamental, there arises the need for a debate. As one wants to seek the truth one must know the structure of the debate. Thus Nyāya elaborated the structure of debate and also its types.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prāchīna Nyāya and Navya Nyāya==&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya Darśnam can be categorized into two schools Prāchīna Nyāya and Navya Nyāya. They are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prāchīna Nyāya - A collection of five books which are called ‘Pancha Granthī’, these are considered to be the authentic source of ‘Prāchīna Nyāya’. These were a series of commentary on the previous work, which complemented and elaborated the priors work. They are:&lt;br /&gt;
# Nyāya Sutram of Gotama&lt;br /&gt;
# Nyāya Bhashyam of Vātsāyana&lt;br /&gt;
# Nyāya Vārtikam of Udyōtakāra&lt;br /&gt;
# Tātparya Tīkā of Vāchaspati Miśrā&lt;br /&gt;
# Tātparya Tīkā Pariśudhi of Udayanāchārya. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Navya Nyāya - Gangēśōpādhyāya’s ‘Tatvachintāmaṇi is considered to be the pioneering work of navya nyaya which began the new era in ‘Nyāya philosophy’. By this time the concepts which were previously dealt with separately in ‘Nyāya’ and ‘Vaiṣeṣka’ philosophies came together. This system was later termed as ‘Navya Nyāya’ or ‘Tarka Śāstram’. ‘Dīdhiti’ of Raghunātha Śrōmaṇi is considered to be the best commentary on ‘Tatvachintāmaṇi’. ‘Dīdhiti’ had the famous three commentaries ‘Māthurī’, ‘Jāgadīśī’ and ‘Gādādharī’ on it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be said that ‘Prāchīna Nyāya’ dealt with all the original concepts which ‘Āstika Darśana&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&#039;asti parō lōkaḥ iti yē  manyantē tē āstikāḥ&#039; - one who believes that there is another life after death and believes in veda.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;’ needs. Whereas ‘Navya Nyāya’ mainly dealt with only the topics which are useful in a debate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nyāya as a Darśana==&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya is considered to be the one amongst the six canonical Indian philosophies or worldviews along with Vaiśeśika, Sānkhya, Yoga, Mimāmsā and Vedānta. On inquiring about the difference between a normal book and a Darśana, one knows the characteristics of a Darśana. Every Darśana is expected to present its view on the world(saṅsāra) and suggest a permanent solution for the problem faced by all. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nyaya is identifying sources and causes of suffering (duhkha) and it prescribes a theory for liberation from it. To establish its theory, it has to define certain terms and change the perception of the seeker. In this process, a detailed discussion on the means of knowledge(epistemology), which distinguishes the truth from false becomes a critical inquiry, argumentation etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Indian literature, there are four puruśārthas[[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Puruṣārtha]] or motives for men.&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth puruśārtha is considered to be eternal(nitya). The state of ultimate happiness and lack of suffering is a state where there is no birth or death for a being. And every darshana aims at it as a final goal. Goutama describes that final liberation from suffering as moksha, thus the ultimate goal of life. According to him, the world is a chain of consequences starting with illusion, which eventually ends with suffering. It has to be broken in order to attain liberation from suffering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the text&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.2 Nyāya sutram&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, misapprehension/illusion(ajnāna) leads to distorted views(doṣa) that leads to activity(karma), which in turn leads to rebirth(janma). This whole cycle ultimately leads to suffering duhkha. To break this chain Goutama prescribes an antidote to each member. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Duḥkha- janma-pravṛtti-dōṣa-mithyājñānānāṃ uttarōttarāpāyē tadanantarāpāyādapavargaḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.2 Nyāya sutram&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tattvajñāna or the true knowledge obstruct mithyājñāna or misapprehension. As illusion is the root cause of all activity like dōṣa, pāpaṃ, puṇyaṃ, removal of illusion will undo all of them. When there is no dōṣa there is no pravṛtti or cause of birth. When there is no pravṛtti there is no cause for janma or birth. When there is no birth there will be no duḥkha or sorrow. So according to nyāya sūtraṃ, tattvajñāna of the sixteen elements(Goutama divides the world into sixteen elements.)[[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Sixteen_elements_of_Nyāya]] would successively eliminate sorrow.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Elements of Nyāya==&lt;br /&gt;
The elements of Nyāya include identification of the right knowledge(pramā), validation(prāmāṇyaṃ), verifying explanations(nirdhāraṇaṃ), methods to establish an argument(nyāya prayōgaḥ) and means to identify a valid argument from invalid(hētvabhāsa nirūpaṇam). The term nyāya in Sanskrit signifies detailing the subject with an analytical investigation of it through the process of logical reasoning. It can be explained in the following verse:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;‘नीयते प्राप्यते विवक्षितार्थसिद्धिः अनेन इति न्यायः’&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Nīyatē prāpyatē vivakṣitārthasiḍih anēna iti &#039;nyāyah&#039;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vatsyāyana, the classic commentator on the Nyāya-Sūtra, defines it as a critical examination of the objects of knowledge by the means of logical proof. Nyāya is also called as &#039;Tarka-vidyā&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It means science of reasoning.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; or &#039;Vāda-vidya&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It means science of argument.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Pramāṇa===&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya is also accounted as &#039;Pramāṇa Śāstra(epistemology)[[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Talk:Nyaya_Introduction_to_Pramanam]]. &#039;Pramā&#039; means true knowledge and the means to it is called &#039;Pramāṇam&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To understand the nature of the world, Goutama accepted four valid means, four types of pramāṇa, to obtain the correct knowledge. They are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Perception - Pratyakṣa : It literally means eye(which we use to see and know), but metaphorically it is applied to any all sence organs. It can be divided into six according to the number of the senses. The cognition resulted because of the relation between an object and a sense organ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;indriyārtha sannikarṣōtpannaṃ jñanaṃ pratyakṣam&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. This phenomena is called as perception/ pratyakṣa. This perception is of two kinds.&lt;br /&gt;
 (i)Direct perception(laukika pratyaksha) - Seeing a table and knowing that &#039;there is a table&#039; is an example of direct relation. &lt;br /&gt;
 (ii)Indirect perception(alaukika pratyaksha) - Seeing a perfume bottle and knowing that &#039;it has aroma&#039;, without opening its lid, is an example of indirect relation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Inference - Anumāna : It is a means of knowledge, knowledge through reasoning. On seeing the smoke coming out from a mountain one could infer that the mountain has fire. In the process of inferring, it is essential to know the invariable relation between the object and the reason i.e., the relation between fire and smoke is very essential. Generally, a debate takes place where the subject is not proved or accepted by both the parties. It has to be proved by good reasoning. So the Nyāya scholars like, vācaspati miśrā&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;pratyakṣa parikalitaṃ apyarthaṃ anumānēna bubhutsantē tarkarasikāḥ, Means that one who enjoy logic, tries to infer everything even it can be known by sense organs&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; gave a prominent position for inference in their literature according to its importance in a debate.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Comparison - Upamāna : The valid means to acquire knowledge by comparison or establish a relation between a word and meaning.  When a word is known and not the meaning, the knowledge of similarity helps to establish their relation. For example, when a person does not know the meaning of the word &#039;gavaya&#039;(wild cow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: He knows from a forester that &amp;quot;Gavaya is similar to cow&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: He goes to the forest and sees an animal similar to cow and remembers the sentence of the forester.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3: Then an analogical cognition or upamitiḥ arises such as &amp;quot;This(Here this refers to the animal.) is the referent of the word gavaya.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Source for verbal cognition - Śabda : It is nothing but a meaningful word. This is referred to all the authentic literature like (a)veda, vedanga etc and (b)all the sentences we use to communicate with others. These sentences become a valid source of knowledge until the listener believes in the speaker, unlike veda, vedanga etc., which are considered to be valid always. It delivers a meaning according to its relation with the meaning. This relation may be direct/śaktiḥ or indirect/lakṣaṇā. A word possessing a valid relation could be a means of knowledge.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vāda==&lt;br /&gt;
Vāda means debate and Śāstra means a traditional treatise. A treatise which deals with debate in detail is Vāda Śāstra. The methodology of debate followed by all the Indian traditions is originated in Nyāya. Goutama has given utmost importance to introduce and elaborate the &#039;art of debate&#039; in his work. Out of sixteen elements which are described in his Nyāya sutram&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.1&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, around seven elements are directly related to debate. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A debate is an exchange of verbal statements between at least two opponents. It is done to achieve different results like establishing the truth, winning an opponent, misleading an opponent etc. As per the Nyāya tradition, components which are useful in a debate are hypothetical reasoning/tarkaḥ (Tarkaḥ is a method of attaining correct knowledge about an uncertain thing by showing faults in all the contrary ideas.), discussion/vādaḥ (Vādaḥ is a sincere dialogue in which one adopts the truth in the end.), polemic/jalpaḥ(Jalpaḥ is a verbal interaction done only to be victorious, it is not for the truth.), cavil/vitaṇḍā(Vitaṇḍā is a type of debate where the arguer has no desire to establish his position, but his only interest is to distract the opposition.), casuistry/chalaṃ, futile rejoinder/jāti and clinchers/nigraha sthānaṃ. All these topics are discussed categorically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nyāyaprayōgaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
In a debate, presenting your argument in a systematic way is very important. It should precisely establish an argument without any flaw and redundancy. For this Nyāyasutra introduces a syllogism which consists of five components:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# ‘Pratigyā’ / Pratijyā : It is the proposition or the statement that is going to be inferred or statement of the thesis. Ex: ‘पर्वतो वह्निमान्’&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Parvatō vanhimān&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Mountain is on fire. Here smoke is only seen not the fire, but writer wants to prove the fire which is not seen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# ‘Hētu’/ Hētu : It is the statement consisting the ground of the inference. Ex: ‘धूमात्’&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Dhūmāt&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; It denotes the action because of smoke.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# ‘Udāharaṇa’/ Udāharaṇam : The sentence of example which demonstrates the invariable relationship between the reason and the claim to be inferred or the statement setting forth an illustration is called as an Udāharaṇa. Ex: ‘यो यो धूमवान् सः वह्निमान ्, यथा महानसः’&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Yō Yō Dhūmavān Sa Vanhimān, Yathā Mahānasah&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Whichever place consists of smoke also consists of fire. Because fire is the reason behind the smoke&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Fire and smoke are having a cause-effect relationship.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, it also signifies the kitchen in the older times.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
# ‘Upanaya’ / Upanaya: It is the statement showing that the subject of the inference has the ground of the inference which is invariably related to the thing that is sought to be established. Ex: ‘तथा चायम्’&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Tathā chāyam&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Such is this mountain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# ‘Nigamanam’/ Nigamana: It is the conclusion or the sentence which confirms the claim or the statement that the subject of the inference has the thing that is sought to be established as it has the ground of the inference. Ex: ‘तस्मात् तथा’&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Tasmāt tathā&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Therefore this mountain possesses fire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These five members are called ‘Panchāvayava ’. In a formal debate, an argument with all these five members is considered to be complete. So using these five techniques to prove the merit of their cause can be called as ‘Nyāya’. Since ‘Nyāya’ has a predominant place in ‘Gōtama’s’ work it is called ‘Nyāya Darśanam’ or ‘Nyāya Sūtram’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, an exchange of dialogue is called kathā(Pūrvōttara vākya samdarbhaḥ: exchange of dialogues). When it is used in a systematic way to know the truth its called vādaḥ. When the arguer has no desire to establish his position, but his only interest is to distract the opposition its called vitaṇḍā. When the only intention is to win its called jalpaḥ. Generally, one tends to commit flaws while presenting an argument. But to establish the correct principles/ sidhāntaḥ one must be aware of them. To identify the flaws of others and not to commit any is also important. Nyāya explains the types of flaws in the hētvābhāsāḥ section. Hence to equip us with the potentiality in argumentation and to find flaws in others argumentation, Gotama took a very prominent portion of his book Nyāya sutram.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nyāya in Life==&lt;br /&gt;
As a darshana(way of life) nyaya is not extant but nyaya concepts prevalent in Indian culture and found in various forms including regional idioms. Today we may not find many people getting trained in the traditional Nyāya system. But we always find the traditional Nyāya concepts in the Indian culture. These concepts got absorbed by the culture and regional languages according to their merits. Some of the concepts got adapted by the different traditional systems like sāmkhyā, vēdāntaḥ, mīmāmsā etc. Knowingly or unknowingly any logical statement follows some principles of Nyāya. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nyaya became a synonym of logic because of its logical praxis. Yuktis(techniques) in argument came to be known as nyaya. For instance &#039;Pradhāna malla nibarhana nyāya&#039;, &#039;pangvandha nyāya&#039;,&#039;sthālī pulāka nyāya&#039; are techies for conveying similarities. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pradhāna malla nibarhana nyāya : This idiom, came into usage after a small practice. The word malla means a wrestler. If a wrestler, who came from another place defeats the most victorious and important wrestler of any region he is considered victorious over the other wrestlers also. In the same way in any argument, if the most important idea or logic of a side is proved wrong then all the other ideas or logics that side is considered to be useless.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
pangvandha nyāya : This idiom is a famous logic used in sānkhya drśanaṃ. Here &#039;pangu&#039; means a person without legs, &#039;andha&#039; means blind. The pangu cannot walk and a andha cannot see. If these both want to accomplish a task like a normal human, then they have to co-operate. The person without legs should climb upon the shoulders of the blind and complete the task. In the same way sankhya describes that &#039;prakṛti and puruṣa&#039; accomplish the task by co-operating to each other.  &lt;br /&gt;
Panchavayava system got used to Nyāya a long time ago. For instance, even in a household, it is a common practise to say you are doing vitanda, because vitanda is known to comman man as an undesirable and unfruitful way of argument. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nyāya as a śastram===&lt;br /&gt;
Present day study &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
angāni vēdāścatvārō mīmāmsā nyāyavistaraḥ |&lt;br /&gt;
purāṇaṃ dharmaśāstraṃ ca vidyāhyētāścaturdaśa ||&lt;br /&gt;
āyurvēdō dhanurvēdō gāndharvaścētyanukramāt |&lt;br /&gt;
arthaśāstraṃ paraṃ tasmāt vidyāstvaṣṭādaśa smṛtaḥ ||&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==extra==&lt;br /&gt;
(According to nyaya elements.... The world is filled with a variety of elements, where some are known by the sense organs, some are only inferable and some are only known by the words. For example, a color can only be seen, happiness of others can only be felt and heaven can only be known by the scriptures.  )&lt;br /&gt;
(According to Nyāya Darśanam, Mokṣa is nothing but total liberation from the suffering. Suffering has an indirect, but invariable connection with illusion. The direct destroyer of illusion is the true knowledge. So for attaining the prescribed path for mokṣa, one needs to know how correct knowledge can be acquired, what is its structure, in what circumstance one cannot acquire it and how to critically inquire and validate knowledge.)&lt;br /&gt;
(as per nyaya these are the three elements to knowledge. knowable, means to know and knower)&lt;br /&gt;
==causation==&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
{{reflist}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Navya nyaya.jpg]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Pram%C4%81%E1%B9%87a_(Ny%C4%81ya)&amp;diff=126829</id>
		<title>Pramāṇa (Nyāya)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Pram%C4%81%E1%B9%87a_(Ny%C4%81ya)&amp;diff=126829"/>
		<updated>2019-10-04T10:21:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Author|Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{AlternateSpellings|pramāṇam, pramānaṃ, pramana, pratyaksha, anumana, upamana, shabda}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Indian tradition almost all branches of knowledge like vyākaraṇaṃ, mīmāṃsā have some insight on epistemology, but nyāya is discipline, where it is dealt with extensively. That is why Nyāya is considered as pramāṇa śāstraṃ, the study related to knowledge source. Pramā is nothing but the logically legitimate knowledge and the source of that is pramānaṃ. Legitimate knowledge brings out a thing used daily as it actually is. It can be identified as valid knowledge when it corresponds to the actual nature of the object. One can also know that it is valid when the object stated is obtained successfully. This correspondence between the knowledge or pramā and nature of object leads to the successful utilization thereof. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;प्रत्यक्षानुमानोपमानशब्दाः प्रमाणानि।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.३&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Pratyakha- anumāna-  upamāna- śabdāḥ pramāṇāni.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.3&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Concepts of Different Indian Schools for Inference of Knowledge==&lt;br /&gt;
Each school of Indian thought has its own theory of the means to obtain correct knowledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;pratyakṣamēkaṃ cārvākāḥ kaṇādasugatau punaḥ |&lt;br /&gt;
anumānanca taccātha sāṃkhyāḥ śabdanca tē api ||&lt;br /&gt;
nyāyaikadēśinōpyēvaṃ upamānaṃ ca kēcana |&lt;br /&gt;
arthāpatyā sahaitāni catvāryāha prabhākarāḥ ||&lt;br /&gt;
abhāva ṣaṣṭhānyētāni bhāṭṭā vēdāntinastathā |&lt;br /&gt;
sambhavaitihyayuktāni tāni paurāṇikā jaguḥ||&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||School||Theory 1||Theory 2||Theory 3||Theory 4||Theory 5||Theory 6||Theory 7||Theory 8&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Cārvāka||Perception/Pratyakṣaṃ||-||-||-||-||-||-||-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Mīmāmsaka||Verbal Testimony/Śabdaḥ||-||-||-||-||-||-||-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Vaiśeṣika &amp;amp; Buddhists||-||Inference/Anumānaṃ||-||-||-||-||-||-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Saṅkhya||-||Inference/Anumānaṃ|||Verbal Testimony/Śabdaḥ||-||-||-||-||-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Naiyāyika||-||Inference/Anumānaṃ|||Comparison/Upamānaṃ||Verbal testimony/Śabdaḥ||-||-||-||-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Prābhākara||-||Inference/Anumānaṃ||Comparison/Upamānaṃ||Verbal testimony/Ṣabdaḥ||Presumption/Arthāpattiḥ||-||-||-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Bhāṭṭas &amp;amp; Vedāntins||-|||Inference/Anumānaṃ||Comparison/Upamānaṃ||Verbal testimony/Ṣabdaḥ||Presumption/Arthāpattiḥ||Non-existence/Abhāvaḥ||-||-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Paurāṇika||-||Inference/Anumānaṃ||Comparison/Upamānaṃ||Verbal testimony/Ṣabdaḥ||Presumption/Arthāpattiḥ||Non-existence/Abhāvaḥ||Probability/Saṃbhavaḥ||Tradition/Aitihyaṃ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Classification of Pramāṇāni==&lt;br /&gt;
According to Nyāya tradition, there are four pramāṇāni namely:&lt;br /&gt;
# Pratyakhaṃ - It is called as the source of perceptual cognition. &lt;br /&gt;
# Anumānaṃ - It is called as the source of inferential cognition. &lt;br /&gt;
# Upamānaṃ - It is the source of analogical cognition.&lt;br /&gt;
# Śabdāḥ - It is the source of  verbal cognition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pratyakhaṃ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;इन्द्रियार्थसन्निकर्षोत्पन्नं ज्ञानं अव्यपदेश्यं अव्यभिचारि व्यवसायात्मकं प्रत्यक्षम्।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.४&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Indriyārthasannikarṣōtpannaṃ jñānaṃ avyapadēṣyaṃ avyabhicāri  vyavasāyātmakaṃ  pratyakshaṃ.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.4&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Nyāya tradition, there are six sense organs or indriyāṇi. All these organs have a different type of relationships with different objects. For example, an eye can see a pot with a different relation and know its color with a different relation. To know the pot the eye or cakṣurindriya has a relation called samyōgaḥ with the pot. To know the pot’s color it has samyutasamavāyaḥ as a relation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here in the sūtraṃ we have three adjectives to the word pratyakshaṃ.&lt;br /&gt;
# Avyapadēṣyaṃ - It means non-verbal cognition.&lt;br /&gt;
# Avyabhicāri - It means non-illusion.&lt;br /&gt;
# Vyavasāyātmakaṃ - It means the undoubted cognition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So the true cognition occurs because of a special relation between sense organs and its object. We can conclude it as a pratyakhaṃ or perceptual cognition when it is not a verbal cognition, illusion and doubtful.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Anumānaṃ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;अथ तत्पूर्वकं त्रिविधं अनुमानं पूर्ववत्शेषवत्सामान्यतोदृष्टं च।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.५&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Tha tatpūrvakaṃ trividhaṃ anumānaṃ pūrvavat- śēṣavat- sāmānyatōdṛṣṭaṃ ca.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.5&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The instrument or the process which produces the inferential cognition is called as anumānaṃ. For example we can infer that there is fire on the mountain if we see smoke on it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Types of Anumānaṃ===&lt;br /&gt;
According to the above sūtraṃ, anumānaṃ is of three types:&lt;br /&gt;
# Pūrvavat - Inferring an effect by knowing the cause. Here pūrva means cause. Like we can forecast rain by seeing the clouds height and color. The clouds become heavier and black in color when it is going to rain. So here we are inferring the effect i.e., rain by knowing the cause i.e., particular height and color of the clouds. The statement for this is, &#039;The clouds may rain because its lower than usual and black in color.&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# Śēṣavat - Inferring a cause by knowing an effect. Here śēṣa means effect. Like we can know that the place has fire by seeing smoke in it because smoke is the effect of fire. So here we are inferring cause i.e., fire by knowing the effect i.e., smoke. The statement for this is, &#039;The place has fire, because of the smoke that we can see.&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# Sāmānyatōdṛṣṭaṃ - It can be simply explained as &#039;commonly seen&#039;. It is the knowledge of one thing derived from the perception of another thing with which it is commonly seen. The statement for this is, &#039;on seeing rain, one infers that there are clouds&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Anumānaṃ as per Nyāya Tradition===&lt;br /&gt;
The Nyāya tradition explains this process in detail as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1:  Acquiring the knowledge that &#039;Smoke and fire are having an invariable relationship&#039;. This requires the knowledge of their co-existence at many places and not having any contradiction of the above statement. This is called vyāpti jñānaṃ. This is not always consciously known by the pramātā.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2:  Seeing the smoke on the mountain and knowing that the mountain possesses the smoke.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3: Remembering the invariable relationship between smoke and the fire. &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&#039;ēka sambandhi jñānaṃ apara sambandhi smārakaṃ&#039;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; According to this logic, one will automatically remind you the other. Like if we see a tigers tail, we can affirm the presence of the tiger. Here, as the person knows this invariable relationship between smoke and fire, by seeing smoke he would remind fire.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* Step 4: Conforming that such a smoke with such a relationship exists on the mountain. The difference between the second step and fourth one is that in the primary stage he would just know smoke, but in the later stage, he could definitely know that the smoke possesses an invariable relationship with fire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 5: Concluding that the mountain possesses fire. This is called anumitiḥ.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Upamāna==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;प्रसिद्धसाधर्म्यात्साध्यसाधनं उपमानम् ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.६&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Prasidhdhasādharmyāt sādhyasādhanaṃ upamānaṃ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.6&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An analogical cognition is a cognition of the relationship between a word and its meaning. The instrument of that is the knowledge of similarity. To explain this concept in detail, when a person dose not know the meaning of the word &#039;gavaya&#039; then,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1: He knows from a forester that &amp;quot;gavaya is similar to cow&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2: He goes to the forest and sees an animal similar to cow and remembers the sentence of the forester.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3: Then an analogical cognition or upamitiḥ arises such as &amp;quot;This&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Here this refers to the animal.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; is the referent of the word gavaya&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here if the man did not knew from the forester that the &amp;quot;gavaya is similar to cow&amp;quot;, even though seeing gavaya in the forest he could not come to the conclusion that &amp;quot;This is the reference of the word gavaya&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Śabda==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;आप्तोपदेशः शब्दः।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.७&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockqute&amp;gt;Āptōpadēśaśśabdaḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.7&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;सः द्विविधः दृष्टादृष्टार्थत्वात्।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.८&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Saḥ dvividhaḥ dṛṣṭādṛṣṭārthatvāt।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.8&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The cognition derived from a set of words uttered by a reliable person is called śābdabōdhaḥ and its is called śabdaḥ. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Types of Śabdaḥ===&lt;br /&gt;
This is divided into two types as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
# Dṛṣṭārthaḥ - It is the source for the cognition which deals with all the worldly subjects, like the instructions given by a doctor as a treatment. &lt;br /&gt;
# Adṛśṭārthaḥ - It is the source for the cognition which deals with all the supernatural subjects, like the instructions given by the Veda to attain the heaven or svargaḥ.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
{{reflist}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Nyaya_Introduction_to_Pramanam&amp;diff=126828</id>
		<title>Talk:Nyaya Introduction to Pramanam</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Nyaya_Introduction_to_Pramanam&amp;diff=126828"/>
		<updated>2019-10-04T10:20:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana: Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana moved page Talk:Nyaya Introduction to Pramanam to Pramanam&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;#REDIRECT [[Pramanam]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Pram%C4%81%E1%B9%87a_(Ny%C4%81ya)&amp;diff=126827</id>
		<title>Pramāṇa (Nyāya)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Pram%C4%81%E1%B9%87a_(Ny%C4%81ya)&amp;diff=126827"/>
		<updated>2019-10-04T10:20:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana: Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana moved page Talk:Nyaya Introduction to Pramanam to Pramanam&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Author|Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{AlternateSpellings|pramāṇam, pramānaṃ, pramanam, pratyaksha, anumana, upamana, shabda}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Indian tradition almost all branches of knowledge like vyākaraṇaṃ, mīmāṃsā have some insight on epistemology, but nyāya is discipline, where it is dealt with extensively. That is why Nyāya is considered as pramāṇa śāstraṃ, the study related to knowledge source. Pramā is nothing but the logically legitimate knowledge and the source of that is pramānaṃ. Legitimate knowledge brings out a thing used daily as it actually is. It can be identified as valid knowledge when it corresponds to the actual nature of the object. One can also know that it is valid when the object stated is obtained successfully. This correspondence between the knowledge or pramā and nature of object leads to the successful utilization thereof. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;प्रत्यक्षानुमानोपमानशब्दाः प्रमाणानि।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.३&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Pratyakha- anumāna-  upamāna- śabdāḥ pramāṇāni.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.3&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Concepts of Different Indian Schools for Inference of Knowledge==&lt;br /&gt;
Each school of Indian thought has its own theory of the means to obtain correct knowledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;pratyakṣamēkaṃ cārvākāḥ kaṇādasugatau punaḥ |&lt;br /&gt;
anumānanca taccātha sāṃkhyāḥ śabdanca tē api ||&lt;br /&gt;
nyāyaikadēśinōpyēvaṃ upamānaṃ ca kēcana |&lt;br /&gt;
arthāpatyā sahaitāni catvāryāha prabhākarāḥ ||&lt;br /&gt;
abhāva ṣaṣṭhānyētāni bhāṭṭā vēdāntinastathā |&lt;br /&gt;
sambhavaitihyayuktāni tāni paurāṇikā jaguḥ||&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||School||Theory 1||Theory 2||Theory 3||Theory 4||Theory 5||Theory 6||Theory 7||Theory 8&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Cārvāka||Perception/Pratyakṣaṃ||-||-||-||-||-||-||-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Mīmāmsaka||Verbal Testimony/Śabdaḥ||-||-||-||-||-||-||-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Vaiśeṣika &amp;amp; Buddhists||-||Inference/Anumānaṃ||-||-||-||-||-||-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Saṅkhya||-||Inference/Anumānaṃ|||Verbal Testimony/Śabdaḥ||-||-||-||-||-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Naiyāyika||-||Inference/Anumānaṃ|||Comparison/Upamānaṃ||Verbal testimony/Śabdaḥ||-||-||-||-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Prābhākara||-||Inference/Anumānaṃ||Comparison/Upamānaṃ||Verbal testimony/Ṣabdaḥ||Presumption/Arthāpattiḥ||-||-||-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Bhāṭṭas &amp;amp; Vedāntins||-|||Inference/Anumānaṃ||Comparison/Upamānaṃ||Verbal testimony/Ṣabdaḥ||Presumption/Arthāpattiḥ||Non-existence/Abhāvaḥ||-||-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Paurāṇika||-||Inference/Anumānaṃ||Comparison/Upamānaṃ||Verbal testimony/Ṣabdaḥ||Presumption/Arthāpattiḥ||Non-existence/Abhāvaḥ||Probability/Saṃbhavaḥ||Tradition/Aitihyaṃ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Classification of Pramāṇāni==&lt;br /&gt;
According to Nyāya tradition, there are four pramāṇāni namely:&lt;br /&gt;
# Pratyakhaṃ - It is called as the source of perceptual cognition. &lt;br /&gt;
# Anumānaṃ - It is called as the source of inferential cognition. &lt;br /&gt;
# Upamānaṃ - It is the source of analogical cognition.&lt;br /&gt;
# Śabdāḥ - It is the source of  verbal cognition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pratyakhaṃ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;इन्द्रियार्थसन्निकर्षोत्पन्नं ज्ञानं अव्यपदेश्यं अव्यभिचारि व्यवसायात्मकं प्रत्यक्षम्।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.४&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Indriyārthasannikarṣōtpannaṃ jñānaṃ avyapadēṣyaṃ avyabhicāri  vyavasāyātmakaṃ  pratyakshaṃ.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.4&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Nyāya tradition, there are six sense organs or indriyāṇi. All these organs have a different type of relationships with different objects. For example, an eye can see a pot with a different relation and know its color with a different relation. To know the pot the eye or cakṣurindriya has a relation called samyōgaḥ with the pot. To know the pot’s color it has samyutasamavāyaḥ as a relation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here in the sūtraṃ we have three adjectives to the word pratyakshaṃ.&lt;br /&gt;
# Avyapadēṣyaṃ - It means non-verbal cognition.&lt;br /&gt;
# Avyabhicāri - It means non-illusion.&lt;br /&gt;
# Vyavasāyātmakaṃ - It means the undoubted cognition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So the true cognition occurs because of a special relation between sense organs and its object. We can conclude it as a pratyakhaṃ or perceptual cognition when it is not a verbal cognition, illusion and doubtful.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Anumānaṃ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;अथ तत्पूर्वकं त्रिविधं अनुमानं पूर्ववत्शेषवत्सामान्यतोदृष्टं च।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.५&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Tha tatpūrvakaṃ trividhaṃ anumānaṃ pūrvavat- śēṣavat- sāmānyatōdṛṣṭaṃ ca.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.5&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The instrument or the process which produces the inferential cognition is called as anumānaṃ. For example we can infer that there is fire on the mountain if we see smoke on it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Types of Anumānaṃ===&lt;br /&gt;
According to the above sūtraṃ, anumānaṃ is of three types:&lt;br /&gt;
# Pūrvavat - Inferring an effect by knowing the cause. Here pūrva means cause. Like we can forecast rain by seeing the clouds height and color. The clouds become heavier and black in color when it is going to rain. So here we are inferring the effect i.e., rain by knowing the cause i.e., particular height and color of the clouds. The statement for this is, &#039;The clouds may rain because its lower than usual and black in color.&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# Śēṣavat - Inferring a cause by knowing an effect. Here śēṣa means effect. Like we can know that the place has fire by seeing smoke in it because smoke is the effect of fire. So here we are inferring cause i.e., fire by knowing the effect i.e., smoke. The statement for this is, &#039;The place has fire, because of the smoke that we can see.&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# Sāmānyatōdṛṣṭaṃ - It can be simply explained as &#039;commonly seen&#039;. It is the knowledge of one thing derived from the perception of another thing with which it is commonly seen. The statement for this is, &#039;on seeing rain, one infers that there are clouds&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Anumānaṃ as per Nyāya Tradition===&lt;br /&gt;
The Nyāya tradition explains this process in detail as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1:  Acquiring the knowledge that &#039;Smoke and fire are having an invariable relationship&#039;. This requires the knowledge of their co-existence at many places and not having any contradiction of the above statement. This is called vyāpti jñānaṃ. This is not always consciously known by the pramātā.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2:  Seeing the smoke on the mountain and knowing that the mountain possesses the smoke.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3: Remembering the invariable relationship between smoke and the fire. &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&#039;ēka sambandhi jñānaṃ apara sambandhi smārakaṃ&#039;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; According to this logic, one will automatically remind you the other. Like if we see a tigers tail, we can affirm the presence of the tiger. Here, as the person knows this invariable relationship between smoke and fire, by seeing smoke he would remind fire.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* Step 4: Conforming that such a smoke with such a relationship exists on the mountain. The difference between the second step and fourth one is that in the primary stage he would just know smoke, but in the later stage, he could definitely know that the smoke possesses an invariable relationship with fire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 5: Concluding that the mountain possesses fire. This is called anumitiḥ.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Upamāna==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;प्रसिद्धसाधर्म्यात्साध्यसाधनं उपमानम् ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.६&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Prasidhdhasādharmyāt sādhyasādhanaṃ upamānaṃ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.6&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An analogical cognition is a cognition of the relationship between a word and its meaning. The instrument of that is the knowledge of similarity. To explain this concept in detail, when a person dose not know the meaning of the word &#039;gavaya&#039; then,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1: He knows from a forester that &amp;quot;gavaya is similar to cow&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2: He goes to the forest and sees an animal similar to cow and remembers the sentence of the forester.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3: Then an analogical cognition or upamitiḥ arises such as &amp;quot;This&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Here this refers to the animal.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; is the referent of the word gavaya&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here if the man did not knew from the forester that the &amp;quot;gavaya is similar to cow&amp;quot;, even though seeing gavaya in the forest he could not come to the conclusion that &amp;quot;This is the reference of the word gavaya&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Śabda==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;आप्तोपदेशः शब्दः।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.७&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockqute&amp;gt;Āptōpadēśaśśabdaḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.7&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;सः द्विविधः दृष्टादृष्टार्थत्वात्।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.८&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Saḥ dvividhaḥ dṛṣṭādṛṣṭārthatvāt।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.8&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The cognition derived from a set of words uttered by a reliable person is called śābdabōdhaḥ and its is called śabdaḥ. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Types of Śabdaḥ===&lt;br /&gt;
This is divided into two types as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
# Dṛṣṭārthaḥ - It is the source for the cognition which deals with all the worldly subjects, like the instructions given by a doctor as a treatment. &lt;br /&gt;
# Adṛśṭārthaḥ - It is the source for the cognition which deals with all the supernatural subjects, like the instructions given by the Veda to attain the heaven or svargaḥ.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
{{reflist}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Pram%C4%81%E1%B9%87a_(Ny%C4%81ya)&amp;diff=126826</id>
		<title>Pramāṇa (Nyāya)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Pram%C4%81%E1%B9%87a_(Ny%C4%81ya)&amp;diff=126826"/>
		<updated>2019-10-04T10:19:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Author|Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{AlternateSpellings|pramāṇam, pramānaṃ, pramanam, pratyaksha, anumana, upamana, shabda}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Indian tradition almost all branches of knowledge like vyākaraṇaṃ, mīmāṃsā have some insight on epistemology, but nyāya is discipline, where it is dealt with extensively. That is why Nyāya is considered as pramāṇa śāstraṃ, the study related to knowledge source. Pramā is nothing but the logically legitimate knowledge and the source of that is pramānaṃ. Legitimate knowledge brings out a thing used daily as it actually is. It can be identified as valid knowledge when it corresponds to the actual nature of the object. One can also know that it is valid when the object stated is obtained successfully. This correspondence between the knowledge or pramā and nature of object leads to the successful utilization thereof. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;प्रत्यक्षानुमानोपमानशब्दाः प्रमाणानि।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.३&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Pratyakha- anumāna-  upamāna- śabdāḥ pramāṇāni.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.3&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Concepts of Different Indian Schools for Inference of Knowledge==&lt;br /&gt;
Each school of Indian thought has its own theory of the means to obtain correct knowledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;pratyakṣamēkaṃ cārvākāḥ kaṇādasugatau punaḥ |&lt;br /&gt;
anumānanca taccātha sāṃkhyāḥ śabdanca tē api ||&lt;br /&gt;
nyāyaikadēśinōpyēvaṃ upamānaṃ ca kēcana |&lt;br /&gt;
arthāpatyā sahaitāni catvāryāha prabhākarāḥ ||&lt;br /&gt;
abhāva ṣaṣṭhānyētāni bhāṭṭā vēdāntinastathā |&lt;br /&gt;
sambhavaitihyayuktāni tāni paurāṇikā jaguḥ||&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||School||Theory 1||Theory 2||Theory 3||Theory 4||Theory 5||Theory 6||Theory 7||Theory 8&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Cārvāka||Perception/Pratyakṣaṃ||-||-||-||-||-||-||-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Mīmāmsaka||Verbal Testimony/Śabdaḥ||-||-||-||-||-||-||-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Vaiśeṣika &amp;amp; Buddhists||-||Inference/Anumānaṃ||-||-||-||-||-||-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Saṅkhya||-||Inference/Anumānaṃ|||Verbal Testimony/Śabdaḥ||-||-||-||-||-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Naiyāyika||-||Inference/Anumānaṃ|||Comparison/Upamānaṃ||Verbal testimony/Śabdaḥ||-||-||-||-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Prābhākara||-||Inference/Anumānaṃ||Comparison/Upamānaṃ||Verbal testimony/Ṣabdaḥ||Presumption/Arthāpattiḥ||-||-||-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Bhāṭṭas &amp;amp; Vedāntins||-|||Inference/Anumānaṃ||Comparison/Upamānaṃ||Verbal testimony/Ṣabdaḥ||Presumption/Arthāpattiḥ||Non-existence/Abhāvaḥ||-||-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Paurāṇika||-||Inference/Anumānaṃ||Comparison/Upamānaṃ||Verbal testimony/Ṣabdaḥ||Presumption/Arthāpattiḥ||Non-existence/Abhāvaḥ||Probability/Saṃbhavaḥ||Tradition/Aitihyaṃ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Classification of Pramāṇāni==&lt;br /&gt;
According to Nyāya tradition, there are four pramāṇāni namely:&lt;br /&gt;
# Pratyakhaṃ - It is called as the source of perceptual cognition. &lt;br /&gt;
# Anumānaṃ - It is called as the source of inferential cognition. &lt;br /&gt;
# Upamānaṃ - It is the source of analogical cognition.&lt;br /&gt;
# Śabdāḥ - It is the source of  verbal cognition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pratyakhaṃ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;इन्द्रियार्थसन्निकर्षोत्पन्नं ज्ञानं अव्यपदेश्यं अव्यभिचारि व्यवसायात्मकं प्रत्यक्षम्।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.४&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Indriyārthasannikarṣōtpannaṃ jñānaṃ avyapadēṣyaṃ avyabhicāri  vyavasāyātmakaṃ  pratyakshaṃ.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.4&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Nyāya tradition, there are six sense organs or indriyāṇi. All these organs have a different type of relationships with different objects. For example, an eye can see a pot with a different relation and know its color with a different relation. To know the pot the eye or cakṣurindriya has a relation called samyōgaḥ with the pot. To know the pot’s color it has samyutasamavāyaḥ as a relation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here in the sūtraṃ we have three adjectives to the word pratyakshaṃ.&lt;br /&gt;
# Avyapadēṣyaṃ - It means non-verbal cognition.&lt;br /&gt;
# Avyabhicāri - It means non-illusion.&lt;br /&gt;
# Vyavasāyātmakaṃ - It means the undoubted cognition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So the true cognition occurs because of a special relation between sense organs and its object. We can conclude it as a pratyakhaṃ or perceptual cognition when it is not a verbal cognition, illusion and doubtful.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Anumānaṃ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;अथ तत्पूर्वकं त्रिविधं अनुमानं पूर्ववत्शेषवत्सामान्यतोदृष्टं च।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.५&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Tha tatpūrvakaṃ trividhaṃ anumānaṃ pūrvavat- śēṣavat- sāmānyatōdṛṣṭaṃ ca.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.5&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The instrument or the process which produces the inferential cognition is called as anumānaṃ. For example we can infer that there is fire on the mountain if we see smoke on it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Types of Anumānaṃ===&lt;br /&gt;
According to the above sūtraṃ, anumānaṃ is of three types:&lt;br /&gt;
# Pūrvavat - Inferring an effect by knowing the cause. Here pūrva means cause. Like we can forecast rain by seeing the clouds height and color. The clouds become heavier and black in color when it is going to rain. So here we are inferring the effect i.e., rain by knowing the cause i.e., particular height and color of the clouds. The statement for this is, &#039;The clouds may rain because its lower than usual and black in color.&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# Śēṣavat - Inferring a cause by knowing an effect. Here śēṣa means effect. Like we can know that the place has fire by seeing smoke in it because smoke is the effect of fire. So here we are inferring cause i.e., fire by knowing the effect i.e., smoke. The statement for this is, &#039;The place has fire, because of the smoke that we can see.&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# Sāmānyatōdṛṣṭaṃ - It can be simply explained as &#039;commonly seen&#039;. It is the knowledge of one thing derived from the perception of another thing with which it is commonly seen. The statement for this is, &#039;on seeing rain, one infers that there are clouds&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Anumānaṃ as per Nyāya Tradition===&lt;br /&gt;
The Nyāya tradition explains this process in detail as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1:  Acquiring the knowledge that &#039;Smoke and fire are having an invariable relationship&#039;. This requires the knowledge of their co-existence at many places and not having any contradiction of the above statement. This is called vyāpti jñānaṃ. This is not always consciously known by the pramātā.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2:  Seeing the smoke on the mountain and knowing that the mountain possesses the smoke.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3: Remembering the invariable relationship between smoke and the fire. &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&#039;ēka sambandhi jñānaṃ apara sambandhi smārakaṃ&#039;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; According to this logic, one will automatically remind you the other. Like if we see a tigers tail, we can affirm the presence of the tiger. Here, as the person knows this invariable relationship between smoke and fire, by seeing smoke he would remind fire.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* Step 4: Conforming that such a smoke with such a relationship exists on the mountain. The difference between the second step and fourth one is that in the primary stage he would just know smoke, but in the later stage, he could definitely know that the smoke possesses an invariable relationship with fire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 5: Concluding that the mountain possesses fire. This is called anumitiḥ.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Upamāna==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;प्रसिद्धसाधर्म्यात्साध्यसाधनं उपमानम् ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.६&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Prasidhdhasādharmyāt sādhyasādhanaṃ upamānaṃ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.6&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An analogical cognition is a cognition of the relationship between a word and its meaning. The instrument of that is the knowledge of similarity. To explain this concept in detail, when a person dose not know the meaning of the word &#039;gavaya&#039; then,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1: He knows from a forester that &amp;quot;gavaya is similar to cow&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2: He goes to the forest and sees an animal similar to cow and remembers the sentence of the forester.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3: Then an analogical cognition or upamitiḥ arises such as &amp;quot;This&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Here this refers to the animal.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; is the referent of the word gavaya&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here if the man did not knew from the forester that the &amp;quot;gavaya is similar to cow&amp;quot;, even though seeing gavaya in the forest he could not come to the conclusion that &amp;quot;This is the reference of the word gavaya&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Śabda==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;आप्तोपदेशः शब्दः।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.७&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockqute&amp;gt;Āptōpadēśaśśabdaḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.7&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;सः द्विविधः दृष्टादृष्टार्थत्वात्।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.८&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Saḥ dvividhaḥ dṛṣṭādṛṣṭārthatvāt।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.8&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The cognition derived from a set of words uttered by a reliable person is called śābdabōdhaḥ and its is called śabdaḥ. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Types of Śabdaḥ===&lt;br /&gt;
This is divided into two types as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
# Dṛṣṭārthaḥ - It is the source for the cognition which deals with all the worldly subjects, like the instructions given by a doctor as a treatment. &lt;br /&gt;
# Adṛśṭārthaḥ - It is the source for the cognition which deals with all the supernatural subjects, like the instructions given by the Veda to attain the heaven or svargaḥ.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
{{reflist}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Prameya&amp;diff=126825</id>
		<title>Prameya</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Prameya&amp;diff=126825"/>
		<updated>2019-10-04T10:13:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Author|Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{AlternateSpellings|pramēya, prameyam, viṣayaḥ, vishaya}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The elaboration of the term &#039;Pramēya&#039; is pramā viṣaya. Pramā means valid knowledge and being a subject to it is pramēya. According to Gōtama the world is of sixteen elements, which were named in the beginning&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;प्रमाणप्रमेयसंशयप्रयोजनदृष्टान्तसिद्धान्त- तर्कनिर्णयवादजल्पवितण्डा- हेत्वाभासछलजातिनिग्रहस्थानानां तत्वज्ञानात् निश्रेयसाधिगमः(1.1.1-Nyāya sūtraṃ)&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; of Nyāya sūtraṃ. After defining Pramāṇa or means of valid knowledge and its types, definition of the second element pramēya is discussed. Even though there are many things that might be accounted to be valid knowledge, but Gōtamaḥ mentions only twelve pramēyās or the subject to validate knowledge. These are especially significant because the true knowledge about them dispels all the delusions and lead to mōkṣaḥ/ freedom from suffering; while the false knowledge concerning these topics perpetuates rebirth and suffering.&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
==Types of Pramēya==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;आत्मशरीरेन्द्रियार्थबुद्धिमनःप्रवृत्तिदोषप्रेत्यभावफलदुःखापवर्गाः तु प्रमेयम् ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.९ nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Ātma- śarīra- indriya- artha- budhdhi- manaḥ- pravṛtti- dōṣa- prētyabhāva- phala- duḥkhāpavargāstu pramēyaṃ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.9 nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Gōtamaḥ, there are twelve number of pramēyas. They can be enlisted as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
# Self - It is called as ātmā.&lt;br /&gt;
# Body - It is called as śarīraṃ.&lt;br /&gt;
# Senses - It is called as indriyaṃ.&lt;br /&gt;
# Experiences - It is called as arthaḥ.&lt;br /&gt;
# Intelligence - It is called as buddhiḥ.&lt;br /&gt;
# Intellect - It is called as manaḥ.&lt;br /&gt;
# Activity - It is called as pravṛttiḥ.&lt;br /&gt;
# Imbalances - It is called as doṣaḥ.&lt;br /&gt;
# Re-birth - It is called as prētyabhāvaḥ.&lt;br /&gt;
# Consequence - It is called as phalaṃ.&lt;br /&gt;
# Suffering - It is called as duḥkhaṃ.&lt;br /&gt;
# Liberation - It is called as apavargaḥ.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ātmā===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;इच्छाद्वेषप्रयत्नसुखदुःखज्ञानानि आत्मनः लिङ्गं इति।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.१० nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Ichā- dvēṣa- prayatna- sukha- dukha- jñānāni ātmanō lingam iti।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.10 nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It means that the ātmā cannot be known by any sense organs. That means that we can not see, hear, smell, touch and taste ātmā. Then can how could we know ātmā? it can be inferred by ichā means desire, dvēṣa means aversion, prayatnaḥ means internal effort, sukhaṃ means happiness, dukkha means unhappiness and jñānaṃ means cognition. Then the question arises from where do these six emotions initiate from. It originates from the ātmā and not the body or manas. As we can sense all these emotions very easily, we can infer the ātmā with them. The inference may be &amp;quot;This is ātmā, because of ichā&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;ayaṃ ātmā icchātaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;quot;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Śarīraṃ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;चेष्टेन्द्रियार्थाश्रयः शरीरम् ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.११ nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Cēṣṭēndriyārthāśrayaḥ śarīraṃ|&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.11 nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This verse denotes that the body is the place which has cēṣṭā,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It is called as motion.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; indriyaṃ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It is called as sense organs.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and arthaḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It is called as experiences.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. It has been widely accepted in the tradition that how the knowledge of an object leads to an effort. A person first knows about something and then starts liking or disliking it and then makes an effort to own or disown it&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Jānati icchati yatati&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. Here the actions which lead to obtaining or leaving an object is called cēṣṭā.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Indriyaṃ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;घ्राणरसनचक्षुस्त्वक्श्रोत्राणि इन्द्रियाणि भूतेभ्यः।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.१२ nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Ghrāṇa- rasana- cakṣhustvak- śrōtrāṇi indriyāṇi bhūtēbhyaḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.12 nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here the sūtrakāra states the five indriyāṇi or sense organs namely: &lt;br /&gt;
# Ghrāṇaṃ - It is called as nose.&lt;br /&gt;
# Rasanaṃ - It is called as tongue.&lt;br /&gt;
# Cakṣhuḥ - It is called as eyes.&lt;br /&gt;
# Tvak - It is called as skin.&lt;br /&gt;
# Śrōtraṃ - It is called as ears. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the sūtraṃ we can see the word bhūtēbhyaḥ is the plural form of bhūtāt. Hence it can be inferred that the cause for each sense organ is different. The sūtraṃ defining Pancha būtāni&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It refers to the five elements.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; are:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;पृथिवी आपः तेजः वायुः आकाशं इति भूतानि।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.१३ nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;           &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Pṛthivī- āpaḥ- tējaḥ- vāyurākāśaṃ iti bhūtāni।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.13 nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pancha bhūtāni are referred to as five elements of nature. Here: &lt;br /&gt;
# Nose or ghrāṇaṃ is related to earth.&lt;br /&gt;
#Tongue or rasanaṃ is related to water.&lt;br /&gt;
# Eye or cakṣhuḥ is related to fire.&lt;br /&gt;
# Skin or tvak is related to air.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ear or śrōtraṃ is related to Space.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Arthaḥ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;गन्धरसरूपस्पर्शशब्दाः पृथिव्यादिगुणाः तदर्थाः।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.१४ nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Gandha-rasa- rūpā- sparśa- śabdāḥ pṛthivyādiguṇāstadarthāḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.14 nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Five sense organs sense different types of subjects via. smell, taste, color, touch, and sound. These senses are objects derived from pancha bhūtāni or five elements. Here the term arthaḥ is used to mean these five subjects of sense organs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Buddhiḥ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;बुद्धिः उपलब्धिः ज्ञानं इति अनर्थान्तरम् ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.१५ nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Budhdhirupalabdhiḥ jñānamityanarthāntaraṃ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.15 nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no difference between the words Buddhi, Upalabdhi, and Jñānaṃ which have the same meaning. They all represent cognition. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===Manaḥ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;युगपत्ज्ञानानुत्पत्तिः मनसः लिङ्गम् ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.१६ nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Yugapat jñānānutpattirmanasō lingaṃ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.16 nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to nyāya darśanaṃ there are many reasons behind the birth of a cognition. A unique relation between manaḥ and indriyaṃ is also one of them. Every object is not related to a sense organ except for the manaḥ which is related with that sense organ. That is why we cannot identify different types of cognition at any given point of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Pravṛttiḥ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;प्रवृत्तिः वाग्बुद्धिशरीरारम्भः इति।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.१७ nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Pravṛttirvāgbudhdhi- śrīrāraṃbhaḥ iti।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.17 nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pravṛttiḥ is the extrovert activity which sets mind, body, and voice in motion for good or bad. In general, the word buddhi refers to cognition but here the sūtrakāra is referring it to manaḥ. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Doṣaḥ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;प्रवर्त्तनालक्षणाः दोषाः।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.१८ nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Pravartanālakṣaṇāḥ dōṣaḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.18 nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pravartanā means the cause of extrovert activity. Sutrakarā concludes that every dōṣaḥ will be the cause of extrovert activity. Generally the term dōṣaḥ is used to mean an action or an attribute, which results in negativity. According to Gōtamaḥ, as extrovert activity leads to suffering he states the cause for extrovert activity as dōṣaḥ.      &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Prētyabhāvaḥ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;पुनरुत्पत्तिः प्रेत्यभावः।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.१९ nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Punarutpattiḥ prētyabhāvaḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.19 nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It explains the re-embodiment of the Self or jīva in another physical form after death. Birth is nothing but jīva having a relation with a new body and mind complex. Therefore, birth is not the production of a new circumstance, but only re-association; while death is not the destruction of anything just separation. So re-birth is called prētyabhāvaḥ.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phalaṃ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;प्रवृत्तिदोषजनितः अर्थः फलम् ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.२० nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Pravṛttidōṣa- janitōrthaḥ phalaṃ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.20 nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason behind the extrovert activities are attraction&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Here Attraction is denoted by rāgaḥ.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; or aversion&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Here aversion means dvēṣaḥ.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; or delusion.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Delusion here implies mōhaḥ.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Any extrovert activity results either in pleasure&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It means sukhaṃ.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; or pain.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It means dukhaṃ.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Sutrakara described this as phalaṃ. So the result of extrovert activities may called phalaṃ. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Duḥkhaṃ/Suffering===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;बाधनालक्षणं दुःखम् ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.२१ nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Bādhanālakṣaṇaṃ duḥkhaṃ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.21 nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally, we suffer a lot in our lifetime. Sometimes the situation or action, which gives happiness may also result in suffering. Like when we are very hungry a small quantity of food gives happiness, but that same thing may result in suffering when we are not hungry or when we are sick. The Nyaya tradition suggests that the whole concept of suffering is because of not knowing the original characteristics of the elements. So the true knowledge about them would eventually eradicate them. So any type of suffering may be called Duḥkhaṃ.       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Apavargaḥ/Liberation===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;तदत्यन्तविमोक्षः अपवर्गः।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.२२ nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Tadatyanta- vimōkṣōpavargaḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.22 nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apavargaḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Upāttasya janmanaḥ hānaṃ anyasya ca anupādānaṃ, ētāṃ avasthāṃ aparyantāṃ apavargaṃ vēdayantē apavargavidaḥ.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; is defined after describing duḥkhaṃ i.e suffering. In the āstika doctrine, we believe that there is always a birth after death according to our sins and virtues. This cycle is called sasāraḥ. By contrast, apavargaḥ is a state where one comes out of that cycle and never takes birth. Gōtama states that suffering starts from birth, so the complete end of the suffering would only be possible by the absence of birth and re-birth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
{{reflist}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=User:Prameya&amp;diff=126824</id>
		<title>User:Prameya</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=User:Prameya&amp;diff=126824"/>
		<updated>2019-10-04T10:12:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana: Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana moved page User:Prameya to Prameya&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;#REDIRECT [[Prameya]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Prameya&amp;diff=126823</id>
		<title>Prameya</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Prameya&amp;diff=126823"/>
		<updated>2019-10-04T10:12:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana: Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana moved page User:Prameya to Prameya&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Author|Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{AlternateSpellings|pramēya, prameyam, prameya}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The elaboration of the term &#039;Pramēya&#039; is pramā viṣaya. Pramā means valid knowledge and being a subject to it is pramēya. According to Gōtama the world is of sixteen elements, which were named in the beginning&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;प्रमाणप्रमेयसंशयप्रयोजनदृष्टान्तसिद्धान्त- तर्कनिर्णयवादजल्पवितण्डा- हेत्वाभासछलजातिनिग्रहस्थानानां तत्वज्ञानात् निश्रेयसाधिगमः(1.1.1-Nyāya sūtraṃ)&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; of Nyāya sūtraṃ. After defining Pramāṇa or means of valid knowledge and its types, definition of the second element pramēya is discussed. Even though there are many things that might be accounted to be valid knowledge, but Gōtamaḥ mentions only twelve pramēyās or the subject to validate knowledge. These are especially significant because the true knowledge about them dispels all the delusions and lead to mōkṣaḥ/ freedom from suffering; while the false knowledge concerning these topics perpetuates rebirth and suffering.&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
==Types of Pramēya==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;आत्मशरीरेन्द्रियार्थबुद्धिमनःप्रवृत्तिदोषप्रेत्यभावफलदुःखापवर्गाः तु प्रमेयम् ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.९ nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Ātma- śarīra- indriya- artha- budhdhi- manaḥ- pravṛtti- dōṣa- prētyabhāva- phala- duḥkhāpavargāstu pramēyaṃ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.9 nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Gōtamaḥ, there are twelve number of pramēyas. They can be enlisted as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
# Self - It is called as ātmā.&lt;br /&gt;
# Body - It is called as śarīraṃ.&lt;br /&gt;
# Senses - It is called as indriyaṃ.&lt;br /&gt;
# Experiences - It is called as arthaḥ.&lt;br /&gt;
# Intelligence - It is called as buddhiḥ.&lt;br /&gt;
# Intellect - It is called as manaḥ.&lt;br /&gt;
# Activity - It is called as pravṛttiḥ.&lt;br /&gt;
# Imbalances - It is called as doṣaḥ.&lt;br /&gt;
# Re-birth - It is called as prētyabhāvaḥ.&lt;br /&gt;
# Consequence - It is called as phalaṃ.&lt;br /&gt;
# Suffering - It is called as duḥkhaṃ.&lt;br /&gt;
# Liberation - It is called as apavargaḥ.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ātmā===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;इच्छाद्वेषप्रयत्नसुखदुःखज्ञानानि आत्मनः लिङ्गं इति।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.१० nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Ichā- dvēṣa- prayatna- sukha- dukha- jñānāni ātmanō lingam iti।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.10 nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It means that the ātmā cannot be known by any sense organs. That means that we can not see, hear, smell, touch and taste ātmā. Then can how could we know ātmā? it can be inferred by ichā means desire, dvēṣa means aversion, prayatnaḥ means internal effort, sukhaṃ means happiness, dukkha means unhappiness and jñānaṃ means cognition. Then the question arises from where do these six emotions initiate from. It originates from the ātmā and not the body or manas. As we can sense all these emotions very easily, we can infer the ātmā with them. The inference may be &amp;quot;This is ātmā, because of ichā&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;ayaṃ ātmā icchātaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;quot;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Śarīraṃ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;चेष्टेन्द्रियार्थाश्रयः शरीरम् ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.११ nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Cēṣṭēndriyārthāśrayaḥ śarīraṃ|&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.11 nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This verse denotes that the body is the place which has cēṣṭā,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It is called as motion.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; indriyaṃ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It is called as sense organs.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and arthaḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It is called as experiences.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. It has been widely accepted in the tradition that how the knowledge of an object leads to an effort. A person first knows about something and then starts liking or disliking it and then makes an effort to own or disown it&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Jānati icchati yatati&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. Here the actions which lead to obtaining or leaving an object is called cēṣṭā.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Indriyaṃ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;घ्राणरसनचक्षुस्त्वक्श्रोत्राणि इन्द्रियाणि भूतेभ्यः।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.१२ nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Ghrāṇa- rasana- cakṣhustvak- śrōtrāṇi indriyāṇi bhūtēbhyaḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.12 nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here the sūtrakāra states the five indriyāṇi or sense organs namely: &lt;br /&gt;
# Ghrāṇaṃ - It is called as nose.&lt;br /&gt;
# Rasanaṃ - It is called as tongue.&lt;br /&gt;
# Cakṣhuḥ - It is called as eyes.&lt;br /&gt;
# Tvak - It is called as skin.&lt;br /&gt;
# Śrōtraṃ - It is called as ears. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the sūtraṃ we can see the word bhūtēbhyaḥ is the plural form of bhūtāt. Hence it can be inferred that the cause for each sense organ is different. The sūtraṃ defining Pancha būtāni&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It refers to the five elements.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; are:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;पृथिवी आपः तेजः वायुः आकाशं इति भूतानि।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.१३ nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;           &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Pṛthivī- āpaḥ- tējaḥ- vāyurākāśaṃ iti bhūtāni।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.13 nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pancha bhūtāni are referred to as five elements of nature. Here: &lt;br /&gt;
# Nose or ghrāṇaṃ is related to earth.&lt;br /&gt;
#Tongue or rasanaṃ is related to water.&lt;br /&gt;
# Eye or cakṣhuḥ is related to fire.&lt;br /&gt;
# Skin or tvak is related to air.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ear or śrōtraṃ is related to Space.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Arthaḥ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;गन्धरसरूपस्पर्शशब्दाः पृथिव्यादिगुणाः तदर्थाः।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.१४ nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Gandha-rasa- rūpā- sparśa- śabdāḥ pṛthivyādiguṇāstadarthāḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.14 nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Five sense organs sense different types of subjects via. smell, taste, color, touch, and sound. These senses are objects derived from pancha bhūtāni or five elements. Here the term arthaḥ is used to mean these five subjects of sense organs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Buddhiḥ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;बुद्धिः उपलब्धिः ज्ञानं इति अनर्थान्तरम् ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.१५ nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Budhdhirupalabdhiḥ jñānamityanarthāntaraṃ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.15 nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no difference between the words Buddhi, Upalabdhi, and Jñānaṃ which have the same meaning. They all represent cognition. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===Manaḥ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;युगपत्ज्ञानानुत्पत्तिः मनसः लिङ्गम् ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.१६ nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Yugapat jñānānutpattirmanasō lingaṃ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.16 nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to nyāya darśanaṃ there are many reasons behind the birth of a cognition. A unique relation between manaḥ and indriyaṃ is also one of them. Every object is not related to a sense organ except for the manaḥ which is related with that sense organ. That is why we cannot identify different types of cognition at any given point of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Pravṛttiḥ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;प्रवृत्तिः वाग्बुद्धिशरीरारम्भः इति।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.१७ nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Pravṛttirvāgbudhdhi- śrīrāraṃbhaḥ iti।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.17 nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pravṛttiḥ is the extrovert activity which sets mind, body, and voice in motion for good or bad. In general, the word buddhi refers to cognition but here the sūtrakāra is referring it to manaḥ. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Doṣaḥ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;प्रवर्त्तनालक्षणाः दोषाः।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.१८ nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Pravartanālakṣaṇāḥ dōṣaḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.18 nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pravartanā means the cause of extrovert activity. Sutrakarā concludes that every dōṣaḥ will be the cause of extrovert activity. Generally the term dōṣaḥ is used to mean an action or an attribute, which results in negativity. According to Gōtamaḥ, as extrovert activity leads to suffering he states the cause for extrovert activity as dōṣaḥ.      &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Prētyabhāvaḥ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;पुनरुत्पत्तिः प्रेत्यभावः।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.१९ nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Punarutpattiḥ prētyabhāvaḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.19 nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It explains the re-embodiment of the Self or jīva in another physical form after death. Birth is nothing but jīva having a relation with a new body and mind complex. Therefore, birth is not the production of a new circumstance, but only re-association; while death is not the destruction of anything just separation. So re-birth is called prētyabhāvaḥ.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phalaṃ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;प्रवृत्तिदोषजनितः अर्थः फलम् ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.२० nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Pravṛttidōṣa- janitōrthaḥ phalaṃ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.20 nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason behind the extrovert activities are attraction&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Here Attraction is denoted by rāgaḥ.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; or aversion&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Here aversion means dvēṣaḥ.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; or delusion.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Delusion here implies mōhaḥ.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Any extrovert activity results either in pleasure&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It means sukhaṃ.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; or pain.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It means dukhaṃ.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Sutrakara described this as phalaṃ. So the result of extrovert activities may called phalaṃ. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Duḥkhaṃ/Suffering===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;बाधनालक्षणं दुःखम् ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.२१ nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Bādhanālakṣaṇaṃ duḥkhaṃ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.21 nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally, we suffer a lot in our lifetime. Sometimes the situation or action, which gives happiness may also result in suffering. Like when we are very hungry a small quantity of food gives happiness, but that same thing may result in suffering when we are not hungry or when we are sick. The Nyaya tradition suggests that the whole concept of suffering is because of not knowing the original characteristics of the elements. So the true knowledge about them would eventually eradicate them. So any type of suffering may be called Duḥkhaṃ.       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Apavargaḥ/Liberation===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;तदत्यन्तविमोक्षः अपवर्गः।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.२२ nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Tadatyanta- vimōkṣōpavargaḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.22 nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apavargaḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Upāttasya janmanaḥ hānaṃ anyasya ca anupādānaṃ, ētāṃ avasthāṃ aparyantāṃ apavargaṃ vēdayantē apavargavidaḥ.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; is defined after describing duḥkhaṃ i.e suffering. In the āstika doctrine, we believe that there is always a birth after death according to our sins and virtues. This cycle is called sasāraḥ. By contrast, apavargaḥ is a state where one comes out of that cycle and never takes birth. Gōtama states that suffering starts from birth, so the complete end of the suffering would only be possible by the absence of birth and re-birth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
{{reflist}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Nyaya_Introduction_to_Prameya&amp;diff=126822</id>
		<title>Talk:Nyaya Introduction to Prameya</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Nyaya_Introduction_to_Prameya&amp;diff=126822"/>
		<updated>2019-10-04T10:09:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana: Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana moved page Talk:Nyaya Introduction to Prameya to User:Prameya&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;#REDIRECT [[User:Prameya]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Prameya&amp;diff=126821</id>
		<title>Prameya</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Prameya&amp;diff=126821"/>
		<updated>2019-10-04T10:09:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana: Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana moved page Talk:Nyaya Introduction to Prameya to User:Prameya&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Author|Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{AlternateSpellings|pramēya, prameyam, prameya}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The elaboration of the term &#039;Pramēya&#039; is pramā viṣaya. Pramā means valid knowledge and being a subject to it is pramēya. According to Gōtama the world is of sixteen elements, which were named in the beginning&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;प्रमाणप्रमेयसंशयप्रयोजनदृष्टान्तसिद्धान्त- तर्कनिर्णयवादजल्पवितण्डा- हेत्वाभासछलजातिनिग्रहस्थानानां तत्वज्ञानात् निश्रेयसाधिगमः(1.1.1-Nyāya sūtraṃ)&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; of Nyāya sūtraṃ. After defining Pramāṇa or means of valid knowledge and its types, definition of the second element pramēya is discussed. Even though there are many things that might be accounted to be valid knowledge, but Gōtamaḥ mentions only twelve pramēyās or the subject to validate knowledge. These are especially significant because the true knowledge about them dispels all the delusions and lead to mōkṣaḥ/ freedom from suffering; while the false knowledge concerning these topics perpetuates rebirth and suffering.&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
==Types of Pramēya==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;आत्मशरीरेन्द्रियार्थबुद्धिमनःप्रवृत्तिदोषप्रेत्यभावफलदुःखापवर्गाः तु प्रमेयम् ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.९ nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Ātma- śarīra- indriya- artha- budhdhi- manaḥ- pravṛtti- dōṣa- prētyabhāva- phala- duḥkhāpavargāstu pramēyaṃ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.9 nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Gōtamaḥ, there are twelve number of pramēyas. They can be enlisted as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
# Self - It is called as ātmā.&lt;br /&gt;
# Body - It is called as śarīraṃ.&lt;br /&gt;
# Senses - It is called as indriyaṃ.&lt;br /&gt;
# Experiences - It is called as arthaḥ.&lt;br /&gt;
# Intelligence - It is called as buddhiḥ.&lt;br /&gt;
# Intellect - It is called as manaḥ.&lt;br /&gt;
# Activity - It is called as pravṛttiḥ.&lt;br /&gt;
# Imbalances - It is called as doṣaḥ.&lt;br /&gt;
# Re-birth - It is called as prētyabhāvaḥ.&lt;br /&gt;
# Consequence - It is called as phalaṃ.&lt;br /&gt;
# Suffering - It is called as duḥkhaṃ.&lt;br /&gt;
# Liberation - It is called as apavargaḥ.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ātmā===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;इच्छाद्वेषप्रयत्नसुखदुःखज्ञानानि आत्मनः लिङ्गं इति।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.१० nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Ichā- dvēṣa- prayatna- sukha- dukha- jñānāni ātmanō lingam iti।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.10 nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It means that the ātmā cannot be known by any sense organs. That means that we can not see, hear, smell, touch and taste ātmā. Then can how could we know ātmā? it can be inferred by ichā means desire, dvēṣa means aversion, prayatnaḥ means internal effort, sukhaṃ means happiness, dukkha means unhappiness and jñānaṃ means cognition. Then the question arises from where do these six emotions initiate from. It originates from the ātmā and not the body or manas. As we can sense all these emotions very easily, we can infer the ātmā with them. The inference may be &amp;quot;This is ātmā, because of ichā&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;ayaṃ ātmā icchātaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;quot;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Śarīraṃ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;चेष्टेन्द्रियार्थाश्रयः शरीरम् ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.११ nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Cēṣṭēndriyārthāśrayaḥ śarīraṃ|&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.11 nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This verse denotes that the body is the place which has cēṣṭā,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It is called as motion.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; indriyaṃ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It is called as sense organs.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and arthaḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It is called as experiences.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. It has been widely accepted in the tradition that how the knowledge of an object leads to an effort. A person first knows about something and then starts liking or disliking it and then makes an effort to own or disown it&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Jānati icchati yatati&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. Here the actions which lead to obtaining or leaving an object is called cēṣṭā.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Indriyaṃ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;घ्राणरसनचक्षुस्त्वक्श्रोत्राणि इन्द्रियाणि भूतेभ्यः।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.१२ nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Ghrāṇa- rasana- cakṣhustvak- śrōtrāṇi indriyāṇi bhūtēbhyaḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.12 nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here the sūtrakāra states the five indriyāṇi or sense organs namely: &lt;br /&gt;
# Ghrāṇaṃ - It is called as nose.&lt;br /&gt;
# Rasanaṃ - It is called as tongue.&lt;br /&gt;
# Cakṣhuḥ - It is called as eyes.&lt;br /&gt;
# Tvak - It is called as skin.&lt;br /&gt;
# Śrōtraṃ - It is called as ears. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the sūtraṃ we can see the word bhūtēbhyaḥ is the plural form of bhūtāt. Hence it can be inferred that the cause for each sense organ is different. The sūtraṃ defining Pancha būtāni&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It refers to the five elements.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; are:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;पृथिवी आपः तेजः वायुः आकाशं इति भूतानि।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.१३ nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;           &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Pṛthivī- āpaḥ- tējaḥ- vāyurākāśaṃ iti bhūtāni।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.13 nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pancha bhūtāni are referred to as five elements of nature. Here: &lt;br /&gt;
# Nose or ghrāṇaṃ is related to earth.&lt;br /&gt;
#Tongue or rasanaṃ is related to water.&lt;br /&gt;
# Eye or cakṣhuḥ is related to fire.&lt;br /&gt;
# Skin or tvak is related to air.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ear or śrōtraṃ is related to Space.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Arthaḥ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;गन्धरसरूपस्पर्शशब्दाः पृथिव्यादिगुणाः तदर्थाः।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.१४ nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Gandha-rasa- rūpā- sparśa- śabdāḥ pṛthivyādiguṇāstadarthāḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.14 nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Five sense organs sense different types of subjects via. smell, taste, color, touch, and sound. These senses are objects derived from pancha bhūtāni or five elements. Here the term arthaḥ is used to mean these five subjects of sense organs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Buddhiḥ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;बुद्धिः उपलब्धिः ज्ञानं इति अनर्थान्तरम् ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.१५ nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Budhdhirupalabdhiḥ jñānamityanarthāntaraṃ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.15 nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no difference between the words Buddhi, Upalabdhi, and Jñānaṃ which have the same meaning. They all represent cognition. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===Manaḥ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;युगपत्ज्ञानानुत्पत्तिः मनसः लिङ्गम् ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.१६ nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Yugapat jñānānutpattirmanasō lingaṃ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.16 nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to nyāya darśanaṃ there are many reasons behind the birth of a cognition. A unique relation between manaḥ and indriyaṃ is also one of them. Every object is not related to a sense organ except for the manaḥ which is related with that sense organ. That is why we cannot identify different types of cognition at any given point of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Pravṛttiḥ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;प्रवृत्तिः वाग्बुद्धिशरीरारम्भः इति।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.१७ nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Pravṛttirvāgbudhdhi- śrīrāraṃbhaḥ iti।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.17 nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pravṛttiḥ is the extrovert activity which sets mind, body, and voice in motion for good or bad. In general, the word buddhi refers to cognition but here the sūtrakāra is referring it to manaḥ. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Doṣaḥ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;प्रवर्त्तनालक्षणाः दोषाः।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.१८ nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Pravartanālakṣaṇāḥ dōṣaḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.18 nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pravartanā means the cause of extrovert activity. Sutrakarā concludes that every dōṣaḥ will be the cause of extrovert activity. Generally the term dōṣaḥ is used to mean an action or an attribute, which results in negativity. According to Gōtamaḥ, as extrovert activity leads to suffering he states the cause for extrovert activity as dōṣaḥ.      &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Prētyabhāvaḥ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;पुनरुत्पत्तिः प्रेत्यभावः।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.१९ nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Punarutpattiḥ prētyabhāvaḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.19 nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It explains the re-embodiment of the Self or jīva in another physical form after death. Birth is nothing but jīva having a relation with a new body and mind complex. Therefore, birth is not the production of a new circumstance, but only re-association; while death is not the destruction of anything just separation. So re-birth is called prētyabhāvaḥ.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phalaṃ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;प्रवृत्तिदोषजनितः अर्थः फलम् ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.२० nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Pravṛttidōṣa- janitōrthaḥ phalaṃ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.20 nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason behind the extrovert activities are attraction&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Here Attraction is denoted by rāgaḥ.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; or aversion&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Here aversion means dvēṣaḥ.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; or delusion.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Delusion here implies mōhaḥ.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Any extrovert activity results either in pleasure&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It means sukhaṃ.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; or pain.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It means dukhaṃ.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Sutrakara described this as phalaṃ. So the result of extrovert activities may called phalaṃ. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Duḥkhaṃ/Suffering===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;बाधनालक्षणं दुःखम् ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.२१ nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Bādhanālakṣaṇaṃ duḥkhaṃ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.21 nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally, we suffer a lot in our lifetime. Sometimes the situation or action, which gives happiness may also result in suffering. Like when we are very hungry a small quantity of food gives happiness, but that same thing may result in suffering when we are not hungry or when we are sick. The Nyaya tradition suggests that the whole concept of suffering is because of not knowing the original characteristics of the elements. So the true knowledge about them would eventually eradicate them. So any type of suffering may be called Duḥkhaṃ.       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Apavargaḥ/Liberation===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;तदत्यन्तविमोक्षः अपवर्गः।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.२२ nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Tadatyanta- vimōkṣōpavargaḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.22 nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apavargaḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Upāttasya janmanaḥ hānaṃ anyasya ca anupādānaṃ, ētāṃ avasthāṃ aparyantāṃ apavargaṃ vēdayantē apavargavidaḥ.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; is defined after describing duḥkhaṃ i.e suffering. In the āstika doctrine, we believe that there is always a birth after death according to our sins and virtues. This cycle is called sasāraḥ. By contrast, apavargaḥ is a state where one comes out of that cycle and never takes birth. Gōtama states that suffering starts from birth, so the complete end of the suffering would only be possible by the absence of birth and re-birth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
{{reflist}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Prameya&amp;diff=126820</id>
		<title>Prameya</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Prameya&amp;diff=126820"/>
		<updated>2019-10-04T10:07:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Author|Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{AlternateSpellings|pramēya, prameyam, prameya}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The elaboration of the term &#039;Pramēya&#039; is pramā viṣaya. Pramā means valid knowledge and being a subject to it is pramēya. According to Gōtama the world is of sixteen elements, which were named in the beginning&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;प्रमाणप्रमेयसंशयप्रयोजनदृष्टान्तसिद्धान्त- तर्कनिर्णयवादजल्पवितण्डा- हेत्वाभासछलजातिनिग्रहस्थानानां तत्वज्ञानात् निश्रेयसाधिगमः(1.1.1-Nyāya sūtraṃ)&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; of Nyāya sūtraṃ. After defining Pramāṇa or means of valid knowledge and its types, definition of the second element pramēya is discussed. Even though there are many things that might be accounted to be valid knowledge, but Gōtamaḥ mentions only twelve pramēyās or the subject to validate knowledge. These are especially significant because the true knowledge about them dispels all the delusions and lead to mōkṣaḥ/ freedom from suffering; while the false knowledge concerning these topics perpetuates rebirth and suffering.&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
==Types of Pramēya==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;आत्मशरीरेन्द्रियार्थबुद्धिमनःप्रवृत्तिदोषप्रेत्यभावफलदुःखापवर्गाः तु प्रमेयम् ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.९ nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Ātma- śarīra- indriya- artha- budhdhi- manaḥ- pravṛtti- dōṣa- prētyabhāva- phala- duḥkhāpavargāstu pramēyaṃ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.9 nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Gōtamaḥ, there are twelve number of pramēyas. They can be enlisted as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
# Self - It is called as ātmā.&lt;br /&gt;
# Body - It is called as śarīraṃ.&lt;br /&gt;
# Senses - It is called as indriyaṃ.&lt;br /&gt;
# Experiences - It is called as arthaḥ.&lt;br /&gt;
# Intelligence - It is called as buddhiḥ.&lt;br /&gt;
# Intellect - It is called as manaḥ.&lt;br /&gt;
# Activity - It is called as pravṛttiḥ.&lt;br /&gt;
# Imbalances - It is called as doṣaḥ.&lt;br /&gt;
# Re-birth - It is called as prētyabhāvaḥ.&lt;br /&gt;
# Consequence - It is called as phalaṃ.&lt;br /&gt;
# Suffering - It is called as duḥkhaṃ.&lt;br /&gt;
# Liberation - It is called as apavargaḥ.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ātmā===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;इच्छाद्वेषप्रयत्नसुखदुःखज्ञानानि आत्मनः लिङ्गं इति।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.१० nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Ichā- dvēṣa- prayatna- sukha- dukha- jñānāni ātmanō lingam iti।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.10 nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It means that the ātmā cannot be known by any sense organs. That means that we can not see, hear, smell, touch and taste ātmā. Then can how could we know ātmā? it can be inferred by ichā means desire, dvēṣa means aversion, prayatnaḥ means internal effort, sukhaṃ means happiness, dukkha means unhappiness and jñānaṃ means cognition. Then the question arises from where do these six emotions initiate from. It originates from the ātmā and not the body or manas. As we can sense all these emotions very easily, we can infer the ātmā with them. The inference may be &amp;quot;This is ātmā, because of ichā&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;ayaṃ ātmā icchātaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;quot;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Śarīraṃ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;चेष्टेन्द्रियार्थाश्रयः शरीरम् ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.११ nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Cēṣṭēndriyārthāśrayaḥ śarīraṃ|&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.11 nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This verse denotes that the body is the place which has cēṣṭā,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It is called as motion.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; indriyaṃ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It is called as sense organs.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and arthaḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It is called as experiences.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. It has been widely accepted in the tradition that how the knowledge of an object leads to an effort. A person first knows about something and then starts liking or disliking it and then makes an effort to own or disown it&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Jānati icchati yatati&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. Here the actions which lead to obtaining or leaving an object is called cēṣṭā.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Indriyaṃ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;घ्राणरसनचक्षुस्त्वक्श्रोत्राणि इन्द्रियाणि भूतेभ्यः।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.१२ nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Ghrāṇa- rasana- cakṣhustvak- śrōtrāṇi indriyāṇi bhūtēbhyaḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.12 nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here the sūtrakāra states the five indriyāṇi or sense organs namely: &lt;br /&gt;
# Ghrāṇaṃ - It is called as nose.&lt;br /&gt;
# Rasanaṃ - It is called as tongue.&lt;br /&gt;
# Cakṣhuḥ - It is called as eyes.&lt;br /&gt;
# Tvak - It is called as skin.&lt;br /&gt;
# Śrōtraṃ - It is called as ears. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the sūtraṃ we can see the word bhūtēbhyaḥ is the plural form of bhūtāt. Hence it can be inferred that the cause for each sense organ is different. The sūtraṃ defining Pancha būtāni&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It refers to the five elements.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; are:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;पृथिवी आपः तेजः वायुः आकाशं इति भूतानि।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.१३ nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;           &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Pṛthivī- āpaḥ- tējaḥ- vāyurākāśaṃ iti bhūtāni।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.13 nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pancha bhūtāni are referred to as five elements of nature. Here: &lt;br /&gt;
# Nose or ghrāṇaṃ is related to earth.&lt;br /&gt;
#Tongue or rasanaṃ is related to water.&lt;br /&gt;
# Eye or cakṣhuḥ is related to fire.&lt;br /&gt;
# Skin or tvak is related to air.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ear or śrōtraṃ is related to Space.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Arthaḥ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;गन्धरसरूपस्पर्शशब्दाः पृथिव्यादिगुणाः तदर्थाः।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.१४ nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Gandha-rasa- rūpā- sparśa- śabdāḥ pṛthivyādiguṇāstadarthāḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.14 nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Five sense organs sense different types of subjects via. smell, taste, color, touch, and sound. These senses are objects derived from pancha bhūtāni or five elements. Here the term arthaḥ is used to mean these five subjects of sense organs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Buddhiḥ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;बुद्धिः उपलब्धिः ज्ञानं इति अनर्थान्तरम् ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.१५ nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Budhdhirupalabdhiḥ jñānamityanarthāntaraṃ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.15 nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no difference between the words Buddhi, Upalabdhi, and Jñānaṃ which have the same meaning. They all represent cognition. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===Manaḥ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;युगपत्ज्ञानानुत्पत्तिः मनसः लिङ्गम् ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.१६ nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Yugapat jñānānutpattirmanasō lingaṃ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.16 nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to nyāya darśanaṃ there are many reasons behind the birth of a cognition. A unique relation between manaḥ and indriyaṃ is also one of them. Every object is not related to a sense organ except for the manaḥ which is related with that sense organ. That is why we cannot identify different types of cognition at any given point of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Pravṛttiḥ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;प्रवृत्तिः वाग्बुद्धिशरीरारम्भः इति।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.१७ nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Pravṛttirvāgbudhdhi- śrīrāraṃbhaḥ iti।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.17 nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pravṛttiḥ is the extrovert activity which sets mind, body, and voice in motion for good or bad. In general, the word buddhi refers to cognition but here the sūtrakāra is referring it to manaḥ. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Doṣaḥ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;प्रवर्त्तनालक्षणाः दोषाः।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.१८ nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Pravartanālakṣaṇāḥ dōṣaḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.18 nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pravartanā means the cause of extrovert activity. Sutrakarā concludes that every dōṣaḥ will be the cause of extrovert activity. Generally the term dōṣaḥ is used to mean an action or an attribute, which results in negativity. According to Gōtamaḥ, as extrovert activity leads to suffering he states the cause for extrovert activity as dōṣaḥ.      &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Prētyabhāvaḥ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;पुनरुत्पत्तिः प्रेत्यभावः।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.१९ nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Punarutpattiḥ prētyabhāvaḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.19 nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It explains the re-embodiment of the Self or jīva in another physical form after death. Birth is nothing but jīva having a relation with a new body and mind complex. Therefore, birth is not the production of a new circumstance, but only re-association; while death is not the destruction of anything just separation. So re-birth is called prētyabhāvaḥ.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phalaṃ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;प्रवृत्तिदोषजनितः अर्थः फलम् ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.२० nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Pravṛttidōṣa- janitōrthaḥ phalaṃ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.20 nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason behind the extrovert activities are attraction&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Here Attraction is denoted by rāgaḥ.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; or aversion&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Here aversion means dvēṣaḥ.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; or delusion.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Delusion here implies mōhaḥ.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Any extrovert activity results either in pleasure&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It means sukhaṃ.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; or pain.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It means dukhaṃ.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Sutrakara described this as phalaṃ. So the result of extrovert activities may called phalaṃ. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Duḥkhaṃ/Suffering===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;बाधनालक्षणं दुःखम् ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.२१ nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Bādhanālakṣaṇaṃ duḥkhaṃ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.21 nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally, we suffer a lot in our lifetime. Sometimes the situation or action, which gives happiness may also result in suffering. Like when we are very hungry a small quantity of food gives happiness, but that same thing may result in suffering when we are not hungry or when we are sick. The Nyaya tradition suggests that the whole concept of suffering is because of not knowing the original characteristics of the elements. So the true knowledge about them would eventually eradicate them. So any type of suffering may be called Duḥkhaṃ.       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Apavargaḥ/Liberation===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;तदत्यन्तविमोक्षः अपवर्गः।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.२२ nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Tadatyanta- vimōkṣōpavargaḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.22 nyāya sūtraṃ of Gōtamaḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apavargaḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Upāttasya janmanaḥ hānaṃ anyasya ca anupādānaṃ, ētāṃ avasthāṃ aparyantāṃ apavargaṃ vēdayantē apavargavidaḥ.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; is defined after describing duḥkhaṃ i.e suffering. In the āstika doctrine, we believe that there is always a birth after death according to our sins and virtues. This cycle is called sasāraḥ. By contrast, apavargaḥ is a state where one comes out of that cycle and never takes birth. Gōtama states that suffering starts from birth, so the complete end of the suffering would only be possible by the absence of birth and re-birth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
{{reflist}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Introduction_to_Sixteen_elements_in_Ny%C4%81ya&amp;diff=126819</id>
		<title>Talk:Introduction to Sixteen elements in Nyāya</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Introduction_to_Sixteen_elements_in_Ny%C4%81ya&amp;diff=126819"/>
		<updated>2019-10-04T10:00:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana: Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana moved page Talk:Introduction to Sixteen elements in Nyāya to Sixteen elements of Nyāya&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;#REDIRECT [[Sixteen elements of Nyāya]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Sixteen_elements_of_Ny%C4%81ya&amp;diff=126818</id>
		<title>Sixteen elements of Nyāya</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Sixteen_elements_of_Ny%C4%81ya&amp;diff=126818"/>
		<updated>2019-10-04T10:00:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana: Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana moved page Talk:Introduction to Sixteen elements in Nyāya to Sixteen elements of Nyāya&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Author|Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{AlternateSpellings|padārthāh, padārtha, padartha, elements, elements in nyaya}}&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya darśanaṃ is one among the six traditional philosophies, which consider the vēdaḥ as the unchallenged source of knowledge. That is why it is considered to be one among āstika darśanaṃ. As all the philosophies have their own way to understand the world. Sorrow&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It is also called as duḥkhaṃ in sanskrit.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; is stated as the main problem faced by mankind and liberation from it is the main goal of our life.&amp;lt;block quote&amp;gt;&#039;Ātyantika duḥkha-nivṛttiḥ&#039;&amp;lt;/block quote&amp;gt;  To attain this goal, the true knowledge of all the elements is very primary. These elements are sixteen in number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;प्रमाणप्रमेयसंशयप्रयोजनदृष्टान्तसिद्धान्तावयवतर्कनिर्णयवादजल्पवितण्डाहेत्वाभासच्छलजातिनिग्रहस्थानानाम्तत्त्वज्ञानात्निःश्रेयसाधिगमः।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.१&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;pramāṇa- pramēya- samśaya- prayōjana- dṛṣṭānta-sidhdhanta-avayava-tarka-nirṇaya-vāda-jalpa-vitaṇḍā-hētvābhāsa-chala-jāti-nigrahasthānām tatvajñānānniśrēyasādhigamaḥ.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.1&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the first sutra of nyāya sūtraṃ which states that the true knowledge of the sixteen elements or padārthāḥ leads to niśrēyasa or the mōkṣhaḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Destruction of the final sorrow is mōkṣhaḥ according to nyāya&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Sixteen elements of Nyāya==&lt;br /&gt;
These sixteen elements of nyāya are as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Pramānaṃ - It is the means of valid knowledge.&lt;br /&gt;
# Prameyaḥ - It means the object of right knowledge. &lt;br /&gt;
# Saṃśayaḥ - It means doubt. &lt;br /&gt;
# Prayojanaṃ - It means the motive.&lt;br /&gt;
# Dṛṣṭāntaḥ - It means the illustrations.&lt;br /&gt;
# Siddhāntaḥ - It means the demonstrated truth. &lt;br /&gt;
# Avayavaḥ - It means the factors of reasoning and syllogism. &lt;br /&gt;
# Tarkaḥ - It means reasoning and confutation.&lt;br /&gt;
# Nirṇayaḥ - It means discernment. &lt;br /&gt;
# Vādaḥ - It means discussion. &lt;br /&gt;
# Jalpaḥ - It means disputation.&lt;br /&gt;
# Vitaṇḍā - It means cavil or objection.&lt;br /&gt;
# Hetvābhāsaḥ - It means fallacious reasoning. &lt;br /&gt;
# Chalaḥ - It means casuistry or unfair reasoning.&lt;br /&gt;
# Jātiḥ - It means futile rejoinder. &lt;br /&gt;
# Nigraha-sthānaṃ - It means clinchers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pramānaṃ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;प्रत्यक्षानुमानोपमानशब्दाः प्रमाणानि।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.३&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Pratyakha- anumāna-  upamāna- śabdāḥ pramāṇāni&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.3&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pramā is nothing but valid knowledge. The source of that is pramānaṃ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It is denoted in the quote &amp;quot;pramā karaṇaṃ pramāṇaṃ&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. Valid knowledge&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It is denoted in the quote &amp;quot;yathāvasthita vyavahārāṇuguṇa jñānam pramā&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; is that which reveals a thing as it actually is. It can be identified as valid knowledge when it is corresponding to the actual nature of the object as it is.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It is denoted in the quote &amp;quot;tadvati-tat-prakāraka-anubhavaḥ&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; We can also know that it is valid when we successfully obtain the object stated.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;pravṛtti-samārthya&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;Valid knowledge/ pramā corresponds to the thing as it really is, and leads to successful utilization thereof. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Nyāya tradition, there are four pramāṇāni namely:&lt;br /&gt;
# Pratyakhaṃ&lt;br /&gt;
# Anumānaṃ&lt;br /&gt;
# Upamānaṃ&lt;br /&gt;
# Śabdāḥ&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each school of Indian thought has its own theory of the Means to obtain valid knowledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||School of Thought||Theory 1||Theory 2||Theory 3||Theory 4||Theory 5||Theory 6||Theory 7||Theory 8&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Cārvāka|||Perception/Pratyakṣaṃ||-||-||-||-||-||-||-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Mīmāmsaka||Verbal Testimony/Śabdaḥ||-||-||-||-||-||-||-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Vaiśeṣika &amp;amp; Buddhists||Perception/Pratyakṣaṃ||Inference/Anumānaṃ||-||-||-||-||-||-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Saṅkhya||Perception/Pratyakṣaṃ||Inference/Anumānaṃ||Verbal Testimony/Śabdaḥ||-||-||-||-||-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Naiyāyika||Perception/Pratyakṣaṃ||Inference/Anumānaṃ||Comparison/Upamānaṃ||Verbal testimony/Śabdaḥ||-||-||-||-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Prābhākara||Perception/Pratyakṣaṃ||Inference/Anumānaṃ||Comparison/Upamānaṃ||Verbal testimony/Ṣabdaḥ||Presumption/Arthāpattiḥ||-||-||-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Bhāṭṭas &amp;amp; Vedāntins||Perception/Pratyakṣaṃ||Inference/Anumānaṃ||Comparison/Upamānaṃ||Verbal testimony/Ṣabdaḥ||Presumption/Arthāpattiḥ||Non-existence/Abhāvaḥ||-||-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Paurāṇika||Perception/Pratyakṣaṃ||Inference/Anumānaṃ||Comparison/Upamānaṃ||Verbal testimony/Ṣabdaḥ||Presumption/Arthāpattiḥ||Non-existence/Abhāvaḥ||Probability/Saṃbhavaḥ||Tradition/Aitihyaṃ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prameya==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;आत्मशरीरेन्द्रियार्थबुद्धिमनःप्रवृत्तिदोषप्रेत्यभावफलदुःखापवर्गाः तु प्रमेयम् ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.९&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Ātmā- śarīra-indriya-artha-budhdhi- manaḥ-pravṛtti-dōṣa-prētyabhāva-phala-duḥkhāpavargāstu pramēyaṃ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.9&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After defining pramāṇāni, the sūtrakāra or Gōtamaḥ further defines pramēya. An object of a valid knowledge is pramēya. It is classified into twelve parts as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
# Ātmā - It is denoted by self.&lt;br /&gt;
# Śarīraṃ - It is represented by body.&lt;br /&gt;
# Indriyaṃ - It is called as senses. &lt;br /&gt;
# Arthaḥ - It is known as experiences.&lt;br /&gt;
# Buddhiḥ - It is denoted as intelligence.&lt;br /&gt;
# Manaḥ - It is known as intellect.&lt;br /&gt;
# Pravṛttiḥ - It is defined as activity.&lt;br /&gt;
# Doṣaḥ - It is known as imbalances.&lt;br /&gt;
# Prētyabhāvaḥ - It is called as re-birth.&lt;br /&gt;
# Phalaṃ - It is known as consequences. &lt;br /&gt;
# Duḥkhaṃ - It is called as suffering.&lt;br /&gt;
# Apavargaḥ - It is defined as liberation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many things that might be concerned as the topics of accurate knowledge, but these 12 are especially significant because the true knowledge about them will dispel all the delusions and lead to freedom from sufferings; while false knowledge concerning these topics perpetuates rebirth and suffering. Nyāya only establishes these principles on a rational basis but does not attempt to dilate upon them. It even does not attempt to explain all that is known about these several topics which is left to analyze by the more speculative systems of other philosophies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saṃśayaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;समानानेकधर्मोपपत्तेः विप्रतिपत्तेः उपलब्ध्यनुपलब्ध्यव्यवस्थातः च विशेषापेक्षः विमर्शः संशयः।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.२३&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Samānānēkadharmōpapattēḥ vipratipattēḥ upalabdhi- anupalabdhi- avyavasthātaśca viśēṣāpēkṣaḥ vimarśaḥ saṃśayaḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.23&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Doubt must not be confused with error or false knowledge. Doubt is just the incomplete knowledge which forms the platform for further investigations. False knowledge or error may produce an erroneous conviction which demotivates the mind by removing all the desires for further knowledge or even entertaining viable alternatives. Error is defined as “the knowledge which does not lead to any successful action”. For example, it is impossible to fulfil the expectations created by hallucinations. Doubt has parts in it, which are opposite to each other. Either of it is an error or false knowledge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Causes of Saṃśaya=== &lt;br /&gt;
A conflicting judgment about the precise character of an object arises from the below mentioned four different arguments:&lt;br /&gt;
# Display of properties common to many objects&lt;br /&gt;
# Characteristics not common to any objects&lt;br /&gt;
# Conflicting testimony&lt;br /&gt;
# Irregularity of perception and non-perception&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Types of Saṃśaya===&lt;br /&gt;
The ideal world of thought must correspond to the outer reality in order to be considered true. The rules and methodology of nyāya are to be applied when doubt arises which necessitates to need to examine reality for confirmation or clarification of the truth. There are four kinds of doubt:&lt;br /&gt;
# Perception of common properties or failure to perceive the difference - It can be explained when in the dark a lamp-post may be mistaken for a person, or a coiled rope can be mistaken for a snake.&lt;br /&gt;
# Conflicting testimony of witnesses or news reports or differing opinions on the same subject by two or more people.&lt;br /&gt;
# Irregularity of perception - This concept is demonstrated when one is unable to determine whether water is perceived when it is seen in a pond where it actually exists or when it is seen in a mirage where it really does not exist. This possibility arises when on hearing the rustle of leaves in the bush there arises a doubt whether it is due to leaves or it could even be an animal or a human.&lt;br /&gt;
# Irregularity of non-perception - This is exemplified when one is unable to believe that something exists because it was never perceived through an object or thing with qualities as described. It also cannot be perceived through the inability to believe that such a thing exists like a kangaroo which is believed to be a big jumping rat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prayojanaṃ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;यं अर्थं अधिकृत्य प्रवर्तते तत्प्रयोजनम् ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.२४&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Yaṃ arthaṃ adhikṛtya pravartatē tat prayōjanaṃ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.24&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prayojanam is a desire which impels one to act. Purpose serves as the motive behind all the action done to attain something pleasurable or to avoid something undesirable. Until there is a purpose, there can be no successful action; therefore, a wise person never engages in any kind of purposeless actions. It is also the purpose or motive which determines if an act is morally right or wrong. No act should be deduced as good or bad, it is the intention with which it is done that determines its moral character. Therefore sincere spiritual aspirants should always examine and reflect upon our motives and clarify the intent of actions performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dṛṣṭāntaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;लौकिकपरीक्षकाणां यस्मिनर्थे बुद्धिसाम्यं सः दृष्टान्तः।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.२५&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Laukikaparīkṣakāṇāṃ yasminnarthē budhdhisāmyaṃ saḥ dṛṣṭāntaḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.25&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When an expert and layman are of the same opinion this happens. It is also known as the familiar example which is a common observation of both common folk and experts. Both the scientists and laymen accepts the general proposition that whenever there is rain there must be clouds. This type of example can be used in the process of reasoning from the known to the unknown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Siddhāntaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;तन्त्राधिकरणाभ्युपगमसंस्थितिः सिद्धान्तः।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.२६&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Tantrādhikaraṇābhyupagamasaṃsthitiḥ sidhdhāntaḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.26&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Siddhānta philosophy is a conclusion that is recognized as being logically proven by a certain school of philosophy. There are four kinds of Siddhāntas:&lt;br /&gt;
# A commonly accepted truth is a tenet which is not opposed by any school of philosophy and which is claimed by at least one school; e.g. All the schools of Hindu philosophy accept earth, water, light, air and ether as the five base elements and smell, taste, color, touch and sound as the objects of the five senses.&lt;br /&gt;
# A peculiar truth is a tenet which is accepted by the similar schools, but rejected by the opposite schools. e.g., the 3 Abrahamic schools accepts that God created the world from nothing. All schools of Indian philosophy rejects this conclusion saying that something cannot come into existence out of nothing.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Ex nihilo nihilo fit&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# An implied truth is a tenet which is not explicitly declared, but are finalized on the basis of examination of the particulars concerning it. e.g., The discussion whether certain people should be allowed to vote implies that those people are capable of understanding and making political decisions.&lt;br /&gt;
# A consequential truth is a tenet which if accepted, leads to the acceptance of another tenet for e.g., the acceptance of the doctrine that there is a Self which is separate from the 5 senses, because it can recognize one and the same object by seeing and touching both. Hence it implies the following mentioned possibilities:&lt;br /&gt;
* Senses are more than one.&lt;br /&gt;
* Each of the senses has its particular characteristic.&lt;br /&gt;
* Self derives its knowledge through the channels of the senses.&lt;br /&gt;
* Substance which are distinct from its qualities is the locus of them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Avayavaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;प्रतिज्ञाहेतूदाहरणोपनयनिगमनानि अवयवाः।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.३२&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Pratijñā hētūdāharaṇōpanayanigamanāni avayavāḥ&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Talk:Nyaya_Introduction_to_Avayava Introduction to Avayavāḥ]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tarkaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;अविज्ञाततत्वे अर्थे कारणोपपत्तितः तत्त्वज्ञानार्थं उहः तर्कः।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.४०&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Avijñātatvē arthē kāraṇōpapattitaḥ tatvajñānārthaṃ ūhaḥ tarkaḥ&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tarkaḥ is a process for ascertaining the real nature of a thing of whose character is not known. It is a method of arriving to the right conclusion by showing the absurdity of all the contrary ideas. Tarka is a method of attaining knowledge of the truth about an unknown or uncertain thing by comparing and then gradually eliminating all the competing suppositions; E.g. Is the Self a product or a non-Product? If the Self is a non-product, it will experience the result of its action and on the eradication of the causes of re-birth, will be released; therefore, re-birth and release are indeed possible. If it is a product, these chances would not be possible, because the Self&#039;s connection with the body, mind and senses will not be the result and experience of its own action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The phenomenon of re-birth and release is very well known and established; therefore, the Self must be a non-product. This form of reasoning is also called as Confutation. This is not a method which ascertains, determines and verifies that the Self is a particular thing and nothing else. It simply eliminates all other contesting theories to the supposition it supports; after which truth is established through the application of other means of accurate knowledge. Hence, confutation is considered to be a supporting technique and is therefore mentioned separately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nirṇayaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;विमृश्य पक्षप्रतिपक्षाभ्यां अर्थावधारणं निर्णयः।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.४१&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Vimṛśya pakṣapratipakṣābhyāṃ arthāvadhāraṇaṃ nirṇyaḥ&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The removal of doubts and the resolution of a dispute by examining two opposite views is called as nirṇayaḥ. Dialectic is in the form of a dialogue between two people who may hold differing views, yet wish to establish the truth by seeking agreement with one another. This is in contrast to debate in which two or more people hold differing views and wish to persuade or prove one another wrong and thus a jury or judge is needed to decide the matter. The sequence of investigation is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
* First impression&lt;br /&gt;
* Doubt arises&lt;br /&gt;
* Examining the opposite view&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It is called as pūrva pakṣa.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Application of logic&lt;br /&gt;
* Determination of the controversy&lt;br /&gt;
* Ascertainment of Truth&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It is called as nirṇaya.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Doubt is the result of first impression and gives impetus to investigation in order to ascertain the truth.  “Ascertainment” is unnecessary in the case of direct perception or the verbal testimony of a trustworthy authority. But one must be convinced of the authority being trustworthy. In other words, everything should be questioned and not accepted simply because the person holds a degree or title. One must test that individual and once the authenticity is assured then only one can accept the statements without further investigation. Endlessly questioning for the sake of questioning is also not useful for coming to the accurate conclusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vādaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;प्रमाणतर्कसादनोपालम्भः सिद्दान्ताविरुद्दः पंचावयवोपपन्नः पक्षप्रतिपक्षपरिग्रहो वादः।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1-2-1&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Pramāṇa tarkasādhanōpālaṃbhaḥ sidhdāntāvirudhdaḥ paṃcāvayavōpapannaḥ pakṣapratipakṣa parigrahaḥ vādaḥ&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A dialogue in which one adopts one of two opposing positions is called as vādaḥ. The purpose of discussion is to come to the truth of the proposition under consideration. This may be achieved by talking about the topic with anyone who is a sincere seeker of truth. In vāda it is not necessary to establish one&#039;s own thesis, it is enough to submit one&#039;s views for examination in order to ascertain the truth. The discussion does not necessarily have to take into consideration the opposite opinion; it is enough to put any proposition to logical reasoning. The usual procedure is to maintain the thesis by means of right knowledge and to counter-thesis by the means of tarka.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jalpaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;यथोक्तोपपन्नः छलजातिनिग्रहस्थान साधनोपालम्भः जल्पः।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1-2-2&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Yathōktōpapannaḥ chalajātinigrahasthānōpālaṃbhaḥ jalpaḥ&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A vigorous verbal disputation directed to gain victory in it is called as jalpaḥ. The sole purpose of engaging in a polemic is simply to gain victory over the other party. There’s no desire to either gain further knowledge or to establish one’s own position. Therefore, one can employ any device of debate in order to win. These devices are usually of a negative character, such as attacking the opponent’s character,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It is called as argumentum ad hominem.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; quibbling, advancing futile arguments, behave with absurdity, evading the issue, focusing on examples or metaphors rather than on the actual argument itself etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vitaṇḍā==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;स प्रतिपक्षस्थापनाहीनः वितण्डा।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1-2-3&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Sa pratipakṣa sthāpanāhīnaḥ vitaṇḍā&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A kind of wrangling, which consists in mere attacks on the opposite side is called as vitaṇḍā. In cavil there is no desire to establish any proposition. The only interest is to heckle the speaker by carping and offering frivolous objections. Polemics and caviling, which are considered as forms of discussion, may be used by an aspirant of truth only as means of protecting one&#039;s young and fragile knowledge which has not yet matured to a full blossomed conviction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One may occasionally encounter objectionable people, who devoid of true knowledge, are puffed up with their academic achievements or are deluded by their own erroneous convictions. These people may try to impose their views and beliefs on others. Under such circumstances the student is urged to make use of these argumentative devices in order to safeguard the development of knowledge in the same way that nature uses thorns on some plants to safeguard the growth of its fruit. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If one’s philosophy or belief system is under attack then one may also employ these negative means for self-defense. One should never gratuitously criticize or attack anyone else’s belief system, ideology or way of life if that person is keeping to themselves. When a person tries to impose their views on others then defense is required. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Hetvābhāsaḥ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;सव्यभिचारविरुध्द- प्रकरणसम- साध्यसम- कालातीताः हेत्वाभासाः।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1-2-4&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;avyabhicāra virudhda prakaraṇasama sādhyasama kālātītā hētvābhāsāḥ&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Talk:Nyaya_Introduction_to_Hetvabhasa Introduction to Hētvābhāsāḥ]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chalaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;वचनविघातो अर्थविकल्पोपपत्या छलम्।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1-2-10&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Acanavighātō arthavikalpōpapatyā chalaṃ&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The opposition offered to a proposition by the assumption of an alternative meaning is called as chalaḥ. Casuistry is classified into three types:&lt;br /&gt;
# Vacas - It is called as playing upon words. This consists of willfully taking a term to mean something different from that intended by the speaker; e.g., taking the word &#039;quadruped&#039; to mean four-legged table instead of an animal.&lt;br /&gt;
# Sāmānyas - It means generalizations. This consists of asserting the impossibility of a particular part because of the impossibility of the whole; e.g., to deny that a particular cow is black because all cows are not black.&lt;br /&gt;
# Upacārās - It is denoted by metaphors. This consists of invalidating a word used in a particular context by taking it literally when it was used metaphorically; e.g., the ‘House cheered’ means that the people in the house cheered and not the physical structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jātiḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;साधर्म्य वैधर्म्याभ्यां प्रत्यवस्थानं जातिः।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1-2-18&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Sādharmya vaidharmyābhāṃ pratyavasthānaṃ jātiḥ&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Offering objections founded on mere similarity or dissimilarity is called as jātiḥ. The reply is said to be futile if it does not take into consideration the universal connection between the middle term and the major term. Mere similarity or dissimilarity is not sufficient. There are twenty-four kinds of futility which display equality of the arguments of two sides so that neither side can win the argument.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nigraha-sthānaṃ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;विप्रतिपत्तिरप्रतिपत्तिश्च निग्रहस्थानम्।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1-2-19&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Vipratipattirapratipattiśca nigrahasthānaṃ&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When we do not understand or misunderstand the arguments stated by the opponent we eventually lose the debate. There is no purpose in entering into a debate if one is ignorant about the subject being investigated. Demonstrating ignorance or misunderstanding of the subject under discussion and attaining defeat in a debate is the last element in nyāya darśanaṃ, which is called nigrahasthānaṃ. Here the term &#039;nigrahasthānaṃ&#039; means attaining defeat in a debate. The means for that defeat are shown as Vipratipattiḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;viparītā vā kutsitā vā pratipattiḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and  Apratipattiḥ. &#039;Vipratipattiḥ&#039; is a situation in which one misunderstands and &#039;Apratipattiḥ&#039; is a situation in which does not understand at all.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
{{reflist}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Sixteen_elements_of_Ny%C4%81ya&amp;diff=126817</id>
		<title>Sixteen elements of Nyāya</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Sixteen_elements_of_Ny%C4%81ya&amp;diff=126817"/>
		<updated>2019-10-04T09:59:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Author|Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{AlternateSpellings|padārthāh, padārtha, padartha, elements, elements in nyaya}}&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya darśanaṃ is one among the six traditional philosophies, which consider the vēdaḥ as the unchallenged source of knowledge. That is why it is considered to be one among āstika darśanaṃ. As all the philosophies have their own way to understand the world. Sorrow&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It is also called as duḥkhaṃ in sanskrit.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; is stated as the main problem faced by mankind and liberation from it is the main goal of our life.&amp;lt;block quote&amp;gt;&#039;Ātyantika duḥkha-nivṛttiḥ&#039;&amp;lt;/block quote&amp;gt;  To attain this goal, the true knowledge of all the elements is very primary. These elements are sixteen in number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;प्रमाणप्रमेयसंशयप्रयोजनदृष्टान्तसिद्धान्तावयवतर्कनिर्णयवादजल्पवितण्डाहेत्वाभासच्छलजातिनिग्रहस्थानानाम्तत्त्वज्ञानात्निःश्रेयसाधिगमः।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.१&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;pramāṇa- pramēya- samśaya- prayōjana- dṛṣṭānta-sidhdhanta-avayava-tarka-nirṇaya-vāda-jalpa-vitaṇḍā-hētvābhāsa-chala-jāti-nigrahasthānām tatvajñānānniśrēyasādhigamaḥ.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.1&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the first sutra of nyāya sūtraṃ which states that the true knowledge of the sixteen elements or padārthāḥ leads to niśrēyasa or the mōkṣhaḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Destruction of the final sorrow is mōkṣhaḥ according to nyāya&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Sixteen elements of Nyāya==&lt;br /&gt;
These sixteen elements of nyāya are as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Pramānaṃ - It is the means of valid knowledge.&lt;br /&gt;
# Prameyaḥ - It means the object of right knowledge. &lt;br /&gt;
# Saṃśayaḥ - It means doubt. &lt;br /&gt;
# Prayojanaṃ - It means the motive.&lt;br /&gt;
# Dṛṣṭāntaḥ - It means the illustrations.&lt;br /&gt;
# Siddhāntaḥ - It means the demonstrated truth. &lt;br /&gt;
# Avayavaḥ - It means the factors of reasoning and syllogism. &lt;br /&gt;
# Tarkaḥ - It means reasoning and confutation.&lt;br /&gt;
# Nirṇayaḥ - It means discernment. &lt;br /&gt;
# Vādaḥ - It means discussion. &lt;br /&gt;
# Jalpaḥ - It means disputation.&lt;br /&gt;
# Vitaṇḍā - It means cavil or objection.&lt;br /&gt;
# Hetvābhāsaḥ - It means fallacious reasoning. &lt;br /&gt;
# Chalaḥ - It means casuistry or unfair reasoning.&lt;br /&gt;
# Jātiḥ - It means futile rejoinder. &lt;br /&gt;
# Nigraha-sthānaṃ - It means clinchers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pramānaṃ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;प्रत्यक्षानुमानोपमानशब्दाः प्रमाणानि।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.३&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Pratyakha- anumāna-  upamāna- śabdāḥ pramāṇāni&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.3&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pramā is nothing but valid knowledge. The source of that is pramānaṃ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It is denoted in the quote &amp;quot;pramā karaṇaṃ pramāṇaṃ&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. Valid knowledge&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It is denoted in the quote &amp;quot;yathāvasthita vyavahārāṇuguṇa jñānam pramā&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; is that which reveals a thing as it actually is. It can be identified as valid knowledge when it is corresponding to the actual nature of the object as it is.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It is denoted in the quote &amp;quot;tadvati-tat-prakāraka-anubhavaḥ&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; We can also know that it is valid when we successfully obtain the object stated.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;pravṛtti-samārthya&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;Valid knowledge/ pramā corresponds to the thing as it really is, and leads to successful utilization thereof. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Nyāya tradition, there are four pramāṇāni namely:&lt;br /&gt;
# Pratyakhaṃ&lt;br /&gt;
# Anumānaṃ&lt;br /&gt;
# Upamānaṃ&lt;br /&gt;
# Śabdāḥ&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each school of Indian thought has its own theory of the Means to obtain valid knowledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||School of Thought||Theory 1||Theory 2||Theory 3||Theory 4||Theory 5||Theory 6||Theory 7||Theory 8&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Cārvāka|||Perception/Pratyakṣaṃ||-||-||-||-||-||-||-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Mīmāmsaka||Verbal Testimony/Śabdaḥ||-||-||-||-||-||-||-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Vaiśeṣika &amp;amp; Buddhists||Perception/Pratyakṣaṃ||Inference/Anumānaṃ||-||-||-||-||-||-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Saṅkhya||Perception/Pratyakṣaṃ||Inference/Anumānaṃ||Verbal Testimony/Śabdaḥ||-||-||-||-||-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Naiyāyika||Perception/Pratyakṣaṃ||Inference/Anumānaṃ||Comparison/Upamānaṃ||Verbal testimony/Śabdaḥ||-||-||-||-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Prābhākara||Perception/Pratyakṣaṃ||Inference/Anumānaṃ||Comparison/Upamānaṃ||Verbal testimony/Ṣabdaḥ||Presumption/Arthāpattiḥ||-||-||-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Bhāṭṭas &amp;amp; Vedāntins||Perception/Pratyakṣaṃ||Inference/Anumānaṃ||Comparison/Upamānaṃ||Verbal testimony/Ṣabdaḥ||Presumption/Arthāpattiḥ||Non-existence/Abhāvaḥ||-||-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||Paurāṇika||Perception/Pratyakṣaṃ||Inference/Anumānaṃ||Comparison/Upamānaṃ||Verbal testimony/Ṣabdaḥ||Presumption/Arthāpattiḥ||Non-existence/Abhāvaḥ||Probability/Saṃbhavaḥ||Tradition/Aitihyaṃ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prameya==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;आत्मशरीरेन्द्रियार्थबुद्धिमनःप्रवृत्तिदोषप्रेत्यभावफलदुःखापवर्गाः तु प्रमेयम् ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.९&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Ātmā- śarīra-indriya-artha-budhdhi- manaḥ-pravṛtti-dōṣa-prētyabhāva-phala-duḥkhāpavargāstu pramēyaṃ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.9&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After defining pramāṇāni, the sūtrakāra or Gōtamaḥ further defines pramēya. An object of a valid knowledge is pramēya. It is classified into twelve parts as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
# Ātmā - It is denoted by self.&lt;br /&gt;
# Śarīraṃ - It is represented by body.&lt;br /&gt;
# Indriyaṃ - It is called as senses. &lt;br /&gt;
# Arthaḥ - It is known as experiences.&lt;br /&gt;
# Buddhiḥ - It is denoted as intelligence.&lt;br /&gt;
# Manaḥ - It is known as intellect.&lt;br /&gt;
# Pravṛttiḥ - It is defined as activity.&lt;br /&gt;
# Doṣaḥ - It is known as imbalances.&lt;br /&gt;
# Prētyabhāvaḥ - It is called as re-birth.&lt;br /&gt;
# Phalaṃ - It is known as consequences. &lt;br /&gt;
# Duḥkhaṃ - It is called as suffering.&lt;br /&gt;
# Apavargaḥ - It is defined as liberation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many things that might be concerned as the topics of accurate knowledge, but these 12 are especially significant because the true knowledge about them will dispel all the delusions and lead to freedom from sufferings; while false knowledge concerning these topics perpetuates rebirth and suffering. Nyāya only establishes these principles on a rational basis but does not attempt to dilate upon them. It even does not attempt to explain all that is known about these several topics which is left to analyze by the more speculative systems of other philosophies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saṃśayaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;समानानेकधर्मोपपत्तेः विप्रतिपत्तेः उपलब्ध्यनुपलब्ध्यव्यवस्थातः च विशेषापेक्षः विमर्शः संशयः।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.२३&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Samānānēkadharmōpapattēḥ vipratipattēḥ upalabdhi- anupalabdhi- avyavasthātaśca viśēṣāpēkṣaḥ vimarśaḥ saṃśayaḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.23&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Doubt must not be confused with error or false knowledge. Doubt is just the incomplete knowledge which forms the platform for further investigations. False knowledge or error may produce an erroneous conviction which demotivates the mind by removing all the desires for further knowledge or even entertaining viable alternatives. Error is defined as “the knowledge which does not lead to any successful action”. For example, it is impossible to fulfil the expectations created by hallucinations. Doubt has parts in it, which are opposite to each other. Either of it is an error or false knowledge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Causes of Saṃśaya=== &lt;br /&gt;
A conflicting judgment about the precise character of an object arises from the below mentioned four different arguments:&lt;br /&gt;
# Display of properties common to many objects&lt;br /&gt;
# Characteristics not common to any objects&lt;br /&gt;
# Conflicting testimony&lt;br /&gt;
# Irregularity of perception and non-perception&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Types of Saṃśaya===&lt;br /&gt;
The ideal world of thought must correspond to the outer reality in order to be considered true. The rules and methodology of nyāya are to be applied when doubt arises which necessitates to need to examine reality for confirmation or clarification of the truth. There are four kinds of doubt:&lt;br /&gt;
# Perception of common properties or failure to perceive the difference - It can be explained when in the dark a lamp-post may be mistaken for a person, or a coiled rope can be mistaken for a snake.&lt;br /&gt;
# Conflicting testimony of witnesses or news reports or differing opinions on the same subject by two or more people.&lt;br /&gt;
# Irregularity of perception - This concept is demonstrated when one is unable to determine whether water is perceived when it is seen in a pond where it actually exists or when it is seen in a mirage where it really does not exist. This possibility arises when on hearing the rustle of leaves in the bush there arises a doubt whether it is due to leaves or it could even be an animal or a human.&lt;br /&gt;
# Irregularity of non-perception - This is exemplified when one is unable to believe that something exists because it was never perceived through an object or thing with qualities as described. It also cannot be perceived through the inability to believe that such a thing exists like a kangaroo which is believed to be a big jumping rat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prayojanaṃ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;यं अर्थं अधिकृत्य प्रवर्तते तत्प्रयोजनम् ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.२४&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Yaṃ arthaṃ adhikṛtya pravartatē tat prayōjanaṃ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.24&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prayojanam is a desire which impels one to act. Purpose serves as the motive behind all the action done to attain something pleasurable or to avoid something undesirable. Until there is a purpose, there can be no successful action; therefore, a wise person never engages in any kind of purposeless actions. It is also the purpose or motive which determines if an act is morally right or wrong. No act should be deduced as good or bad, it is the intention with which it is done that determines its moral character. Therefore sincere spiritual aspirants should always examine and reflect upon our motives and clarify the intent of actions performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dṛṣṭāntaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;लौकिकपरीक्षकाणां यस्मिनर्थे बुद्धिसाम्यं सः दृष्टान्तः।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.२५&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Laukikaparīkṣakāṇāṃ yasminnarthē budhdhisāmyaṃ saḥ dṛṣṭāntaḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.25&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When an expert and layman are of the same opinion this happens. It is also known as the familiar example which is a common observation of both common folk and experts. Both the scientists and laymen accepts the general proposition that whenever there is rain there must be clouds. This type of example can be used in the process of reasoning from the known to the unknown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Siddhāntaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;तन्त्राधिकरणाभ्युपगमसंस्थितिः सिद्धान्तः।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.२६&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Tantrādhikaraṇābhyupagamasaṃsthitiḥ sidhdhāntaḥ।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1.1.26&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Siddhānta philosophy is a conclusion that is recognized as being logically proven by a certain school of philosophy. There are four kinds of Siddhāntas:&lt;br /&gt;
# A commonly accepted truth is a tenet which is not opposed by any school of philosophy and which is claimed by at least one school; e.g. All the schools of Hindu philosophy accept earth, water, light, air and ether as the five base elements and smell, taste, color, touch and sound as the objects of the five senses.&lt;br /&gt;
# A peculiar truth is a tenet which is accepted by the similar schools, but rejected by the opposite schools. e.g., the 3 Abrahamic schools accepts that God created the world from nothing. All schools of Indian philosophy rejects this conclusion saying that something cannot come into existence out of nothing.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Ex nihilo nihilo fit&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# An implied truth is a tenet which is not explicitly declared, but are finalized on the basis of examination of the particulars concerning it. e.g., The discussion whether certain people should be allowed to vote implies that those people are capable of understanding and making political decisions.&lt;br /&gt;
# A consequential truth is a tenet which if accepted, leads to the acceptance of another tenet for e.g., the acceptance of the doctrine that there is a Self which is separate from the 5 senses, because it can recognize one and the same object by seeing and touching both. Hence it implies the following mentioned possibilities:&lt;br /&gt;
* Senses are more than one.&lt;br /&gt;
* Each of the senses has its particular characteristic.&lt;br /&gt;
* Self derives its knowledge through the channels of the senses.&lt;br /&gt;
* Substance which are distinct from its qualities is the locus of them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Avayavaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;प्रतिज्ञाहेतूदाहरणोपनयनिगमनानि अवयवाः।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.३२&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Pratijñā hētūdāharaṇōpanayanigamanāni avayavāḥ&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Talk:Nyaya_Introduction_to_Avayava Introduction to Avayavāḥ]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tarkaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;अविज्ञाततत्वे अर्थे कारणोपपत्तितः तत्त्वज्ञानार्थं उहः तर्कः।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.४०&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Avijñātatvē arthē kāraṇōpapattitaḥ tatvajñānārthaṃ ūhaḥ tarkaḥ&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tarkaḥ is a process for ascertaining the real nature of a thing of whose character is not known. It is a method of arriving to the right conclusion by showing the absurdity of all the contrary ideas. Tarka is a method of attaining knowledge of the truth about an unknown or uncertain thing by comparing and then gradually eliminating all the competing suppositions; E.g. Is the Self a product or a non-Product? If the Self is a non-product, it will experience the result of its action and on the eradication of the causes of re-birth, will be released; therefore, re-birth and release are indeed possible. If it is a product, these chances would not be possible, because the Self&#039;s connection with the body, mind and senses will not be the result and experience of its own action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The phenomenon of re-birth and release is very well known and established; therefore, the Self must be a non-product. This form of reasoning is also called as Confutation. This is not a method which ascertains, determines and verifies that the Self is a particular thing and nothing else. It simply eliminates all other contesting theories to the supposition it supports; after which truth is established through the application of other means of accurate knowledge. Hence, confutation is considered to be a supporting technique and is therefore mentioned separately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nirṇayaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;विमृश्य पक्षप्रतिपक्षाभ्यां अर्थावधारणं निर्णयः।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;१.१.४१&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Vimṛśya pakṣapratipakṣābhyāṃ arthāvadhāraṇaṃ nirṇyaḥ&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The removal of doubts and the resolution of a dispute by examining two opposite views is called as nirṇayaḥ. Dialectic is in the form of a dialogue between two people who may hold differing views, yet wish to establish the truth by seeking agreement with one another. This is in contrast to debate in which two or more people hold differing views and wish to persuade or prove one another wrong and thus a jury or judge is needed to decide the matter. The sequence of investigation is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
* First impression&lt;br /&gt;
* Doubt arises&lt;br /&gt;
* Examining the opposite view&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It is called as pūrva pakṣa.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Application of logic&lt;br /&gt;
* Determination of the controversy&lt;br /&gt;
* Ascertainment of Truth&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It is called as nirṇaya.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Doubt is the result of first impression and gives impetus to investigation in order to ascertain the truth.  “Ascertainment” is unnecessary in the case of direct perception or the verbal testimony of a trustworthy authority. But one must be convinced of the authority being trustworthy. In other words, everything should be questioned and not accepted simply because the person holds a degree or title. One must test that individual and once the authenticity is assured then only one can accept the statements without further investigation. Endlessly questioning for the sake of questioning is also not useful for coming to the accurate conclusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vādaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;प्रमाणतर्कसादनोपालम्भः सिद्दान्ताविरुद्दः पंचावयवोपपन्नः पक्षप्रतिपक्षपरिग्रहो वादः।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1-2-1&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Pramāṇa tarkasādhanōpālaṃbhaḥ sidhdāntāvirudhdaḥ paṃcāvayavōpapannaḥ pakṣapratipakṣa parigrahaḥ vādaḥ&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A dialogue in which one adopts one of two opposing positions is called as vādaḥ. The purpose of discussion is to come to the truth of the proposition under consideration. This may be achieved by talking about the topic with anyone who is a sincere seeker of truth. In vāda it is not necessary to establish one&#039;s own thesis, it is enough to submit one&#039;s views for examination in order to ascertain the truth. The discussion does not necessarily have to take into consideration the opposite opinion; it is enough to put any proposition to logical reasoning. The usual procedure is to maintain the thesis by means of right knowledge and to counter-thesis by the means of tarka.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jalpaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;यथोक्तोपपन्नः छलजातिनिग्रहस्थान साधनोपालम्भः जल्पः।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1-2-2&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Yathōktōpapannaḥ chalajātinigrahasthānōpālaṃbhaḥ jalpaḥ&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A vigorous verbal disputation directed to gain victory in it is called as jalpaḥ. The sole purpose of engaging in a polemic is simply to gain victory over the other party. There’s no desire to either gain further knowledge or to establish one’s own position. Therefore, one can employ any device of debate in order to win. These devices are usually of a negative character, such as attacking the opponent’s character,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;It is called as argumentum ad hominem.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; quibbling, advancing futile arguments, behave with absurdity, evading the issue, focusing on examples or metaphors rather than on the actual argument itself etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vitaṇḍā==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;स प्रतिपक्षस्थापनाहीनः वितण्डा।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1-2-3&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Sa pratipakṣa sthāpanāhīnaḥ vitaṇḍā&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A kind of wrangling, which consists in mere attacks on the opposite side is called as vitaṇḍā. In cavil there is no desire to establish any proposition. The only interest is to heckle the speaker by carping and offering frivolous objections. Polemics and caviling, which are considered as forms of discussion, may be used by an aspirant of truth only as means of protecting one&#039;s young and fragile knowledge which has not yet matured to a full blossomed conviction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One may occasionally encounter objectionable people, who devoid of true knowledge, are puffed up with their academic achievements or are deluded by their own erroneous convictions. These people may try to impose their views and beliefs on others. Under such circumstances the student is urged to make use of these argumentative devices in order to safeguard the development of knowledge in the same way that nature uses thorns on some plants to safeguard the growth of its fruit. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If one’s philosophy or belief system is under attack then one may also employ these negative means for self-defense. One should never gratuitously criticize or attack anyone else’s belief system, ideology or way of life if that person is keeping to themselves. When a person tries to impose their views on others then defense is required. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Hetvābhāsaḥ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;सव्यभिचारविरुध्द- प्रकरणसम- साध्यसम- कालातीताः हेत्वाभासाः।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1-2-4&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;avyabhicāra virudhda prakaraṇasama sādhyasama kālātītā hētvābhāsāḥ&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Talk:Nyaya_Introduction_to_Hetvabhasa Introduction to Hētvābhāsāḥ]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chalaḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;वचनविघातो अर्थविकल्पोपपत्या छलम्।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1-2-10&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Acanavighātō arthavikalpōpapatyā chalaṃ&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The opposition offered to a proposition by the assumption of an alternative meaning is called as chalaḥ. Casuistry is classified into three types:&lt;br /&gt;
# Vacas - It is called as playing upon words. This consists of willfully taking a term to mean something different from that intended by the speaker; e.g., taking the word &#039;quadruped&#039; to mean four-legged table instead of an animal.&lt;br /&gt;
# Sāmānyas - It means generalizations. This consists of asserting the impossibility of a particular part because of the impossibility of the whole; e.g., to deny that a particular cow is black because all cows are not black.&lt;br /&gt;
# Upacārās - It is denoted by metaphors. This consists of invalidating a word used in a particular context by taking it literally when it was used metaphorically; e.g., the ‘House cheered’ means that the people in the house cheered and not the physical structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jātiḥ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;साधर्म्य वैधर्म्याभ्यां प्रत्यवस्थानं जातिः।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1-2-18&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Sādharmya vaidharmyābhāṃ pratyavasthānaṃ jātiḥ&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Offering objections founded on mere similarity or dissimilarity is called as jātiḥ. The reply is said to be futile if it does not take into consideration the universal connection between the middle term and the major term. Mere similarity or dissimilarity is not sufficient. There are twenty-four kinds of futility which display equality of the arguments of two sides so that neither side can win the argument.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nigraha-sthānaṃ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;विप्रतिपत्तिरप्रतिपत्तिश्च निग्रहस्थानम्।&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;1-2-19&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Vipratipattirapratipattiśca nigrahasthānaṃ&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When we do not understand or misunderstand the arguments stated by the opponent we eventually lose the debate. There is no purpose in entering into a debate if one is ignorant about the subject being investigated. Demonstrating ignorance or misunderstanding of the subject under discussion and attaining defeat in a debate is the last element in nyāya darśanaṃ, which is called nigrahasthānaṃ. Here the term &#039;nigrahasthānaṃ&#039; means attaining defeat in a debate. The means for that defeat are shown as Vipratipattiḥ&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;viparītā vā kutsitā vā pratipattiḥ&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and  Apratipattiḥ. &#039;Vipratipattiḥ&#039; is a situation in which one misunderstands and &#039;Apratipattiḥ&#039; is a situation in which does not understand at all.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
{{reflist}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Ny%C4%81ya_-_Introduction_to_H%C4%93tv%C4%81bh%C4%81s%C4%81%E1%B8%A5&amp;diff=126816</id>
		<title>Talk:Nyāya - Introduction to Hētvābhāsāḥ</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Ny%C4%81ya_-_Introduction_to_H%C4%93tv%C4%81bh%C4%81s%C4%81%E1%B8%A5&amp;diff=126816"/>
		<updated>2019-10-04T09:54:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana: Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana moved page Talk:Nyāya - Introduction to Hētvābhāsāḥ to Talk:Hetvabhasa&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;#REDIRECT [[Talk:Hetvabhasa]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Hetvabhasa&amp;diff=126815</id>
		<title>Talk:Hetvabhasa</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Hetvabhasa&amp;diff=126815"/>
		<updated>2019-10-04T09:54:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana: Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana moved page Talk:Nyāya - Introduction to Hētvābhāsāḥ to Talk:Hetvabhasa&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;#REDIRECT [[Nyāya - Introduction to Hētvābhāsāḥ]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jammalamadaka Suryanarayana</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>